JP2018126623A - Game machine - Google Patents

Abstract

PROBLEM TO BE SOLVED: To provide a game machine in which an expansion or contraction of a storage area can be set in one way.SOLUTION: A relative displacement of each of split bodies 551 to 557 in one direction can be restricted due to an engagement of an engaging piece with an engaging recess part, and by a release of the engagement, a relative displacement in the one direction is allowed as well as a relative displacement in the other direction can be restricted. In this way, when a side wall member 55 is expanded or contracted by an operation of a game player, an allowable rotation order of each of the split bodies 551 to 557 can be restricted. Consequently, a form of expansion or contraction of the storage area can be set in one way.SELECTED DRAWING: Figure 22

Description

  The present invention relates to a gaming machine such as a pachinko machine.

  2. Description of the Related Art A gaming machine such as a pachinko machine is known that includes a front frame that can be opened and closed and a storage member that is disposed on the front frame and stores a ball. Patent Document 1 discloses a structure that can enlarge or reduce a storage region of a storage member (lower plate).

JP 2007-136095 A

  Here, the applicant of the present application has arrived at a structure that enlarges or reduces the size of the storage area by rotating a plurality of divided bodies stacked one above the other in the direction of approaching or separating from the front frame by the player's operation. (Not known at the time of this application). However, in this case, a problem has been found that the expansion or reduction of the storage area is not unique.

  The present invention has been made to solve the above-described problems, and an object thereof is to provide a gaming machine capable of uniquely expanding or reducing the storage area.

  In order to achieve this object, the gaming machine according to claim 1 is a front frame formed to be openable and closable, and a storage member that is disposed in front of the front frame and that forms a storage area for storing a ball The storage member includes a bottom wall portion and a side wall portion erected from the bottom wall portion, and the side wall portion is formed by stacking a plurality of divided bodies vertically. Each of the divided bodies is rotated toward or away from the front frame, so that the size of the storage area is enlarged or reduced, and the divided bodies are allowed to move relative to each other. A defining means is provided for defining the order in which to perform.

  The gaming machine according to claim 2 is the gaming machine according to claim 1, wherein the defining means is superposed on the top and bottom when the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in a direction away from the front frame. The relative movement between the divided bodies is allowed in order from the lower divided body.

  The gaming machine according to claim 3 is the gaming machine according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the defining means is configured to move up and down when the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in a direction approaching the front frame. Relative movement of the overlapped divided bodies is allowed in order from the upper divided body.

  According to the gaming machine of the first aspect, the expansion or reduction of the storage area can be made unique.

  According to the gaming machine of the second aspect, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine of the first aspect, the size of the storage area can be rapidly expanded.

  According to the gaming machine according to claim 3, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine according to claim 1 or 2, the size of the storage area can be smoothly reduced.

It is a front view of the pachinko machine in a 1st embodiment. It is a front view of the game board of a pachinko machine. It is a rear view of a pachinko machine. It is a block diagram which shows the electric constitution of a pachinko machine. It is a front perspective view of an inner frame and a lower plate. It is a disassembled front perspective view of an inner frame and a lower plate. (A) And (b) is a front perspective view of the lower plate in a contracted state. (A) And (b) is a front perspective view of the lower plate in an enlarged state. It is a disassembled front perspective view of a lower plate. (A) is a top view of the side wall member in the contracted state, and (b) is a top view of the side wall member in the expanded state. It is a disassembled front perspective view of the side wall member in the arrow A direction view of Fig.10 (a). It is a disassembled front perspective view of the side wall member in the arrow A direction view of Fig.10 (a). It is a disassembled front perspective view of the side wall member in the arrow A direction view of Fig.10 (a). It is a disassembled front perspective view of the side wall member in the arrow B direction view of Fig.10 (a). It is a disassembled front perspective view of the side wall member in the arrow B direction view of Fig.10 (a). It is a disassembled front perspective view of the side wall member in the arrow B direction view of Fig.10 (a). It is a decomposition | disassembly bottom surface perspective view in the bottom view of a side wall member. It is a decomposition | disassembly bottom surface perspective view in the bottom view of a side wall member. It is a decomposition | disassembly bottom surface perspective view in the bottom view of a side wall member. (A) is sectional drawing of the side wall member in the XXa-XXa line | wire of Fig.10 (a), (b) is sectional drawing of the side wall member in the XXb-XXb line | wire of FIG.10 (b). It is sectional drawing of the side wall member in the XXI-XXI line | wire of Fig.10 (a). (A) is a top view of the side wall member in the contracted state, and (b) to (d) are top views of the side wall member in the first state to the third state. (A) And (b) is a top view of the side wall member in a 4th state and a 5th state, (c) is a top view of the side wall member in an expansion state. It is a sectional side view of the side wall member in a contracted state. It is a sectional side view of the side wall member in the 1st state. It is a sectional side view of the side wall member in the 2nd state. It is a sectional side view of the side wall member in the 3rd state. It is a sectional side view of the side wall member in the 4th state. It is a sectional side view of the side wall member in the 5th state. It is a sectional side view of the side wall member in an enlarged state. It is a disassembled front perspective view of a 1st division body. It is a top view of the side wall member in a contracted state. (A) And (b) is a side view of the side wall member in the arrow XXXIII direction view of FIG. (A) is a top view of the side wall member in an enlarged state, (b) is a side view of the side wall member in the arrow XXXIVb direction view of (a). It is a lower plate in 2nd Embodiment, Comprising: It is a front perspective view of the lower plate in a contracted state. It is a front perspective view of the lower plate in an enlarged state. It is a disassembled front perspective view of a lower plate. It is a back perspective view of an inner wall member. It is a disassembled front perspective view of a side wall member. It is a disassembled front perspective view of a side wall member. It is a decomposition | disassembly bottom surface perspective view of a side wall member. It is a decomposition | disassembly bottom surface perspective view of a side wall member. It is a back perspective view of the lower plate in an enlarged state. (A) is a top view of the lower plate in the reduced state, (b) to (d) are top views of the lower plate in the first state to the third state, and (e) is a lower view in the enlarged state. It is a top view of a plate. (A) is a sectional side view of the lower plate in the reduced state, and (b) and (c) are side sectional views of the lower plate in the first state and the second state. (A) is a sectional side view of the lower dish in the third state, and (b) is a sectional side view of the lower dish in the enlarged state. It is a front perspective view of the inner frame and lower plate in a 3rd embodiment. (A) is a top view of an inner frame and a lower plate, (b) is sectional drawing of the inner frame and the lower plate in the XLVIIIb-XLVIIIb line of (a). (A) is a top view of an inner frame and a lower plate, (b) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower plate. (A) is a top view of an inner frame and a lower plate, (b) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower plate. (A) is sectional drawing of the inner frame and lower plate in 4th Embodiment, (b) is sectional drawing of the inner frame and lower plate in the LIb-LIb line | wire of (a). (A) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower plate, (b) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower plate. (A) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower plate, (b) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower plate. (A) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower plate, (b) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower plate. (A) is sectional drawing of the inner frame and lower plate in 5th Embodiment, (b) is sectional drawing of the inner frame and lower plate in the LVb-LVb line of (a). (A) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower plate, (b) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower plate. (A) is sectional drawing of the inner frame and lower plate in 6th Embodiment, (b) is sectional drawing of the inner frame and lower plate in the LVIIb-LVIIb line | wire of Fig.57 (a). (A) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower plate, (b) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower plate. (A) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower plate, (b) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower plate. (A) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower plate, (b) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower plate, (c) is a cross section of the inner frame in the LXc-LXc line of (b). FIG. (A) is a top view of the inner frame and lower plate in 7th Embodiment, (b) is sectional drawing of the inner frame and lower plate in the LXIb-LXIb line of (a), (c) is It is sectional drawing of the inner frame in the LXIc-LXIc line | wire of (a). (A) is a top view of an inner frame and a lower plate, (b) is a sectional view of the inner frame and the lower plate, and (c) is a sectional view of the inner frame. (A) is a top view of an inner frame and a lower plate, (b) is a sectional view of the inner frame and the lower plate, and (c) is a sectional view of the inner frame. It is a front perspective view of an inner frame and a lower plate in an eighth embodiment.

  Embodiments of the present invention will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings. First, with reference to FIG. 1 to FIG. 34, an embodiment in which the present invention is applied to a pachinko gaming machine (hereinafter simply referred to as “pachinko machine”) 10 will be described as a first embodiment. 1 is a front view of a pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment, FIG. 2 is a front view of a game board 13 of the pachinko machine 10, and FIG. 3 is a rear view of the pachinko machine 10.

  As shown in FIG. 1, the pachinko machine 10 includes an outer frame 11 in which an outer shell is formed by a wooden frame combined in a substantially rectangular shape, and an outer shape that is substantially the same as the outer frame 11. And an inner frame 12 supported to be openable and closable. In order to support the inner frame 12, metal hinges 18 are attached to the outer frame 11 at two upper and lower portions on the left side when viewed from the front (see FIG. 1), and the side on which the hinge 18 is provided is used as an opening / closing axis. The frame 12 is supported so as to be openable and closable to the front front side.

  A game board 13 (see FIG. 2) having a large number of nails, winning holes 63, 64, and the like is detachably mounted on the inner frame 12 from the back side. A ball ball game is played when a ball (game ball) flows down the front of the game board 13. The inner frame 12 has a ball launch unit 112a (see FIG. 4) that launches a ball to the front area of the game board 13 and a launch that guides the ball launched from the ball launch unit 112a to the front area of the game board 13. A rail (not shown) or the like is attached.

  On the front side of the inner frame 12, a front frame 14 that covers the upper side of the front surface and a lower dish unit 15 that covers the lower side of the front frame 14 are provided. In order to support the front frame 14 and the lower dish unit 15, metal hinges 19 are attached to two upper and lower portions on the left side when viewed from the front (see FIG. 1), and the side on which the hinges 19 are provided is used as an opening / closing axis. 14 and the lower pan unit 15 are supported so as to be openable and closable toward the front front side. The locking of the inner frame 12 and the locking of the front frame 14 are respectively released by inserting a dedicated key into the key hole 21 of the cylinder lock 20 and performing a predetermined operation.

  The front frame 14 is assembled with decorative resin parts, electrical parts, and the like, and a window part 14c that is formed in an approximately elliptical shape is provided at a substantially central part thereof. A glass unit 16 having two plate glasses is disposed on the back side of the front frame 14, and the front surface of the game board 13 can be seen on the front side of the pachinko machine 10 through the glass unit 16.

  On the front frame 14, an upper plate 17 that stores balls is formed in a substantially box shape that protrudes forward and the upper surface is opened, and prize balls and rental balls are discharged to the upper plate 17. The bottom surface of the upper plate 17 is formed to be inclined downward to the right when viewed from the front (see FIG. 1), and the sphere thrown into the upper plate 17 is guided to the ball launch unit 112a (see FIG. 4). A frame button 22 is provided on the upper surface of the upper plate 17. The frame button 22 is operated by the player when, for example, changing the stage of the effect displayed on the third symbol display device 81 (see FIG. 2) or changing the contents of the effect of super reach. The

  The front frame 14 is provided with light emitting means such as various lamps around it (for example, a corner portion). These light emitting means play a role of enhancing the effect of the game during the game by changing or controlling the light emission mode by turning on or blinking according to the change of the gaming state at the time of big hit or predetermined reach. On the peripheral edge of the window portion 14c, there are provided electric decoration portions 29 to 33 incorporating light emitting means such as LEDs. In the pachinko machine 10, these lighting parts 29 to 33 function as effect lamps such as jackpot lamps, and the lighting parts 29 to 33 are turned on by lighting or blinking of the built-in LEDs at the time of jackpot or reach effects. Alternatively, it blinks to notify that the jackpot is being hit or that the reach is one step before the jackpot. Further, in the upper left part of the front frame 14 as viewed from the front (see FIG. 1), there is provided a display lamp 34 which has built-in light emitting means such as LEDs and can display the payout of a prize ball and when an error occurs.

  In addition, a small window 35 is formed by attaching a transparent resin from the back side so that the back side of the front frame 14 can be visually recognized, on the lower side of the right illumination part 32, and a sticking space K1 on the front side of the game board 13 (FIG. 2) can be visually recognized from the front surface of the pachinko machine 10. In addition, in the pachinko machine 10, a plated member 36 made of ABS resin that is chrome-plated is attached to an area around the electric decoration parts 29 to 33 in order to bring out more gorgeousness.

  A ball rental operation unit 40 is disposed below the window 14c. The ball lending operation unit 40 is provided with a frequency display unit 41, a ball lending button 42, and a return button 43. When the ball lending operation unit 40 is operated in a state where a bill or a card is inserted into a card unit (ball lending unit) (not shown) arranged on the side of the pachinko machine 10, Loans are made. Specifically, the frequency display unit 41 is an area in which the remaining amount information such as a card is displayed, and the built-in LED is lit to display the remaining amount as the remaining amount information. The ball lending button 42 is operated to obtain a lending ball based on information recorded on a card or the like (recording medium), and the lending ball is supplied to the upper plate 17 as long as there is a remaining amount on the card or the like. Is done. The return button 43 is operated when requesting the return of a card or the like inserted into the card unit. In addition, in a pachinko machine in which a ball is lent directly to the upper plate 17 from a ball lending device or the like without using a card unit, a so-called cash machine does not require the ball lending operation unit 40. In this case, the ball lending operation unit 40 It is also possible to add a decorative seal or the like to the installation portion of the parts so that the component configuration is common. A pachinko machine using a card unit and a cash machine can be shared.

  In the lower plate unit 15 located on the lower side of the upper plate 17, a lower plate 50 for storing balls that could not be stored in the upper plate 17 is formed on the left side of the lower plate unit 15 in a substantially box shape with the upper surface opened. . On the right side of the lower plate 50, an operation handle 51 that is operated by a player to drive a ball into the front surface of the game board 13 is disposed.

  Inside the operation handle 51, a touch sensor 51a for permitting driving of the ball launch unit 112a, a launch stop switch 51b for stopping the launch of the ball during the pressing operation, and a rotation of the operation handle 51. A variable resistor (not shown) that detects the amount of movement (rotation position) based on a change in electrical resistance is incorporated. When the operation handle 51 is rotated clockwise by the player, the touch sensor 51a is turned on and the resistance value of the variable resistor changes in accordance with the amount of rotation operation. The resistance value of the variable resistor A ball is fired with a strength corresponding to (shooting strength), and the ball is driven into the front surface of the game board 13 with a jump amount corresponding to the player's operation. Further, when the operation handle 51 is not operated by the player, the touch sensor 51a and the firing stop switch 51b are turned off.

  In the lower part of the front of the lower plate 50, a ball removal lever 52 is provided for operating when the balls stored in the lower plate 50 are discharged downward. The ball removal lever 52 is always urged in the front direction, and by sliding it in the back direction against the urging, the bottom opening formed in the bottom surface of the lower plate 50 is opened, A ball naturally falls from the bottom opening and is discharged. The operation of the ball pulling lever 54b is normally performed in a state where a box (generally referred to as “a thousand box”) for receiving the balls discharged from the lower plate 50 is placed below the lower plate 50.

  As shown in FIG. 2, the game board 13 has a base plate 60 cut into a substantially square shape when viewed from the front, a large number of nails (not shown) for ball guidance, windmills, rails 61 and 62, and general prizes. The opening 63, the first winning opening 64, the second winning opening 640, the variable winning device 65, the through gate 67, the variable display device unit 80 and the like are assembled, and the peripheral portion thereof is the back surface of the inner frame 12 (see FIG. 1). Attached to the side. The base plate 60 is made of a light-transmitting resin material and is formed so that the player can visually recognize various structures disposed on the back side of the base plate 60 from the front side. The general winning port 63, the first winning port 64, the second winning port 640, the variable winning device 65, and the variable display device unit 80 are disposed in a through hole formed in the base plate 60 by router processing. It is fixed from the front side with a tapping screw or the like.

  The front center portion of the game board 13 can be viewed from the front side of the inner frame 12 through the window portion 14c (see FIG. 1) of the front frame 14. The configuration of the game board 13 will be described below mainly with reference to FIG.

  An outer rail 62 formed by bending a strip-shaped metal plate into a substantially arc shape is planted on the front surface of the game board 13, and the strip-shaped metal plate is located on the inner side of the outer rail 62 in the same manner as the outer rail 62. The arc-shaped inner rail 61 formed by the above is planted. The inner rail 61 and the outer rail 62 surround the outer periphery of the front surface of the game board 13, and the game board 13 and the glass unit 16 (see FIG. 1) surround the front and rear. A game area in which a game is played is formed by the behavior of. The game area is an area formed on the front surface of the game board 13 and defined by two rails 61 and 62 and a resin outer edge member 73 that connects the rails (a winning opening is provided and fired). Area where the falling sphere flows).

  The two rails 61 and 62 are provided to guide the ball fired from the ball launch unit 112a (see FIG. 4) to the upper part of the game board 13. A return ball preventing member 68 is attached to the front end portion of the inner rail 61 (upper left portion in FIG. 2) to prevent the ball once guided to the upper portion of the game board 13 from returning to the ball guide path again. Is done. A return rubber 69 is attached to the tip of the outer rail 62 (upper right part in FIG. 2) at a position corresponding to the maximum flying portion of the sphere, and the ball launched at a predetermined momentum or more hits the return rubber 69 and gains momentum. Is bounced back to the center while being attenuated.

  First symbol display devices 37A and 37B each having a plurality of LEDs and a 7-segment display as light emitting means are disposed in the lower left portion of the game area when viewed from the front (lower left portion in FIG. 2). The first symbol display devices 37A and 37B display according to each control performed by the main control device 110 (see FIG. 4), and mainly display the gaming state of the pachinko machine 10. In the present embodiment, the first symbol display devices 37 </ b> A and 37 </ b> B are configured to be selectively used depending on whether the ball has won the first prize opening 64 or the second prize opening 640. Specifically, when the ball wins the first winning opening 64, the first symbol display device 37A operates, while when the ball wins the second winning opening 640, the first symbol display device 37A operates. The symbol display device 37B is configured to operate.

  In addition, the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B indicate, by means of LEDs, whether the pachinko machine 10 is in the process of changing the probability, in the short time, or in the normal state by a lighting state, or whether the pachinko machine 10 is changing or not by a lighting state. , Indicating whether the stop symbol is a symbol corresponding to a probable jackpot, a symbol corresponding to a normal jackpot, or a symbol that is out of place by a lighting state, indicating the number of held balls by a lighting state, and a 7-segment display device, Displays numbers and errors. The plurality of LEDs are configured to have different emission colors (for example, red, green, and blue) of each LED, and the combination of the emission colors may suggest various gaming states of the pachinko machine 10 with a small number of LEDs. it can.

  In the present pachinko machine 10, a lottery is performed in response to winning of the first winning port 64 and the second winning port 640. In the lottery, the pachinko machine 10 determines whether or not it is a big hit (big hit lottery), and also determines the type of the big hit if it is determined to be a big hit. As the jackpot type determined here, 15R probability variation jackpot, 4R probability variation jackpot, and 15R normal jackpot are prepared. The first symbol display devices 37A and 37B not only indicate whether or not the lottery result is a jackpot as a stop symbol after the end of the variation, but if it is a jackpot, a symbol corresponding to the jackpot type is displayed. .

  Here, “15R probability variation jackpot” is a probability variation jackpot in which the maximum number of rounds shifts to a high probability state after a jackpot of 15 rounds. “4R probability variation jackpot” is a jackpot with a maximum number of rounds of four. It is a probabilistic jackpot that shifts to a high probability state after. In addition, “15R normal jackpot” is a jackpot that shifts to a low probability state after the maximum number of rounds of 15 rounds and hits a short time during a predetermined number of fluctuations (for example, 100 fluctuations). is there.

  In addition, the “high probability state” means a state in which the jackpot probability thereafter increases as an added value after the jackpot ends, that is, when the probability change is in progress (probability change), in other words, a game that easily shifts to the special game state. It is a state of. The high probability state (during probability change) in the present embodiment includes a game state in which the hit probability of the second symbol, which will be described later, is increased and the ball is likely to win the second winning opening 640. The “low probability state” refers to a time when the probability of jackpot change is not occurring, and a state where the jackpot probability is normal, that is, a state where the jackpot probability is lower than that at the time of probability change. The short time state (short time medium) of the “low probability state” means that the jackpot probability is a normal state, and the jackpot probability remains as it is, and only the hit probability of the second symbol is increased, and the second prize opening 640 is obtained. It means the state of the game where the ball is easy to win. On the other hand, when the pachinko machine 10 is in a normal state is a game state (a state where neither the big hit probability nor the second symbol hit probability is increased) which is neither probabilistic nor short in time.

  During probability change and time reduction, not only does the probability of winning the second symbol increase, but also the time for opening the electric accessory 640a associated with the second prize opening 640 is changed, and the time is longer than normal. Is set. When the electric accessory 640a is in the opened state (open state), the ball wins the second winning opening 640 as compared to the case where the electric accessory 640a is in the closed state (closed state). Easy state. Therefore, during the probability change or the short time, it becomes easy for the ball to win the second winning opening 640, and the number of jackpot lotteries can be increased.

  In addition, during the probability change or during the short time, it is not necessary to change the opening time of the electric accessory 640a associated with the second prize opening 640, or in addition to changing the opening time, It is good also as what changes the frequency | count that the accessory 640a opens more than usual. In addition, the probability of winning the second symbol is not changed during the probability change or in the short time, and the electric accessory 640a is released at the time when the electric accessory 640a associated with the second winning opening 640 is opened and once. It is good also as what changes at least one of the frequency | counts. In addition, during the probability change or in the short time, the time of opening the electric accessory 640a associated with the second winning opening 640 or the number of times of opening the electric accessory 640a per time is not counted, and the second symbol hit Only the probability may be changed so as to increase compared to the normal rate.

  The game area is provided with a plurality of general winning ports 63 through which 5 to 15 balls are paid out as winning balls when the balls win. In addition, a variable display device unit 80 is disposed in the central portion of the game area. The variable display device unit 80 is synchronized with the variable display on the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B by using a winning (start winning) at the first winning port 64 and the second winning port 640 as a trigger. It is composed of a third symbol display device 81 composed of a liquid crystal display (hereinafter simply referred to as “display device”) that performs variable display, and an LED that displays the second symbol in a variable manner with the passage of a sphere of the through gate 67 as a trigger. A second symbol display device (not shown) is provided.

  The variable display device unit 80 is provided with a center frame 86 so as to surround the outer periphery of the third symbol display device 81. The third symbol display device 81 is visible through an opening opened in the center of the center frame 86.

  The third symbol display device 81 is constituted by a large 9-inch liquid crystal display, and the display content is controlled by the display control device 114 (see FIG. 4). One symbol row is displayed. Each symbol row is composed of a plurality of symbols (third symbol). These third symbols are horizontally scrolled for each symbol column, and the third symbol is variably displayed on the display screen of the third symbol display device 81. It is like that. In the third symbol display device 81 of the present embodiment, the game state is displayed on the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B in accordance with the control of the main control device 110 (see FIG. 4). The decorative display according to the display of the symbol display devices 37A and 37B is performed. Instead of the display device, the third symbol display device 81 may be configured using, for example, a reel.

  Each time the ball passes through the through gate 67, the second symbol display device alternately turns on the symbol “◯” and the symbol “X” as a display symbol (second symbol (not shown)) for a predetermined time. A variable display is performed. In the pachinko machine 10, when it is detected that the ball has passed through the through gate 67, a winning lottery is performed. As a result of the winning lottery, if the winning symbol is a winning symbol, the symbol “◯” is stopped and displayed on the second symbol display device after the variation of the second symbol is displayed. Further, if the winning lottery results, the symbol of “x” is stopped and displayed on the second symbol display device after the variation of the third symbol is displayed.

  In the pachinko machine 10, when the variable display on the second symbol display device stops at a predetermined symbol (in this embodiment, a symbol “◯”), the electric accessory 640a attached to the second winning opening 640 is displayed for a predetermined time. It is configured to be in an activated state (opened) only.

  The time required for the variable display of the second symbol is set to be shorter during the probability change or during the shorter time than when the game state is normal. As a result, during the probability change and during the time reduction, since the variation display of the second symbol is performed in a short time, the winning lottery can be performed more than during normal. Therefore, since the chance of winning in the winning lottery increases, it is possible to give the player a lot of opportunities for the electric winning component 640a of the second winning opening 640 to be in an open state. Therefore, it is possible to make it easier for the ball to win the second winning opening 640 during the probability change and during the short time.

  It is to be noted that the probability of winning is increased during probability change or time reduction, and other methods such as increasing the opening time and the number of times of opening of the electric accessory 640a per hit are also used to reach the second prize opening 640 during probability change or time reduction. When the ball is in a state where it is easy to win, the time required for the variable display of the second symbol may be constant regardless of the gaming state. On the other hand, when the time required for displaying the variation of the second symbol is set shorter than normal during probability change or short time, the winning probability may be constant regardless of the gaming state, The opening time and the number of opening times of the electric accessory 640a may be constant regardless of the gaming state.

  The through gate 67 is assembled to the game board on the right side in the lower area of the variable display device unit 80, and a part of the ball flowing down to the right side of the game board can pass through the balls launched to the game board. It is configured. When the ball passes through the through gate 67, a winning lottery of the second symbol is performed. After winning the lottery, the 2nd symbol display device displays a variation, and if the winning lottery results, the symbol “○” is displayed as the variable display stop symbol, and the winning lottery result may be off For example, the symbol “x” is displayed as the stop symbol of the variable display.

  The total number of passes through the through-gate 67 of the sphere is held up to a maximum of 4 times, and the number of held balls is displayed by the above-described first symbol display devices 37A and 37B and at the second symbol hold lamp (not shown). Is also displayed. Four second symbol holding lamps are provided for the maximum number of holdings, and are arranged symmetrically below the third symbol display device 81.

  Note that the variable display of the second symbol is performed by switching between lighting and non-lighting of a plurality of lamps in the second symbol display device as in the present embodiment, as well as the first symbol display devices 37A, 37B and the third symbol. A part of the symbol display device 81 may be used. Similarly, the second symbol holding lamp may be turned on by a part of the third symbol display device 81. Further, the maximum number of balls held for passing through the ball of the through gate 67 is not limited to four times, and may be set to three times or less, or five times or more (for example, eight times). Further, the number of through gates 67 to be assembled is not limited to one, and may be plural (for example, two). Further, the assembly position of the through gate 67 is not limited to the right side of the variable display device unit 80, and may be the left side of the variable display device unit 80, for example. In addition, since the number of reserved balls is indicated by the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B, the second symbol hold lamp may not perform lighting display.

  Below the variable display unit 80, a first winning port 64 through which a ball can win is disposed. When a ball wins the first winning port 64, a first winning port switch (not shown) provided on the back side of the game board 13 is turned on, and the main controller 110 is caused by the first winning port switch being turned on. A jackpot lottery is made (see FIG. 4), and a display corresponding to the lottery result is shown on the first symbol display device 37A.

  On the other hand, a second winning port 640 through which a ball can win is disposed on the right side of the first winning port 64 in front view. When a ball wins the second prize opening 640, a second prize opening switch (not shown) provided on the back side of the game board 13 is turned on, and the main controller 110 is caused by the second prize opening switch being turned on. A jackpot lottery is performed (see FIG. 4), and a display corresponding to the lottery result is shown on the first symbol display device 37B.

  Each of the first winning port 64 and the second winning port 640 is also one of winning ports from which five balls are paid out as winning balls when a ball is won. In the present embodiment, the number of prize balls to be paid out when a ball wins the first prize opening 64 and the number of prize balls to be paid out when a ball wins the second prize slot 640 are configured to be the same. The number of prize balls to be paid out when a ball wins the first prize opening 64 is different from the number of prize balls to be paid out when a ball wins to the second prize opening 640, for example, the ball to the first prize opening 64 The number of prize balls to be paid out when a prize is won may be three, and the number of prize balls to be paid out when a ball wins the second prize opening 640 may be five.

  The second winning opening 640 is accompanied by an electric accessory 640a. The electric accessory 640a is configured to be openable and closable. Normally, the electric accessory 640a is in a closed state (reduced state), and it is difficult for the ball to win the second winning opening 640. On the other hand, when the symbol “◯” is displayed on the second symbol display device as a result of the variation display of the second symbol that is triggered by the passage of the ball to the through gate 67, the electric accessory 640a is in an open state (enlarged) State), and the ball is likely to win the second winning opening 640.

  As described above, the probability of hitting the second symbol is higher than that during normal change during the probability change and the short time, and the time required for the variation display of the second symbol is short. "Is easily displayed, and the number of times that the electric accessory 640a is opened (enlarged) is increased. Further, during the probability change and the time reduction, the time for opening the electric accessory 640a also becomes longer than during the normal time. Therefore, it is possible to create a state where the ball is likely to win the second winning opening 640 during the probability change and during the short time compared to the normal time.

  Here, the probability of winning a big hit is the same in both the low probability state and the high probability state when the ball wins the first winning port 64 and when the ball wins the second winning port 640. However, the probability that a 15R probability variation jackpot is selected as the jackpot type selected when the jackpot is won is higher when the ball wins the second winning slot 640 than when the ball wins the first winning slot 64. Is set. On the other hand, the first winning port 64 does not have an electric accessory as in the second winning port 640, and is in a state where the ball can always win.

  Therefore, during normal times, the electric winnings associated with the second winning opening 640 are often in a closed state, and it is difficult to win the second winning opening 640. Then, the ball is fired so that the ball passes to the left of the variable display device unit 80 (so-called “left-handed”), and a lot of opportunities for lottery wins are obtained by winning at the first winning opening 64, resulting in a big hit It is advantageous for the player to aim for this.

  On the other hand, during the probability change or during the short time, passing the ball through the through gate 67 makes it easy for the electric accessory 640a attached to the second winning opening 640 to be in an open state and to easily win the second winning opening 640. Therefore, the ball is fired toward the second prize opening 640 so that the ball passes the right side of the variable display device 80 (so-called “right-handed”), and is passed through the through gate 67 to open the electric accessory. In addition, it is more advantageous for the player to aim for a 15R probability variation jackpot by winning the second winning opening 640.

  As described above, the pachinko machine 10 according to the present embodiment launches a ball to the player in accordance with the gaming state of the pachinko machine 10 (whether it is probable, short, or normal). Can be changed between “left-handed” and “right-handed”. Thus, the player can be changed in the way the ball is hit, so that the game can be enjoyed.

  A variable winning device 65 is disposed on the upper right side of the first winning port 64, and a horizontally-long rectangular specific winning port (large opening) 65a is provided at a substantially central portion thereof. In the pachinko machine 10, when the jackpot lottery performed due to the winning at the first winning port 64 or the second winning port 640 becomes a jackpot, after a predetermined time (variable time) has passed, The first symbol display device 37A or the first symbol display device 37B is turned on, and a stop symbol corresponding to the jackpot is displayed on the third symbol display device 81 to indicate the occurrence of the jackpot. Thereafter, the gaming state transitions to a special gaming state (big hit) where the ball is easy to win. In this special gaming state, the special winning opening 65a that is normally closed is opened for a predetermined time (for example, until 30 seconds have elapsed or ten balls have been won).

  The specific winning opening 65a is closed when a predetermined time elapses, and after the closing, the specific winning opening 65a is opened again for a predetermined time. The opening / closing operation of the specific winning opening 65a can be repeated up to 15 times (15 rounds), for example. The state in which the opening / closing operation is performed is a form of a special gaming state advantageous to the player, and the player is given out a larger amount of prize balls than usual in order to give a gaming value (game value). Is done.

  Specifically, the variable winning device 65 is a horizontally long rectangular opening / closing plate covering the specific winning opening 65a, and a large opening opening solenoid (not shown) for driving to open / close forward with the lower side of the opening / closing plate as an axis. And. The special winning opening 65a is normally closed so that the ball cannot win or is difficult to win. In the case of a big hit, the large opening opening solenoid is driven to tilt the opening / closing plate to the lower front side to temporarily form an open state in which the ball is likely to win the specific winning opening 65a. It operates to repeat the state and the state alternately.

  Note that the special gaming state is not limited to the above-described form. When the game area is provided with a large opening that is opened and closed separately from the specific winning opening 65a, and the LED corresponding to the jackpot is turned on in the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B, the specific winning opening 65a is opened for a predetermined time, A special game in which a large opening provided separately from the specific winning port 65a is opened for a predetermined time and a predetermined number of times when the ball wins into the specific winning port 65a while the specific winning port 65a is opened. You may make it form as a state. Further, the number of the specific winning opening 65a is not limited to one, and one or a plurality of (for example, three) may be arranged, and the arrangement position is not limited to the upper right side of the first winning opening 64. The variable display device unit 80 may be on the left side.

  A sticking space K1 for sticking a certificate paper, an identification label or the like is provided at the lower right corner of the game board 13, and the certificate paper or the like attached to the sticking space K1 is a small window of the front frame 14. 35 (see FIG. 1).

  The game board 13 is provided with a first out port 71. Balls that flow down the game area and have not won any of the winning openings 63, 64, 65a, 640 are guided to a ball discharge path (not shown) through the first out opening 71. The first out port 71 is disposed below the first winning port 64.

  A number of nails are planted on the game board 13 in order to appropriately disperse and adjust the falling direction of the ball, and various members (acts) such as a windmill are arranged.

  As shown in FIG. 3, control board units 90 and 91 and a back pack unit 94 are mainly provided on the back side of the pachinko machine 10. The control board unit 90 is unitized by mounting a main board (main control apparatus 110), an audio lamp control board (audio lamp control apparatus 113), and a display control board (display control apparatus 114). The control board unit 91 is unitized by mounting a payout control board (payout control apparatus 111), a firing control board (launching control apparatus 112), a power supply board (power supply apparatus 115), and a card unit connection board 116.

  The back pack unit 94 includes a back pack 92 and a dispensing unit 93 that form a protective cover. In addition, each control board is used for MPU as a one-chip microcomputer that controls each control, a port for communicating with various devices, a random number generator used for various lotteries, time counting and synchronization. A clock pulse generation circuit or the like is mounted as necessary.

  The main control device 110, the sound lamp control device 113 and the display control device 114, the payout control device 111 and the firing control device 112, the power supply device 115, and the card unit connection board 116 are housed in the board boxes 100 to 104, respectively. . The board boxes 100 to 104 include a box base and a box cover that covers the opening of the box base. The box base and the box cover are connected to each other, and each control device and each board are accommodated.

  Further, the substrate box 100 (main control device 110) and the substrate box 102 (dispensing control device 111 and launch control device 112) connect the box base and the box cover so that they cannot be opened by a sealing unit (not shown) (caulking structure). Consolidated). In addition, a seal (not shown) is attached to the connecting portion between the box base and the box cover so as to cover the box base and the box cover. This seal seal is made of a brittle material. If the seal is to be peeled off in order to open the substrate boxes 100, 102, or if the substrate boxes 100, 102 are forcibly opened, the box base side and the box cover are removed. Cut to the side. Therefore, it is possible to know whether or not the substrate boxes 100 and 102 have been opened by checking the sealing unit or the sealing seal.

  The payout unit 93 includes a tank 130 that is located at the top of the back pack unit 94 and opens upward, a tank rail 131 that is connected to the lower side of the tank 130 and is gently inclined toward the downstream side, and downstream of the tank rail 131. A case rail 132 that is vertically connected to the side, and a payout device 133 that is provided at the most downstream portion of the case rail 132 and that pays out a ball by a predetermined electrical configuration of the payout motor 216 (see FIG. 4). ing. The tank 130 is successively replenished with balls supplied from the island equipment of the game hall, and a required number of balls are paid out by the payout device 133 as appropriate. A vibrator 134 for applying vibration to the tank rail 131 is attached to the tank rail 131.

  The payout control device 111 is provided with a state return switch 120, the firing control device 112 is provided with a variable resistor operation knob 121, and the power supply device 115 is provided with a RAM erase switch 122. The state return switch 120 is operated, for example, to eliminate ball clogging (return to a normal state) when a payout error occurs, such as ball clogging in the payout motor 216 (see FIG. 4). The operation knob 121 is operated to adjust the firing force of the firing solenoid. The RAM erase switch 122 is operated when the power is turned on to return the pachinko machine 10 to the initial state.

  Next, the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 4 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10.

  The main controller 110 is equipped with an MPU 201 as a one-chip microcomputer that is an arithmetic unit. The MPU 201 includes a ROM 202 that stores various control programs executed by the MPU 201 and fixed value data, and a memory that temporarily stores various data when the control program stored in the ROM 202 is executed. A certain RAM 203 and various other circuits such as an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, and a data transmission / reception circuit are incorporated. In the main control device 110, the main processing of the pachinko machine 10 such as jackpot lottery, display setting in the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B and the third symbol display device 81, and lottery of display results in the second symbol display device are performed by the MPU 201. Execute.

  Various commands are transmitted from the main control device 110 to the sub control device by the data transmission / reception circuit in order to instruct the sub control device such as the payout control device 111 and the sound lamp control device 113 to operate. Such a command is transmitted from the main controller 110 to the sub controller only in one direction.

  The RAM 203 stores various areas, counters, flags, a stack area for storing the contents of the internal registers of the MPU 201 and a return address of a control program executed by the MPU 201, various flags, counters, I / O, and the like. And a work area (work area) in which values are stored. Note that the RAM 203 is configured so that the backup voltage is supplied from the power supply device 115 and the data can be retained (backed up) even after the power of the pachinko machine 10 is shut off, and all data stored in the RAM 203 is backed up. .

  When the power is shut down due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like, the stack pointer and the value of each register when the power is shut off (including when the power failure occurs, the same applies hereinafter) are stored in RAM 203. On the other hand, at the time of power-on (including power-on due to power failure cancellation, the same applies hereinafter), the state of the pachinko machine 10 is restored to the state before power-off based on information stored in the RAM 203. Writing to the RAM 203 is executed when the power is shut off by a main process (not shown), and restoration of each value written to the RAM 203 is executed in a start-up process (not shown) when the power is turned on. Note that the power failure signal SG1 from the power failure monitoring circuit 252 is input to the NMI terminal (non-maskable interrupt terminal) of the MPU 201 when the power is interrupted due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like. Is input immediately, an NMI interrupt process (not shown) as a power failure process is immediately executed.

  An input / output port 205 is connected to the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 via a bus line 204 composed of an address bus and a data bus. The input / output port 205 has a payout control device 111, an audio lamp control device 113, first symbol display devices 37A and 37B, a second symbol display device, a second symbol holding lamp, and a lower side of the opening / closing plate of the specific winning opening 65a. A solenoid 209 made up of a large opening solenoid for opening and closing the front side and a solenoid for driving an electric accessory is connected to the MPU 201 via the input / output port 205. Send.

  The input / output port 205 includes a switch group (not shown), various switches 208 including a sensor group including a slide position detection sensor S and a rotation position detection sensor R, and a RAM erase switch circuit 253 described later provided in the power supply device 115. Are connected, and the MPU 201 executes various processes based on signals output from the various switches 208 and the RAM erase signal SG2 output from the RAM erase switch circuit 253.

  The payout control device 111 drives the payout motor 216 to perform payout control of prize balls and rental balls. The MPU 211, which is an arithmetic unit, includes a ROM 212 that stores a control program executed by the MPU 211, fixed value data, and the like, and a RAM 213 that is used as a work memory or the like.

  The RAM 213 of the payout control device 111, like the RAM 203 of the main control device 110, has a stack area for storing the contents of the internal registers of the MPU 211, the return address of the control program executed by the MPU 211, and various flags and counters. And a work area (work area) in which values such as I / O are stored. The RAM 213 is configured to be able to retain (backup) data by being supplied with a backup voltage from the power supply device 115 even after the power of the pachinko machine 10 is cut off, and all data stored in the RAM 213 is backed up. As with the MPU 201 of the main controller 110, the power failure signal SG1 is also input to the NMI terminal of the MPU 211 from the power failure monitoring circuit 252 when the power is interrupted due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like. When input to the MPU 211, an NMI interrupt process (not shown) as a power failure process is immediately executed.

  An input / output port 215 is connected to the MPU 211 of the payout control device 111 via a bus line 214 composed of an address bus and a data bus. The main control device 110, the payout motor 216, the firing control device 112, and the like are connected to the input / output port 215, respectively. Although not shown, the payout control device 111 is connected to a prize ball detection switch for detecting a prize ball that has been paid out. The prize ball detection switch is connected to the payout control device 111 but is not connected to the main control device 110.

  The launch control device 112 controls the ball launch unit 112a so that the launch strength of the ball according to the rotation operation amount of the operation handle 51 is obtained when the main control device 110 gives an instruction to launch a ball. . The ball launching unit 112a includes a launching solenoid and an electromagnet (not shown), and the firing solenoid and the electromagnet are permitted to be driven when predetermined conditions are met. Specifically, the touch sensor 51a detects that the player is touching the operation handle 51, and the operation is performed on the condition that the launch stop switch 51b for stopping the launch of the ball is off (not operated). The firing solenoid is excited corresponding to the amount of rotation (rotation position) of the handle 51, and a ball is launched with a strength corresponding to the amount of operation of the operation handle 51.

  The sound lamp control device 113 outputs sound in a sound output device (such as a speaker (not shown)) 226, outputs lighting and extinguishing in a lamp display device (lighting units 29 to 33, display lamp 34, etc.) 227, and fluctuating effects (fluctuation). Display) and setting of the display mode of the third symbol display device 81 performed by the display control device 114 such as a notice effect. The MPU 221 that is an arithmetic unit includes a ROM 222 that stores a control program executed by the MPU 221, fixed value data, and the like, and a RAM 223 that is used as a work memory or the like.

  An input / output port 225 is connected to the MPU 221 of the sound lamp control device 113 via a bus line 224 including an address bus and a data bus. Main controller 110, display controller 114, audio output device 226, lamp display device 227, other device 228, frame button 22 and the like are connected to input / output port 225, respectively.

  The sound lamp control device 113 determines the display mode of the third symbol display device 81 based on various commands (variation pattern command, stop type command, etc.) received from the main control device 110, and uses the determined display mode as a command. The display control device 114 is notified by (display variation pattern command, display stop type command, etc.). The sound lamp control device 113 monitors the input from the frame button 22, and when the player operates the frame button 22, the stage displayed on the third symbol display device 81 is changed, or the super reach is performed. The display control device 114 is instructed to change the production contents at the time. When the stage is changed, a rear image change command including information on the changed stage is transmitted to the display control device 114 so that the rear image corresponding to the changed stage is displayed on the third symbol display device 81. . Here, the back image is an image displayed on the back side of the third symbol, which is a main image displayed on the third symbol display device 81. The display control device 114 displays various images on the third symbol display device 81 according to the command transmitted from the sound lamp control device 113.

  Further, the sound lamp control device 113 receives a command (display command) representing the display content of the third symbol display device 81 from the display control device 114. The voice lamp control device 113 outputs the voice corresponding to the display content from the voice output device 226 in accordance with the display content of the third symbol display device 81 based on the display command received from the display control device 114, The lighting and extinguishing of the lamp display device 227 are controlled in accordance with the display contents.

  The display control device 114 is connected to the sound lamp control device 113 and the third symbol display device 81, and based on a command received from the sound lamp control device 113, the third symbol display device 81 can produce a variation effect of the third symbol. The display is controlled. Further, the display control device 114 appropriately transmits a display command for notifying the display content of the third symbol display device 81 to the sound lamp control device 113. The voice lamp control device 113 outputs the voice from the voice output device 226 in accordance with the display content indicated by the display command, thereby matching the display of the third symbol display device 81 with the voice output from the voice output device 226. be able to.

  The power supply device 115 includes a power supply unit 251 for supplying power to each unit of the pachinko machine 10, a power failure monitoring circuit 252 for monitoring power interruption due to a power failure, and a RAM deletion switch 122 (see FIG. 3). And an erasing switch circuit 253. The power supply unit 251 is a device that supplies a necessary operating voltage to each of the control devices 110 to 114 through a power supply path (not shown). As its outline, the power supply unit 251 takes in the voltage of AC 24 volts supplied from the outside, and drives various switches such as various switches 208, solenoids such as the solenoid 209, motors, etc. A 5 volt voltage for logic, a backup voltage for RAM backup, and the like are generated, and the 12 volt voltage, the 5 volt voltage, and the backup voltage are supplied to the control devices 110 to 114 as necessary voltages.

  The power failure monitoring circuit 252 is a circuit for outputting a power failure signal SG1 to each NMI terminal of the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 and the MPU 211 of the payout control device 111 when the power is cut off due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like. The power failure monitoring circuit 252 monitors the DC stable voltage of 24 volts, which is the maximum voltage output from the power supply unit 251, and determines that a power failure (power interruption, power interruption) occurs when this voltage falls below 22 volts. Then, the power failure signal SG1 is output to the main controller 110 and the payout controller 111. Based on the output of the power failure signal SG1, the main controller 110 and the payout controller 111 recognize the occurrence of the power failure and execute the NMI interrupt process. Note that the power supply unit 251 outputs a voltage of 5 volts, which is a drive voltage of the control system, for a time sufficient to execute the NMI interrupt processing even after the DC stable voltage of 24 volts becomes less than 22 volts. Is maintained at a normal value. Therefore, main controller 110 and payout controller 111 can normally execute and complete the NMI interrupt process (not shown).

  The RAM erase switch circuit 253 is a circuit for outputting a RAM erase signal SG2 for clearing backup data to the main controller 110 when the RAM erase switch 122 (see FIG. 3) is pressed. When the RAM erase signal SG2 is input when the pachinko machine 10 is powered on, the main control device 110 clears the backup data, and the payout control device 111 issues a payout initialization command for clearing the backup data. Transmit to device 111.

  Next, the lower plate 50 will be described with reference to FIGS. First, the overall configuration of the lower plate 50 will be described with reference to FIGS. FIG. 5 is a front perspective view of the inner frame 12 and the lower plate 50, and FIG. 6 is an exploded front perspective view of the inner frame 12 and the lower plate 50.

  As shown in FIGS. 5 and 6, on the lower left side of the inner frame 12, a payout opening 23 formed as a rectangular opening in a front view is disposed, and a position corresponding to the payout opening 23 (that is, the payout opening 23). The lower pan 50 is disposed at a position where the balls dispensed from can be received. The balls that could not be stored in the upper plate 17 are paid out from the payout port 23 to the lower plate 50 and stored in the storage region of the lower plate 50.

  The lower plate 50 is disposed in the inner frame 12 in a posture in which the outlet 23 is located on the left side of the storage area in a front view and the bottom wall member 54 is positioned below the lower surface of the outlet 23 in a front view. The Therefore, in the initial stage, the sphere discharged from the discharge outlet 23 is stored while flowing through the bottom wall member 54 of the lower plate 50 from the left side to the right side when viewed from the front, and the sphere is placed on the entire bottom wall member 54. When the sphere is stored to such an extent that the sphere spreads, it is stored in such a manner that a mountain is formed in the vicinity of the payout port 23. When a predetermined amount of balls are stored in the lower plate 50, the player operates the ball release lever 54b to discharge the balls into a box (a so-called thousand box) arranged below the lower plate 50.

  Here, in the present embodiment, the side wall member 55 of the lower plate 50 is formed to be displaceable in the front-rear direction, and the side wall member 55 is extended forward or moved backward to enlarge the size of the storage region. It can be reduced (see FIGS. 7 and 8). Therefore, since the size of the storage area can be increased, the frequency of the ball removing operation from the lower tray 50 can be reduced, and the player can concentrate on the game accordingly. On the other hand, because the size of the storage area can be reduced, the lower plate 50 (the overhanging side wall member 55) interferes with the adjacent pachinko machine 10 when the front frame 14 is opened, and the outer shape during transportation is increased. Can be suppressed. Details of the expansion and contraction structure of the lower plate 50 will be described below.

  7 (a) and 7 (b) are front perspective views of the lower plate 50 in the contracted state, and FIGS. 8 (a) and 8 (b) are front perspective views of the lower plate 50 in the expanded state. is there. FIG. 9 is an exploded front perspective view of the lower plate 50. In addition, in FIG. 9, the decomposition | disassembly state of the lower dish 50 in a reduction state is illustrated.

  As shown in FIG. 7 to FIG. 9, the lower dish 50 includes a bottom wall member 54 that forms the bottom surface of the storage region, and a side wall member 55 and an inner wall member that stand from the bottom wall member 54 and form the side surface of the storage region. 56, and a shaft support pin 57 and a shaft support plate 58 for rotatably supporting the side wall member 55 on the bottom wall member 54 are mainly provided.

  The bottom wall member 54 is a plate-like member disposed on the front surface of the inner frame 12 in a posture projecting substantially horizontally toward the front, and is an opening for discharging a sphere from the storage region of the lower dish 50. A ball removal hole 54a and a ball removal lever 54b operated by the player when opening the ball removal hole 54a are provided. The ball hole 54a is arranged to be biased to the right side of the storage area of the lower plate 50 (on the side opposite to the payout port 23) in the top view of the bottom wall member 54, and the upper surface of the bottom wall member 54 is ball-opened from all sides. It is formed in a form that is inclined downward toward the hole 54a.

  The side wall member 55 is formed in a substantially L shape in a top view, and one end side and a short side portion (second piece) of the substantially L-shaped long side portion (first pieces 551X to 557X, see FIGS. 11 to 19). The other end side of 551Y to 557Y (see FIGS. 11 to 19) is directed to the front surface of the front frame 12, so that the L-shaped bent portion is disposed in a posture protruding forward of the front frame 12. Therefore, a substantially triangular space in top view is defined by the side wall member 55 on the front surface of the front frame 12. The side wall member 55 has one end of a long side portion that is substantially L-shaped when viewed from above (the left side when viewed from the front, that is, the end on the same side as the side on which the front frame 14 is pivotably supported), The mounting plate 58 is rotatably supported on the bottom wall member 54.

  The side wall member 55 has a plurality of (seven in this embodiment) divided bodies (refer to the first divided body 551 to the seventh divided body 557, see FIG. 11 to FIG. It is formed by being overlapped along the axial direction of the (support pin 57). When each of the divided bodies 551 to 557 is rotated around the pivot pin 57, the divided body on the upper layer side is largely displaced outward to form a stepped shape, and the storage area of the lower plate 50 To enlarge. Therefore, the freedom degree of arrangement | positioning of the ball hole 54a (refer FIG. 9) in the bottom wall member 54 is securable.

  That is, in the structure in which the bottom wall and the side wall are slid back and forth by the player's operation to enlarge or reduce the storage area, the bottom wall on the fixed side and the bottom wall on the slide side overlap. Cannot place a ball hole, and the degree of freedom of its placement is reduced.

  On the other hand, according to the present embodiment, each of the divided bodies 551 to 557 stacked vertically is displaced to form a staircase shape, thereby enlarging the storage area. For expansion or reduction of the storage area The overlap margin is not formed between the portion (each divided body 551 to 557) displaced to the bottom wall member 54. Therefore, the ball hole 54a can be arranged at an arbitrary position of the bottom wall member 54, and the degree of freedom of the arrangement can be secured.

  Further, the side wall member 55 is enlarged in a staircase shape by being largely displaced outward as the upper layer side divided body (see FIG. 8). That is, since the upper layer side divided body projects toward the front side as viewed from the player, the storage area can be reduced without narrowing the space between the upper plate 17 and the front side opening being widened. Since it expands, the player's hand can be easily put into the lower plate 50. In other words, the upper plate 17 can be enlarged accordingly. Further, as described above, the side wall member 55 is projected to the near side as viewed from the player, so that the player can easily recognize that the lower plate 50 is in the expanded state.

  The inner wall member 56 is a plate-like member erected from the bottom wall member 54, and is located on the inner side (storage region side) of the short side portion (second pieces 551 </ b> Y to 557 </ b> Y) of the side wall member 55 as viewed from above. And forms a part of the side surface in the storage region of the lower dish 50. That is, the side surface in the storage region of the lower plate 50 is, in the contracted state, formed by the inner frame 12, the long side portion (first pieces 551 </ b> X to 557 </ b> X) of the side wall member 55 as viewed from above, and the inner wall member 56. In the enlarged state, a short side portion (second pieces 551Y to 557Y) having a substantially L shape in a top view of the side wall member 55 is added thereto.

  Here, the short side portions (second pieces 551Y to 557Y) of the side wall member 55 having a substantially L shape in a top view have different length dimensions. Therefore, in the reduced state, the respective end portions are disposed at different positions, and a plurality of steps are formed along the longitudinal direction of the short side portions (second pieces 551Y to 557Y). Therefore, when the side surface in the storage area of the lower plate 50 is formed by the short side portion (the second pieces 551Y to 557Y), for example, one or several balls remaining on the lower plate 50 when the game is ended. When taking out, the sphere is caught on the step and difficult to take out.

  That is, since the upper plate 17 is disposed above the lower plate 50 and the space is narrow, it is difficult to pick up the ball in the lower plate 50 with a finger. Therefore, the ball of the left hand is rolled out to the front side while being pressed against the side surface on the right side (handle 51 side) toward the storage area of the lower plate 50. In this case, if the above-described step is formed, the sphere is caught by the step and it is difficult to take out.

  On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the side surface on the right side (the handle 51 side) toward the storage area of the dish 50 is formed by the inner wall member 56 in the reduced state, and is formed in a flat surface shape. That is, the step due to the short side portion (second pieces 551Y to 557Y) can be hidden by the inner wall member 56. As a result, the ball can be easily taken out by rolling the ball toward the front side while pressing the ball with the finger of the left hand toward the right side (handle 51 side) toward the storage area of the lower plate 50.

  Thus, in this embodiment, the inner wall member 56 forms a part of the inner wall of the storage area, and in the reduced state shown in FIG. Pieces 551Y to 557Y) are arranged on the back side of the inner wall member 56, and in the enlarged state shown in FIG. 8, the substantially L-shaped short side portions (second pieces 551Y to 557Y) of the divided bodies 551 to 557 are arranged on the inner wall member. The side walls 56 are arranged side by side, and a part of the inner wall of the storage region is formed by both the substantially L-shaped short side portion (second pieces 551Y to 557Y) and the inner wall member 56. Thereby, the length dimension of the short side part of a substantially L shape can be shortened, and the space required for the movement of the short side part of a substantially L shape can be suppressed by that much.

  That is, when the inner wall member 56 is not provided, not only in a state where the storage region is reduced, but also in a state where the storage region is enlarged, a substantially L-shaped short side portion of each of the divided bodies 551 to 557 ( Since the second piece 551Y to 557Y) needs to be a part of the inner wall of the storage area, the length dimension corresponding to the inner wall member 56 and the storage area (inner wall) as the length dimension of the substantially L-shaped short side portion ) Is required to be added to the length corresponding to the enlarged portion.

  Therefore, a space necessary for moving the substantially L-shaped short side portion (second pieces 551Y to 557Y) is increased, and a part of the space needs to be secured in the inner space of the inner frame 12. That is, it is necessary to accommodate the other end side of the substantially L-shaped short side portion (second pieces 551Y to 557Y) in the internal space of the inner frame 12 in the contracted state shown in FIG.

  On the other hand, by providing the inner wall member 56, the short side portion (second pieces 551Y to 557Y) having a substantially L shape only needs to be the inner wall of the storage region only in the enlarged state. The length dimension of the side portion can be suppressed to the length dimension corresponding to the enlarged portion (the length dimension corresponding to the inner wall member 56 can be made unnecessary). As a result, the space required for the movement of the substantially L-shaped short side portion can be suppressed, and it is unnecessary to secure a part of the space in the inner space of the inner frame 12.

  On the back side of the inner wall member 56, a restricting portion 56a protrudes, and the restricting portion 56a overlaps the upper surface of the short side portion (second piece 551Y) of the side wall member 55 that is substantially L-shaped when viewed from above. Therefore, when the side wall member 55 that has received the weight of the sphere tries to fall downward, the restricting portion 56a can press the upper surface of the side wall member 55 (short side portion) and suppress the lifting of the side wall member 55. The downward fall can be suppressed. Further, since the restricting portion 56a can be brought into contact with the stopper portion 551S1 of the side wall member 55, the rotation of the side wall member 55 in the expanding direction can be restricted and held at the protruding position (see FIG. 9). .

  In this case, in each of the divided bodies 551 to 557, the length of the substantially L-shaped short side portion (second piece 551Y to 557Y) is increased toward the upper divided body (see FIGS. 11 to 19). When the enlarged state shown in FIG. 6 is formed, the upper divided body projects outward and the end surface of the substantially L-shaped short side portion (opposite to the enlarged direction, right side in FIG. 8) is arranged flush with each other. (See FIG. 8) Therefore, it is possible to secure an overlapping margin between the substantially L-shaped short side portions of the respective divided bodies 551 to 557, and to suppress the bending of the sphere with respect to the weight of the sphere, while maintaining the substantially L-shaped short side. The part cost can be reduced by suppressing the length of the portion.

  That is, in the enlarged state shown in FIG. 8, in each of the divided bodies 551 to 557, the end face of the substantially L-shaped short side portion (second piece 551Y to 557Y) in the lower divided body from the upper divided body protrudes. Even if it is made, the protrusion cannot contribute to suppression of bending with respect to the adjacent short side part. On the other hand, in the reduced state shown in FIG. 7, the overlap margin between the substantially L-shaped short side portions of the divided bodies 551 to 557 is reduced, but the weight of the sphere acts on the inner wall member 56, and the substantially L-shaped shape. It does not act directly on the short side of Therefore, this configuration is effective.

  Further, the restricting portion 56 of the inner wall member 56 is an upper surface at the end portion on the end surface side of the substantially L-shaped short side portions (second pieces 551Y to 557Y) that are arranged flush with each other in the enlarged state shown in FIG. Overlapping. That is, as will be described later, the storage area is expanded or reduced in seven stages from the reduced state, the first state to the fifth state and the expanded state (see FIG. 22 and FIG. 23). It arrange | positions in the position which can overlap with the substantially L-shaped short side part (2nd piece 551Y-557Y) of all the division bodies (1st-7th division bodies 551-557) in top view. Therefore, the substantially L-shaped short side portion of each of the divided bodies 551 to 557 can be supported at the optimum fulcrum position regardless of the extent of expansion of the storage area (which stage is the seven stages). The bending of the side wall member 55 can be suppressed.

  Further, the restricting portion 56 of the inner wall member 56 can be brought into contact with the stopper portion 551S1 of the side wall member 55 (first divided body 551), thereby restricting the rotation of the side wall member 55 in the expanding direction. That is, the restricting portion 56a not only plays a role of supporting the upper surface of the substantially L-shaped short side portion (second piece 551Y) of the side wall member 55 (first divided body 551) and suppressing the bending, but also each divided body. Since it also serves as a stopper that restricts the rotation of 551 to 557 in the enlargement direction, the number of parts can be reduced accordingly, and the product cost can be reduced.

  Here, when the lower plate 50 is formed so that the storage area can be enlarged or reduced, the front frame 14 remains in the state in which the lower plate 50 is enlarged in the hall in which the plurality of pachinko machines 10 are arranged in parallel. Is inadvertently opened, the enlarged lower plate 50 may come into contact with the adjacent pachinko machine 10 and be damaged.

  On the other hand, in this embodiment, the rotating shaft (support pin 57) of the lower plate 50 is parallel to a shaft (not shown) that supports the front frame 14 so that it can be opened and closed, and is the same side in the width direction. Since the front frame 14 is opened while the lower plate 50 is enlarged and the lower plate 50 comes into contact with the pachinko machine 10 installed next to the lower plate 50, the side wall member 55 is reduced. Since it can be rotated in the direction, it is possible to prevent the lower dish 50 from being damaged.

  In particular, in the present embodiment, the side wall member 55 is formed in a substantially L shape when viewed from above, and the amount of protrusion from which the side wall member 55 protrudes from the front surface of the inner frame 12 increases as the distance from the rotation shaft (axial support pin 57) increases. Since the enlarged lower plate 50 comes into contact with the adjacent pachinko machine 10 by opening the front frame 14, the contact with the side wall member 55 is caused by the contact. The applied pressing force can be applied to the side wall member 55 (long side portion) in a direction in which a torque for rotating the side wall member 55 around the rotation axis can be easily formed. Therefore, the side wall member 55 can be easily rotated in the reduction direction, and the lower plate 50 can be prevented from being damaged.

  Further, since the side wall member 55 is formed with a long side portion (first pieces 551X to 557X) having a substantially L shape in a top view curved in an outwardly convex arc shape, the enlarged lower plate 50 is formed on the front surface. When the adjacent pachinko machine 10 is brought into contact with the opening of the frame 14, the mating member is slid along the side wall member 55 (the outer peripheral surface of the long side portion), and the two members can be prevented from being caught. Therefore, the side wall member 55 can be smoothly rotated in the reduction direction, and as a result, the lower dish 50 can be prevented from being damaged.

  In addition, the side wall member 55 has a substantially L-shaped short side portion (first pieces 551Y to 557Y) as viewed from above, and is curved in an arc shape around the rotation shaft (the shaft support pin 57), as will be described later. Since it is formed, when the enlarged lower plate 50 comes into contact with the adjacent pachinko machine 10 by opening the front frame 14, it is possible to suppress the short side portion of the side wall member 55 from coming into contact with the mating member. That is, it can be suppressed that the counterpart member contacts the short side portion of the side wall member 55 and the rotation of the side wall member 55 in the reduction direction is inhibited. As a result, the lower dish 50 can be prevented from being damaged.

  In this embodiment, the lower plate 50 (first divided body 551) is disposed at the same height as the handle 51. Therefore, when the space | interval (horizontal distance) between the rotating shaft (axial support pin 57) and the handle 51 of the adjacent pachinko machine 10 is smaller than the horizontal dimension of the 1st piece 551Y of the 1st division body 551. In other words, when the front frame 14 is opened while the lower plate 50 is in an enlarged state, the enlarged lower plate 50 is brought into contact with the handle 51 of the adjacent pachinko machine 10.

  In this case, since the handle 51 is formed in a spherical shape, when the enlarged lower plate 50 comes into contact with the handle 51 of the adjacent pachinko machine 10 by opening the front frame 14, the side wall member 55 (first piece 551Y). It is possible to prevent both of them from being caught by sliding along the outer peripheral surface of each other. Therefore, the side wall member 55 can be smoothly rotated in the reduction direction, and as a result, the lower dish 50 can be prevented from being damaged.

  Next, the detailed configuration of the lower plate 50 will be described with reference to FIGS. 10 to 34. FIG. 10A is a top view of the side wall member 55 in a reduced state, and FIG. 10B is a top view of the side wall member 55 in an enlarged state. 11 to 13 are exploded front perspective views of the side wall member 55 as viewed in the direction of arrow A in FIG. 10A, and FIGS. 14 to 16 are side wall members 55 in the direction of arrow B in FIG. FIG. 17 to 19 are exploded bottom perspective views of the side wall member 55 in the bottom view.

  11, 14 and 17 (a) and (b), the first divided body 551 and the second divided body 552 are shown in FIGS. 12, 15 and 18 (a) and (b). The third divided body 553 and the fourth divided body 554 are shown in FIGS. 13, 16 and 19, and the fifth divided body 555, the sixth divided body 556 and the seventh divided body are shown in FIGS. Each of the divided bodies 557 is illustrated.

  As shown in FIG. 10, the side wall member 55 is formed in a substantially L shape when viewed from above, and a plurality of (in this embodiment, 7 in this embodiment) overlapped along the axial direction of the rotation shaft (the shaft support pin 57, see FIG. 9). Pieces) (a first divided body 551 to a seventh divided body 557). Each of the divided bodies 551 to 557 is formed from a resin material so as to overlap in a top view (substantially the same shape).

  Specifically, the uppermost layer of the side wall member 55 is formed by the first divided body 551, and the second divided body 552 to the sixth layer are formed on the lower surface of the first divided body 551 (the surface on the back side of FIG. 10A). The divided bodies 556 are arranged in order, and the lowermost layer is formed by the seventh divided body 557 arranged on the lower surface of the sixth divided body 556. The lowermost seventh divided body 557 is fastened and fixed to the side wall member 55 (see FIG. 9).

  As shown in FIGS. 11 to 19, the first divided body 551 to the seventh divided body 557 are provided with shaft support holes 551 a to 557 a on one end side to form a long side portion having a substantially L shape when viewed from above. Each of the first pieces 551X to 557X and the second pieces 551Y to 557Y that are connected to the other end side of the first pieces 551X to 557X and form a short side portion that is substantially L-shaped when viewed from above.

  The first pieces 551X to 557X have a circular arc shape in which the storage region side is concave (that is, protrudes outward), and the second pieces 551Y to 557Y have substantially the same diameter with the shaft support holes 551a to 557a as the center. The arc shape is formed by curving the top view shape (the axial view shape of the shaft support holes 551a to 557a).

  Since the first pieces 551X to 557X are curved in an arc shape that protrudes outward, not only can the size of the storage area be ensured, but also the front frame 14 remains expanded while the lower plate 50 is expanded as described above. When opened and collided with the adjacent pachinko machine 10 or the like, the lower plate 50 (side wall member 55) can be easily closed. Further, the second pieces 551Y to 557Y are curved in an arc shape centered on the shaft support holes 551a to 557a, so that the state of overlapping in the circumferential direction can be maintained in each of the expansion and contraction states of the side wall member 55, As will be described later, it is possible to increase the rigidity of the side wall member 55 and suppress bending due to the weight of the sphere.

  Projections that extend along the longitudinal direction of the first pieces 552X to 557X and project as rectangular projections on the upper surfaces of the first pieces 552X to 557X of the second divided body 552 to the seventh divided body 557 552b to 557b are disposed (see FIGS. 11 to 16). On the other hand, the lower surfaces of the first pieces 551X to 556X of the first divided body 551 to the sixth divided body 556 are extended along the longitudinal direction of the first pieces 551X to 556X and are recessed as concave grooves having a cross section. Restriction grooves 551c to 556c are disposed (see FIGS. 17 to 19).

  When the respective divided bodies 551 to 557 are stacked one above the other, the protrusions 552b to 557b of the second divided body 552 to the seventh divided body 557 are changed to the restriction grooves 551c to 556c of the first divided body 551 to the sixth divided body 556. When the divided members 551 to 556 are rotated around the pivot pin 57, the protrusions 552b to 557b are brought into contact with the inner wall surfaces of the restriction grooves 551c to 556c. Thus, the movable (rotating) range of each of the divided bodies 551 to 557 is defined (see FIG. 20).

  The protrusions 552b to 557b are formed in a circular arc shape in which the side to be the storage region is concave (that is, convex outward), and the shape of the top view (the axial view shape of the shaft support holes 552a to 557a) is curved. It arrange | positions with the attitude | position located in the other side (outside side) from a storage area | region as it goes to 2nd piece 552Y-557Y from the support holes 552a-557a. That is, the protrusions 552b to 557b are inclined and extended with respect to the longitudinal direction of the first pieces 552X to 557X.

  The pair of inner wall surfaces facing each other of the regulating grooves 551c to 556c are formed such that the bottom view shape is curved in an arc shape substantially the same as the top view shape of the protrusions 552b to 557b. The other inner wall surface is disposed along the edge of the first piece 552X to 557X on the region side, and the other inner wall surface is opposite to the storage region (outside from the shaft support holes 551a to 556a toward the second pieces 551Y to 556Y. (Position on the side). That is, the groove widths of the restriction grooves 551c to 556c are gradually enlarged from the shaft support holes 551a to 556a toward the second pieces 551Y to 556Y.

  The second pieces 552Y to 555Y of the second divided body 552 to the fifth divided body 557 include first horizontal portions 552e to 555e that are parallel to the first pieces 552X to 555X, and outer edge portions (shafts) of the first horizontal portions 552e. Standing portions 552f to 555f erected along the axial direction of the shaft supporting holes 552a to 555a from the edge far from the supporting holes 552a to 555a), and the standing portions 552f to 555f The second horizontal portions 552g to 555g extending in parallel with the first pieces 552X to 555X from the tip outward (in a direction away from the shaft support holes 552a to 555a) are formed.

  The second pieces 556Y and 557Y of the sixth divided body 556 and the seventh divided body 557 include first horizontal portions 556e and 557e that are continuous in parallel with the first pieces 556Y and 557Y, and outer edges of the first horizontal portions 556e and 557e. It is provided with standing portions 556f and 557f which are erected along the axial direction of the shaft support holes 556a and 557a from the (edge portion on the side far from the shaft support hole 556a). That is, in the sixth divided body 556 and the seventh divided body 557, the second horizontal portion is omitted. Note that an inclined surface 557f1 is formed on the side surface opposite to the side surface with which the lock piece 773 (see FIGS. 32 and 33) of the lock mechanism 77 described later is engaged with the standing portion 557f of the seventh divided body 557. The

  In the first horizontal portions 552e to 557e, the radius of the inner edge portion (distance from the axis of the shaft support holes 552a to 557a) is set to be the same, and the radius of the outer edge portion is positioned on the upper side (the first divided body 551 side). The smaller the value, the smaller the value. Therefore, as for the standing part 552f-557f standingly arranged from the outer edge part of the 1st horizontal part 552e-557e, the inner edge part side of the 1st horizontal part 552e-557e is located in the upper side (1st division body 551 side). It is located on the side of the shaft support holes 552a to 557a. The standing portions 552f to 557f are set to a smaller value as the standing height is located on the upper side (the first divided body 551 side), and the second horizontal portions 552g to 555g have a width dimension ( The distance between the inner edge portion and the outer edge portion) is set to a smaller value as it is located on the upper side (first divided body 551 side).

  Therefore, in a state where the first divided body 551 to the seventh divided body 557 are stacked one above the other, the one located on the upper side (the first divided body 551 side) is positioned on the storage area side (the shaft support holes 551a to 557a side). The first horizontal portions 552e to 557e, the standing portions 552f to 557f, and the second horizontal portions 552g to 555g in the second pieces 552Y to 557Y can be overlapped with each other (see FIG. 21). By this superposition, the rigidity of the second pieces 551Y to 557Y can be improved as will be described later. Moreover, a storage area | region can be ensured by suppression of the width dimension of 2nd piece 551Y-557Y.

  In the second pieces 552Y to 554Y of the second divided body 552 to the fourth divided body 554, L-shaped openings 552m to 554m are formed in the second horizontal portions 552g to 554g. With the opening formation of the openings 552m to 554m, engagement pieces 552n to 554n extending along the longitudinal direction of the second pieces 552Y to 554Y are formed. The engaging pieces 552n to 554n are formed as cantilevered elastic pieces whose tips are free ends, and projecting portions 552n1 to 554n1 having a semicircular cross section are provided on the top surface of the tips.

  On the other hand, the second pieces 555Y and 556Y of the fifth divided body 552 and the sixth divided body 556 are formed with openings 555m and 556m that are U-shaped in top view at the first horizontal portions 555e and 556e. As the openings 555m and 556m are formed, engagement pieces 555n and 556n extending along the longitudinal direction of the second pieces 555 and 556 are formed. The engaging pieces 555n and 556n are formed as cantilevered elastic pieces whose tips are free ends, and protrusions 555n1 and 556n1 having a semicircular cross section are provided on the top surface of the tips.

  In addition, on the second pieces 556Y and 557Y of the sixth divided body 556 and the seventh divided body 557, restricting protrusions 556r and 557r protrude from the upper surfaces of the first horizontal portions 556e and 557e. On the other hand, in the second pieces 554Y and 555Y of the fourth divided body 554 and the fifth divided body 555, engaging concave portions 554t and 555t are formed in the lower surface of the first horizontal portions 554e and 555e.

  The engagement piece 552n (projection 552n1) of the second divided body 552 is formed to be engageable with the engagement wall 551j of the first divided body 551 (see FIG. 24), and the engagement with respect to the first divided body 551 is performed. The relative displacement in one direction of the second divided body 552 can be restricted, and the engagement with the engagement wall 551j is released by the elastic deformation of the engagement piece 552n, so that the relative displacement in one direction is reduced. It can be tolerated and the relative displacement in the other direction can be restricted (see FIG. 30).

  Engagement pieces 553n and 554n (projections 553n1 and 554n1) of the third divided body 553 and the fourth divided body 554 are formed to be engageable with the openings 552m and 553m of the second divided body 552 and the third divided body 553. Thus, the relative displacement in one direction of the third divided body 553 and the fourth divided body 554 with respect to the second divided body 552 and the third divided body 553 can be restricted, and the engagement pieces 553n, 554n. Since the engagement with the openings 552m and 553m is released by elastic deformation of the lens, relative displacement in one direction can be allowed and relative displacement in the other direction can be restricted (see FIG. 28). .

  Engagement pieces 555n and 556n (projections 555n1 and 556n1) of the fifth divided body 555 and the sixth divided body 556 are engageable with the engagement recesses 554t and 555t of the fourth divided body 554 and the fifth divided body 555. With this engagement, the relative displacement in one direction of the fifth divided body 555 and the sixth divided body 556 with respect to the fourth divided body 554 and the fifth divided body 555 can be restricted, and the engagement pieces 555n, By releasing the engagement with the engagement recesses 554t and 555t by the elastic deformation of 556n, the relative displacement in one direction can be allowed and the relative displacement in the other direction can be restricted (FIG. 26). reference).

  That is, the engagement pieces 552n to 556n and the like are portions that function as defining means for defining relative movement between the respective divided bodies 551 to 557, and the side wall member 55 is enlarged or reduced by an operation of the player. In this case, the order in which the rotation of each of the divided bodies 551 to 557 is allowed is defined. As a result, as will be described later, the rotation order of the respective divided bodies 551 to 557 can be made constant, and the form of expansion or reduction of the storage area can be made unique (see FIGS. 22 and 23).

  Next, the relationship between the first pieces 551X to 557X in the first divided body 551 to the seventh divided body 557 of the side wall member 55 will be described with reference to FIG.

  20A is a cross-sectional view of the side wall member 55 taken along line XXa-XXa in FIG. 10A, and FIG. 20B is a cross-sectional view of the side wall member 55 taken along line XXb-XXb in FIG. FIG.

  As shown in FIG. 20A and FIG. 20B, there is one mating surface (second segment) on the mating surface between the first pieces 551X to 557X of the first segment 551 to the seventh segment 557. Protrusions 552b to 557b project from 552 to the upper surfaces of the first pieces 552X to 557X of the seventh divided body 557 (see FIGS. 11 to 16), and the other mating surface (from the first divided body 551 to the first Restriction grooves 551c to 556c that receive the protrusions 552b to 557b are recessed in the lower surfaces of the first pieces 551X to 556X of the six-part 556 (see FIGS. 17 to 19).

  Therefore, in a state where the side wall member 55 is pushed in by the player and the storage area is reduced (see FIGS. 10A and 20A), the protrusions 552b to 557b are opposed to the regulation grooves 551c to 556c. The first divided body 551 to the sixth divided body 556 are in contact with one of the pair of inner wall surfaces (the inner wall surface located on the opposite side of the storage area, left side in FIG. 20A). Can be restricted from being displaced (rotated) in the reduction direction (rightward in FIG. 20A).

  Further, in a state where the side wall member 55 is pulled out by the player and the storage area is enlarged (see FIGS. 10B and 20B), the protrusions 552b to 557b are opposed to the regulation grooves 551c to 556c. Since the second inner wall surface of the pair of inner wall surfaces (the inner wall surface located on the storage area side, the right side in FIG. 20B) is in contact with each other, the first divided body 551 to the sixth divided body 556 are enlarged. Displacement (rotation) in the direction (left direction in FIG. 20B) can be restricted.

  In this case, since each of the divided bodies 551 to 557 that overlap vertically is engaged with the protrusions 552b to 557b and the inner walls of the restriction grooves 551c to 556c, in the expanded state and the contracted state, the side wall member 55 ( It is possible to ensure the rigidity of the whole structure (the structure in which the divided bodies 551 to 557 are overlapped). Therefore, it can suppress that the side wall member 55 bends with the weight of a ball | bowl.

  Furthermore, the protrusions 552b to 557b and the regulation grooves 551c to 556c are respectively provided so as to project or be recessed on the mating surfaces (upper surface or lower surface) of the divided bodies 551 to 557 that are superimposed one above the other. That is, since the projections 552b to 557b and the regulation grooves 551c to 556c are disposed using the mating surface (the internal space of each divided body 551) that becomes a dead space, the side wall member 55 can be reduced in size, and The capacity of the storage area can be secured.

  In particular, in the present embodiment, since the protrusions 552b to 557b and the restriction grooves 551c to 556c are formed on the first pieces 551X to 557X of the rotating bodies 551 to 557, the protrusions 552b to 557b and the restriction grooves 551c to 556c. Can function effectively. That is, since the first pieces 551X to 557X are parts operated by the player (push-in operation and pull-out operation) when the storage area is enlarged or reduced, the operation force is applied to the protrusions 552b to 557b and the restriction groove 551c. It can be received directly by the engagement of ˜556c. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the divided bodies 551 to 557 from being separated from each other by the operation force, and to operate the divided bodies 551 to 557 in an integrally maintained state, thereby improving the player's operational feeling. Can be achieved.

  Here, since the 1st piece 551X-557X is a site | part expanded in the step shape projected outward as the upper side (refer FIG.10 (b)), it is easy to bend with the weight of a ball | bowl. On the other hand, in the present embodiment, since the protrusions 552b to 557b and the regulation grooves 551c to 556c are formed on the first pieces 551X to 557X of the respective rotating bodies 551 to 557, the rigidity of the first pieces 551X to 557X. Can be intensively improved. Therefore, in the state expanded in the step shape, it can suppress that it bends with the weight of a ball | bowl.

  In this case, the protrusions 552b to 557b and the regulation grooves 551c to 556c are formed as ridges and grooves that continuously extend along the longitudinal direction of the first pieces 551X to 557X (FIGS. 11 to 11). 19), ensuring the engagement area between the protrusions 552b to 557b and the inner wall surfaces of the restriction grooves 551c to 556c, and improving the rigidity of the side wall member 55 (the structure in which the divided bodies 551 to 557 are overlapped) as a whole. Can be achieved.

  In particular, the first pieces 551X to 557X whose ends are pivotally supported by the pivot pin 57 (see FIG. 9) are provided for the protrusions 552b to 557b and the restriction grooves 551c to 556c that are continuously extended as the ridges and the grooves. Therefore, the direction of the load due to the player's operation and the weight of the ball can be made orthogonal to the engagement regions of the ridges and the grooves (projections 552b to 557b and restriction grooves 551c to 556c). it can. Therefore, bending of the side wall member 55 (first pieces 551 to 557) with respect to such a load can be suppressed.

  Further, the protrusions 552b to 557b and the pair of inner wall surfaces facing each other of the restriction grooves 551c to 556c have the same shape in top view (viewed in the axial direction of the shaft support holes 551a to 557a), and Since it is formed to be curved in a convex arc shape in the same direction as the pieces 551X to 557X (that is, the outer side opposite to the storage area), the protrusions 552b to 557b and the restriction grooves 551c to 556c (inner wall surface) ) Can be maximized within the range (area) of the mating surfaces of the first pieces 551X to 557X. Therefore, the engagement area between the convex protrusions 552b to 557b and the inner wall surfaces of the restriction grooves 551c to 556c can be maximized, and as a result, the rigidity of the sidewall member 55 (first pieces 551X to 557X) as a whole is improved. In addition, the burden on the protrusions 552b to 557b and the restriction grooves 551c to 556c can be reduced, and the durability can be improved.

  Next, the relationship between the second pieces 551Y to 557Y in the first divided body 551 to the seventh divided body 557 of the side wall member 55 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 21 is a cross-sectional view of the side wall member 55 taken along the line XXI-XXI in FIG.

  As described above, in the side wall member 55, the second pieces 551 </ b> Y to 557 </ b> Y of the respective divided bodies 551 to 557 are arc-shaped with the same diameter centered on the shaft support holes 551 a to 557 a (see the shaft support pins 57, FIG. 9). Therefore, when the divided bodies 551 to 557 are rotated around the shaft support holes 551a to 557a, the trajectories of the second pieces 551Y to 557Y can be made to coincide with each other (see FIG. 10). . Therefore, since the second pieces 551Y to 557Y always overlap each other, the rigidity of the side wall member 55 (the structure in which the divided bodies 551 to 557 are overlapped) can be ensured, and bending due to the weight of the sphere can be suppressed.

  As shown in FIG. 21, in this case, the side wall member 55 includes the second horizontal portions 552Y to 555Y of the second divided body 552 to the fifth divided body 557, the first horizontal portions 552e to 555e, and the first horizontal portion 552e. And a second horizontal portion 552g to 555g extending from the standing tip of the standing portion 552f to 555f, and a sixth divided body 556 and a seventh divided portion. The second pieces 556Y and 557Y of the body 557 are provided with first horizontal portions 556e and 557e and standing portions 556f and 557f that are erected from the first horizontal portions 556e and 557e, and these first horizontal portions 552e to 557e. The standing portions 552f to 557f and the second horizontal portions 552g to 555g are overlapped with each other.

  Therefore, even when a large number of spheres are stored in the storage area, the weights of the spheres acting on the side wall members 55 (each of the divided bodies 551 to 557) are superposed on the first horizontal portions 552e to 557e and the standing portions 552f to 550f. It can support effectively by interaction of 557f and the 2nd horizontal part 552g-555g, As a result, the bending of the side wall member 55 can be suppressed.

  Specifically, in the second pieces 551Y to 557Y, the first horizontal portions 552e to 557e and the second horizontal portions 552g to 555g are overlapped in the vertical direction, and the standing portions 552f to 557f are arranged in the left-right direction (left and right in FIG. 31). A position where the extended tip of each of the second horizontal portions 552g to 555g overlaps with the standing portion 556f in the up and down direction (vertical direction in FIG. 21) (a position on the standing tip of the standing portion 556f). ).

  Thus, in a state where the side wall member 55 is enlarged (see FIG. 10B), when a large number of spheres are stored in the storage area, the side wall member 55 bends (falls down) in FIG. ) The first horizontal portions 552e to 557e, the standing portions 552f to 557f, and the second horizontal portions 552g to 555g are displaced upward (that is, displacement in a direction in which the side wall member 55 is bent downward). Can be regulated with respect to each other by means of those located above themselves. As a result, the downward bending of the side wall member 55 can be suppressed.

  Further, for the load in the horizontal direction received from the stored sphere (the direction in which the side wall member 55 is pushed outward, the left direction in FIG. 21), the standing portions 552f to 557f are arranged to extend the leading end side. When tilted obliquely so as to be displaced outward (left side in FIG. 21), such tilting can be regulated by the ones located outward from itself. In particular, the second horizontal portions 552g to 555g are connected to the standing portions 552f to 557f, and when the standing portions 552f to 555f are tilted outward, the second horizontal portions 552g to 555g are lower than themselves. When the one located on the side is to be pushed down, the pushing-down operation can be supported and restricted by the standing portions 552f to 557f. As a result, outward deflection of the side wall member 55 can be suppressed.

  The second piece 551Y extends to a position where the side wall portion 551h on the storage area side overlaps the first horizontal portion 552e in the vertical direction (a position where the lower end surface of the side wall portion 551h is placed on the first horizontal portion 552e). The rib portion 551i that is provided and overlapped with the standing portion 552f in the left-right direction and hangs down from the portion that forms the upper surface of the second piece 551Y overlaps the second horizontal portion 552g in the vertical direction (below the rib portion 551i). The end surface is extended to a position where the end surface is placed on the second horizontal portion 552g. Accordingly, the side wall portion 551h and the rib portion 551i of the second piece 551Y interact with the first horizontal portions 552e to 557e, the standing portions 552f to 557f, and the second horizontal portions 552g to 555g of the second pieces 552Y to 557Y. As described above, the side wall member 55 can be prevented from bending downward and outward.

  In particular, as described above, the restricting portion 56a of the inner wall member 56 is disposed on the upper surface of the second piece 551Y (see FIGS. 7 and 8), and the side wall member 55 receives the weight of the stored sphere, When trying to fall down, the restricting portion 56a presses the upper surface of the side wall member 55 (second piece 551Y), and can prevent the second piece 551Y from being lifted. Therefore, it is possible to provide the second piece 551Y with the side wall portion 551h and the rib portion 551i so as to overlap the first horizontal portion 552e and the second horizontal portion 552g of the second piece 552Y vertically. This is particularly effective for suppressing the bending to the right.

  In addition, since the second pieces 551Y to 557Y are arranged so as to overlap each other in this way, even if the side wall member 55 is bent by the weight of the sphere, the second pieces 551Y to 557Y serve as a guide. Thus, the side wall member 55 can be smoothly shifted from the enlarged state to the reduced state. Therefore, even when the front plate 14 is inadvertently opened while the lower plate 50 in which the balls are stored is left in an enlarged state, the lower plate 50 (side wall member 55) can be displaced in the reduction direction. Damage can be suppressed.

  In addition, the standing portions 552f to 557f are disposed at intervals having a predetermined gap between the left and right adjacent ones. Therefore, when a load in the horizontal direction (direction in which the side wall member 55 is pushed outward) is applied to the side wall member 55, the upright portions 552f to 557f are collapsed, so that the gap between adjacent ones is reduced. Are buried and contacted with each other, so that the fall can be regulated by the mutual action, while the side wall member 55 (each divided body 551 is operated by the player's operation in the direction of enlarging or reducing the storage area (lower pan 50). ˜557) can be rotated, the sliding resistance can be reduced by the amount of the gap between adjacent ones, and the operability can be improved.

  Here, as the second pieces 552Y to 557Y are located on the upper side (the upper side in FIG. 21), the width dimension (the dimension in the left-right direction in FIG. 21) of the first horizontal parts 552e to 557e is reduced and the second horizontal parts 552g to 552g. The width dimension of 555g is increased. Accordingly, even when the first horizontal portions 552e to 557e, the standing portions 552f to 557f, and the second horizontal portions 552g to 555g are overlapped with each other between the adjacent second pieces 552Y to 557Y, the second pieces 552Y to 557Y as a whole. The width dimension (dimension in the left-right direction in FIG. 21) can be suppressed. That is, the storage area can be secured by suppressing the width of the second pieces 552Y to 557Y as a whole while improving the rigidity of the second pieces 552Y to 557Y by overlapping. In addition, the second pieces 552Y to 557Y can be prevented from projecting outward, and the arrangement space for other members can be secured accordingly.

  In particular, in the second pieces 556Y and 557Y located on the outer side, the formation of the second horizontal portion is omitted, so that the side wall member 55 is restrained from bending outward and downward by the action of the standing portions 556f and 557f. The width dimension of the second pieces 552Y to 557Y as a whole can be suppressed while maintaining the effect of achieving the above.

  Next, referring to FIG. 22 to FIG. 30, when the side wall member 55 is operated by the player and the storage area of the lower plate 50 is enlarged or reduced, the order in which the divided bodies 551 to 557 are displaced (rotated). Will be described.

  FIG. 22A is a top view of the side wall member 55 in the reduced state, and FIGS. 22B to 22D are top views of the side wall member 55 in the first state to the third state. FIGS. 23A and 23B are top views of the side wall member 55 in the fourth state and the fifth state, and FIG. 23C is a top view of the side wall member 55 in the enlarged state.

  24 is a side sectional view of the side wall member 55 in the reduced state, FIGS. 25 to 29 are side sectional views of the side wall member 55 in the first state to the fifth state, and FIG. 30 is an enlarged state. It is a sectional side view of the side wall member 55 in FIG.

  24 to 30, in order to facilitate understanding of the state of restriction or release of the relative displacement between the divided bodies 551 to 557, the divided bodies 551 are arranged so that the engagement pieces 552 n to 556 n can be visually recognized. A state in which ˜557 is cut along a plurality of planes is illustrated.

  As shown in FIGS. 22A and 24, in the contracted state (the state in which the divided bodies 551 to 557 are pushed in and the storage area is minimized), the second divided portion is formed on the engagement wall 551j of the first divided body 551. The engagement pieces 552n (projections 552n1) of the body 552 are engaged, and the third divided body 553 and the fourth divided body are formed on the inner wall surfaces of the openings 552m and 553m of the second divided body 552 and the third divided body 553. 554 engagement pieces 553n and 554n (projections 553n1 and 554n1) are engaged with each other.

  The engagement pieces 552n, 553n of the second divided body 552 and the third divided body 553 are arranged on the lower surface side thereof by disposing the engagement pieces 553n, 554n of the third divided body 553 and the fourth divided body 554. The engagement piece 554n of the four-part body 554 has a second horizontal portion 555g of the fifth part 555 arranged on the lower surface side thereof, so that the lower part (that is, the direction in which the protrusions 552n1, 553n1, and 554n1 come out, FIG. The elastic deformation to the lower side of 24 is regulated.

  Thereby, the relative displacement of the second divided body 552, the third divided body 553, and the fourth divided body 554 with respect to the first divided body 551, the second divided body 552, and the third divided body 553 (centering on the pivot pin 57). Rotation) is regulated.

  Further, engagement pieces 555n, 556n (projections 555n1, 556n1) of the fifth divided body 555 and the sixth divided body 556 are formed on the inner wall surfaces of the engagement recesses 554t, 555t of the fourth divided body 554 and the fifth divided body 555. Each is engaged.

  The engagement pieces 554n and 555n of the fourth divided body 554 and the fifth divided body 555 are arranged with the restricting protrusions 556r and 557r of the fifth divided body 555 and the sixth divided body 556 on the lower surface side, respectively. Elastic deformation in the downward direction (that is, the direction in which the protrusions 554n1 and 555n1 come out, the lower side in FIG. 24) is restricted.

  Thereby, relative displacement (rotation around the pivot pin 57) of the fifth divided body 555 and the sixth divided body 5564 with respect to the fourth divided body 554 and the fifth divided body 555 is restricted.

  As described above, in the contracted state, the relative displacement (rotation) of the first divided body 551 to the sixth divided body 556 is restricted, and the first divided body 551 to the sixth divided body 556 are integrated. The body is formed.

  In this case, the integrated structure (first to sixth divided bodies 551 to 556) includes a lock piece 773a of the lock mechanism 77 disposed in the first divided body 551 as described later, as described later. By engaging with the upright portion 557f, the enlargement direction of the integrated structure (first to sixth divided bodies 551 to 556) with respect to the seventh divided body 557 (FIG. 22 (a) downward direction, FIG. 24 left) The relative displacement (rotation) in the direction) is restricted (see FIG. 33A). Further, as described above, the relative displacement (rotation) in the reduction direction is restricted by engaging the projection 557b of the seventh divided body 557 with the inner wall surface of the restriction groove 556c of the sixth divided body 556. (See FIG. 20 (a)).

  Accordingly, the engagement between the lock piece 773a of the first divided body 551 and the standing portion 557f of the seventh divided body 557 is released (see FIG. 33B), so that the integrated structure with respect to the seventh divided body 557 is achieved. The body (the first to sixth divided bodies 551 to 556) can be displaced (rotated) in the enlargement direction.

  That is, in a state where the lock mechanism 77 is released, the side wall member 55 (for example, the first divided body 551) is displaced in the enlargement direction (the lower side in FIG. 22A and the left side in FIG. 24) by the player's operation. 22 (b) and FIG. 25, an integrated structure (each divided body 551 to 556) is enlarged with respect to the seventh divided body 557 fixed to the bottom wall member 54 (see FIG. 9). The first state is formed by being displaced in the direction.

  In the first state, relative displacement (rotation) in the enlargement direction causes the protrusion 557b of the seventh divided body 557 to be engaged with the inner wall surface of the restriction groove 556c of the sixth divided body 556, as described above. Thus, it is regulated (see FIG. 20B).

  As shown in FIGS. 22B and 25, the structure (first to sixth divided bodies 551 to 556) integrated with the seventh divided body 557 is expanded (see the lower side of FIG. 22B). 25 (left side), the restricting protrusion 557r of the seventh divided body 557 is reduced from the lower surface of the engagement piece 556n of the sixth divided body 556 (right side in FIG. 25). Is evacuated. As a result, a space is formed below the engagement piece 556n of the sixth divided body 556, and the downward direction of the engagement piece 556n (that is, the direction in which the protrusion 556n1 comes out of the engagement recess 555t, the lower side in FIG. 25). Elastic deformation is possible.

  Therefore, from the state shown in FIGS. 22B and 25 (first state), the side wall member 55 (for example, the first divided body 551) is expanded by the player's operation (the lower side in FIG. 22B). 25 left side), the fifth divided body 555 (first horizontal portion 555e) pushes the protrusion 556n1 of the engaging piece 556n of the sixth divided body 556 downward on the inner wall surface of the engaging recess 555t. However, the second state is formed as shown in FIGS. 22 (c) and 26 by being displaced in the enlargement direction and the inner wall surface of the engaging recess 555t getting over the protrusion 556n1.

  In the second state, the relative displacement (rotation) in the enlargement direction is engaged with the protrusion 556b of the sixth divided body 556 on the inner wall surface of the restriction groove 555c of the fifth divided body 555 as described above. Thus, it is regulated (see FIG. 20B).

  In the second state, the protrusion 556n1 of the engagement piece 556n of the sixth divided body 556 is brought into contact with the lower surface of the first horizontal portion 555e of the fifth divided body 555, and the engagement piece 556n of the sixth divided body 556 is brought into contact. Is elastically deformed downward (lower side in FIG. 26). Thereby, the tip of the engagement piece 556n of the sixth divided body 556 is engaged with the outer wall surface of the restricting protrusion 557r of the seventh divided body 557, and the reduction direction of the sixth divided body 556 relative to the seventh divided body 557 ( The relative displacement (rotation) to the upper side of FIG. 22 (c) and the right side of FIG. 26 is restricted.

  As shown in FIG. 22C and FIG. 26, the structure (first to fifth divided bodies 551 to 555) integrated with the seventh divided body 557 and the sixth divided body 556 is expanded (see FIG. c) In a state (second state) displaced (rotated) downward (left side in FIG. 26), the restricting projection 556r of the sixth divided body 556 is reduced from the lower surface of the engagement piece 555n of the fifth divided body 555. It is retracted in the direction (right side in FIG. 26). Thus, a space is formed below the engagement piece 555n of the fifth divided body 555, and the downward direction of the engagement piece 555n (that is, the direction in which the protrusion 555n1 comes out of the engagement recess 554t, the lower side in FIG. 26). Elastic deformation is possible.

  Therefore, from the state shown in FIGS. 22C and 26 (second state), the side wall member 55 (for example, the first divided body 551) is expanded by the player's operation (FIG. 22C lower side, FIG. 26 left side), the fourth divided body 554 (first horizontal portion 554e) pushes down the protrusion 555n1 of the engagement piece 555n of the fifth divided body 555 on the inner wall surface of the engagement recess 554t. On the other hand, the third state is formed as shown in FIGS. 22D and 27 by being displaced in the enlargement direction and the inner wall surface of the engaging recess 554t getting over the protrusion 555n1.

  In the third state, relative displacement (rotation) in the enlargement direction causes the protrusion 555b of the fifth divided body 555 to be engaged with the inner wall surface of the restriction groove 554c of the fourth divided body 554 as described above. Thus, it is regulated (see FIG. 20B).

  Further, in the third state, the protrusion 555n1 of the engagement piece 555n of the fifth divided body 555 is brought into contact with the lower surface of the first horizontal portion 554e of the fourth divided body 554, and the engagement piece 555n of the fifth divided body 555. Is elastically deformed downward (lower side in FIG. 27). Thereby, the tip of the engagement piece 555n of the fifth divided body 555 is engaged with the outer wall surface of the restricting protrusion 556r of the sixth divided body 556, and the reduction direction of the fifth divided body 555 relative to the sixth divided body 556 ( The relative displacement (rotation) to the upper side of FIG. 22D and the right side of FIG. 27 is restricted.

  As shown in FIG. 22 (d) and FIG. 27, a structure (first to fourth divided bodies 551 to 554) integrated with the seventh divided body 557, the sixth divided body 556, and the fifth divided body 555 is provided. In the state (third state) displaced (rotated) in the enlargement direction (lower side in FIG. 22D, left side in FIG. 27), the second horizontal portion 555g of the fifth divided body 555 is engaged with the fourth divided body 554. It retracts from the lower surface of the mating piece 554n in the reduction direction (right side in FIG. 27). As a result, a space is formed below the engagement piece 554n of the fourth divided body 554, and elasticity below the engagement piece 554n (that is, the direction in which the protrusion 554n1 comes out of the opening 553m, the lower side in FIG. 27). Deformation is possible.

  Therefore, from the state shown in FIGS. 22D and 27 (third state), the side wall member 55 (for example, the first divided body 551) is expanded by the player's operation (FIG. 22D lower side, FIG. 27 left side), the third divided body 553 (second horizontal portion 553g) pushes the protrusion 554n1 of the engagement piece 554n of the fourth divided body 554 downward on the inner wall surface of the opening 553m. When the inner wall surface of the opening 553m gets over the protrusion 554n1, the fourth state is formed as shown in FIGS. 23 (a) and 28.

  In the fourth state, the relative displacement (rotation) in the enlargement direction is engaged with the protrusion 554b of the fourth divided body 554 on the inner wall surface of the restriction groove 553c of the third divided body 553 as described above. Thus, it is regulated (see FIG. 20B).

  In the fourth state, the protrusion 554n1 of the engagement piece 554n of the fourth divided body 554 is brought into contact with the lower surface of the second horizontal portion 553g of the third divided body 553, and the engagement piece 554n of the fourth divided body 554 is contacted. Is elastically deformed downward (lower side in FIG. 28). Thereby, the tip of the engagement piece 554n of the fourth divided body 554 is engaged with the outer wall surface of the second horizontal portion 555g of the fifth divided body 555, and the reduction direction of the fourth divided body 554 with respect to the fifth divided body 555 Relative displacement (rotation) to the upper side (FIG. 23 (a) upper side, FIG. 28 right side) is restricted.

  As shown in FIG. 23 (a) and FIG. 28, the seventh divided body 557, the sixth divided body 556, the fifth divided body 555, and the fourth divided body 554 are integrated with each other (first to third divided bodies). In the state (fourth state) in which the body 551-553) is displaced (rotated) in the enlargement direction (lower side in FIG. 23 (a), left side in FIG. 28), the second horizontal portion 554g of the fourth divided body 554 The three-part 553 is retracted from the lower surface of the engagement piece 553n in the reduction direction (right side in FIG. 28). As a result, a space is formed below the engagement piece 553n of the third divided body 553, and elasticity to the lower side of the engagement piece 553n (that is, the direction in which the protrusion 553n1 comes out of the opening 552m, the lower side in FIG. 28). Deformation is possible.

  Therefore, from the state shown in FIGS. 23A and 28 (fourth state), the side wall member 55 (for example, the first divided body 551) is expanded by the player's operation (the lower side in FIG. 23A). 28), the second divided body 552 (second horizontal portion 552g) pushes the protrusion 553n1 of the engagement piece 553n of the third divided body 553 downward on the inner wall surface of the opening 552m. When the inner wall surface of the opening 552m gets over the protrusion 553n1, the fifth state is formed as shown in FIGS. 23 (b) and 29.

  In the fifth state, the relative displacement (rotation) in the enlargement direction is engaged with the protrusion 553b of the third divided body 553 on the inner wall surface of the restriction groove 552c of the second divided body 552 as described above. Thus, it is regulated (see FIG. 20B).

  In the fifth state, the protrusion 553n1 of the engagement piece 553n of the third divided body 553 is brought into contact with the lower surface of the second horizontal portion 552g of the second divided body 552, and the engagement piece 553n of the third divided body 553 is contacted. Is elastically deformed downward (lower side in FIG. 29). Thereby, the tip of the engagement piece 553n of the third divided body 553 is engaged with the outer wall surface of the second horizontal portion 554g of the fourth divided body 554, and the reduction direction of the third divided body 553 with respect to the fourth divided body 554 Relative displacement (rotation) to the upper side (FIG. 23 (b) upper side, FIG. 29 right side) is restricted.

  As shown in FIG. 23B and FIG. 29, the seventh divided body 557, the sixth divided body 556, the fifth divided body 555, the fourth divided body 554, and the third divided body 553 are integrated with each other ( In the state (fifth state) in which the first and second divided bodies 551 and 552) are displaced (rotated) in the enlargement direction (the lower side in FIG. 23B and the left side in FIG. 29), The horizontal portion 553g is retracted in the reduction direction (right side in FIG. 29) from the lower surface of the engagement piece 552n of the second divided body 552. As a result, a space is formed below the engagement piece 552n of the second divided body 552, and the downward direction of the engagement piece 552n (that is, the direction in which the protrusion 552n1 comes out of the engagement wall 551j, the lower side in FIG. 29). Elastic deformation is possible.

  Therefore, from the state shown in FIGS. 23B and 29 (fifth state), the side wall member 55 (for example, the first divided body 551) is expanded by the player's operation (FIG. 23B lower side, FIG. 29 left side), the first divided body 551 is displaced in the enlargement direction while pushing down the protrusion 552n1 of the engagement piece 552n of the second divided body 552 with its engagement wall 551j. As the wall 551j gets over the protrusion 552n1, an enlarged state is formed as shown in FIG. 23 (c) and FIG.

  In the enlarged state, relative displacement (rotation) in the enlargement direction causes the protrusion 552b of the second divided body 552 to be engaged with the inner wall surface of the restriction groove 551c of the first divided body 551 as described above. Therefore, it is regulated (see FIG. 20B). At the same time, the stopper portion 551S1 of the first divided body 551 is brought into contact with the restriction portion 56a of the inner wall member 56, whereby relative displacement (rotation) in the enlargement direction is restricted (see FIG. 8).

  In the enlarged state, the protrusion 552n1 of the engagement piece 552n of the second divided body 552 is brought into contact with the lower surface of the first divided body 551, and the engagement piece 552n of the second divided body 552 is moved downward (the lower side in FIG. 30). ) To be elastically deformed. Thereby, the tip of the engagement piece 552n of the second divided body 552 is engaged with the outer wall surface of the second horizontal portion 553g of the third divided body 553, and the reduction direction of the second divided body 552 with respect to the third divided body 553. Relative displacement (rotation) to the upper side (FIG. 23 (c) upper side, FIG. 30 right side) is restricted.

  A structure in which relative displacement (rotation) of the first divided body 551 relative to the second divided body 552 in the reduction direction (upper side in FIG. 23 (c), right side in FIG. 30) in the enlarged state is restricted will be described later (FIG. 34).

  On the other hand, from the state shown in FIGS. 23C and 30 (enlarged state), the side wall member 55 (first divided body 551) is reduced in the direction of reduction (upper side of FIG. 23C, right side of FIG. 30) by the player's operation. When the engagement wall 551j is displaced and passes through the protrusion 552n1 of the engagement piece 552n of the second divided body 552, the engagement piece 552n of the second divided body 552 causes the protrusion 552n1 to engage with the engagement wall 551j by elastic recovery force. It returns to the state engaged. That is, the fifth state shown in FIGS. 23B and 29 is formed.

  From the state shown in FIG. 23B and FIG. 29 (fifth state), the side wall member 55 (for example, the first divided body 551) is reduced by the player's operation (upper side in FIG. 23B, right side in FIG. 29). When the opening 552m of the second divided body 552 (second horizontal portion 552g) is disposed above the protrusion 553n1 of the engagement piece 553n of the third divided body 553, the engagement of the third divided body 553 occurs. The combined piece 553n is returned to the state in which the protrusion 553n1 is engaged with the opening 552m by the elastic recovery force. That is, the fourth state shown in FIGS. 23A and 28 is formed.

  Similarly, from the state shown in FIGS. 23A and 28 (fourth state), the side wall member 55 (for example, the first divided body 551) is reduced by the player's operation (upper side in FIG. 23A), FIG. 28 right side), and each time the opening 553m and the engagement recesses 554t and 555t are arranged above the protrusions 554n1 to 556n1 of the engagement pieces 554n to 556n, the fourth to sixth divided bodies 554 to 556 The engagement pieces 554n to 556n are sequentially returned to the state in which the protrusions 554n1 to 556n1 are engaged with the opening 553m and the engagement recesses 554t and 555t by the elastic recovery force. That is, the third state (see FIGS. 22D and 27), the second state (see FIGS. 22C and 26), and the first state (FIGS. 22B and 25) are sequentially formed. .

  When the first state is formed, as shown in FIG. 25, the engagement between the engaging piece 556n of the sixth divided body 556 and the outer wall surface of the restricting protrusion 557r of the seventh divided body 557 is released. The side wall member 55 (for example, the 1st division body 551) is displaced to a reduction | decrease direction by operation of a player, and the reduction state shown to Fig.22 (a) and FIG. 24 is formed.

  Next, a lock structure that maintains the lower plate 50 in a contracted state will be described with reference to FIGS. 31 to 34.

  FIG. 31 is an exploded front perspective view of the first divided body 551. As shown in FIG. 31, the first divided body 551 closes the outer shell member 551S formed in a U-shaped cross-section with the lower surface open and the open surface corresponding to the first piece 551X of the outer shell member 551S. Bottom wall member 551U, and a lock mechanism 77 disposed in an internal space formed between the outer shell member 551S and the bottom wall member 551U.

  An opening 551S1 is opened on the upper surface of the outer shell 551S, and a stopper 551S2 is projected. A pair of shaft support portions 551U1 is disposed on the upper surface of the bottom wall member 551U. The opening portion 551S1 is an opening for allowing the player to perform a pressing operation by inserting the pressing operation portion 774 of the lock mechanism 77, and the stopper portion 551S2 is in contact with the restriction portion 56a of the inner wall member 56 and is the first. It is a wall part for regulating the displacement (rotation) of the division body 551 in the expansion direction. The shaft support portion 551U1 is a portion for rotatably supporting the shaft 772 of the lock mechanism 77.

  Here, since the 1st piece 551X of the 1st division body 551 is a site | part located in the forefront in the expansion state (refer FIG. 8), the front frame 14 is inadequate with the lower plate | plate 50 still expanded. If it is opened, the contact with the adjacent pachinko machine 10 is likely to break. In this case, in this embodiment, the first piece 551X of the first divided body 551 is formed in a box shape in which the bottom surface of the outer shell member 551S is closed with the bottom wall member 551U, and the rigidity is increased. Damage can be prevented. In addition, when the player operates the lower plate 50 (side wall member 55) in the expansion direction or the reduction direction, the first divided body 551 becomes a portion to be pushed and pulled, and thus the portion (first division). It is particularly effective that the rigidity of the first piece 551X) of the body 551 is increased.

  On the other hand, the second piece 551X of the first divided body 551 has a box shape in which the bottom wall member 551U is not disposed on the lower surface of the outer shell member 551S and the lower surface is opened (see FIG. 17A). The second pieces 552Y to 557Y of the second to seventh divided bodies 552 to 557 can be received from the box-shaped lower surface and accommodated in the internal space (see FIG. 21). Thereby, size reduction of the side wall member 55 (lower pan 50) can be achieved.

  The lock mechanism 77 includes a base portion 771 disposed in the first piece 551X, and a pair of shafts 772 that protrude from both side surfaces of the base portion 771 and are rotatably supported by the shaft support portions 551U1 of the bottom wall member 551U. And a lock piece 773 protruding from the shaft 772 forming portion side of the base portion 771 and having a distal end side disposed in the second piece 551Y, and a pressing operation portion 774 protruding from the upper surface on the base end 771 side. Prepare.

  The lock mechanism 77 is urged in a rotational direction in which the lock piece 773 is lowered and the pressing operation portion 774 is raised by an urging force of an urging spring (not shown) (a torsion coil spring in the present embodiment). The lock piece 773 can be raised by the player pressing down the pressing operation portion 774 protruding from the opening 551S1 of the outer shell member 551S. When the player's pressing operation is released, the player can be returned to the initial state (the state in which the lock piece 773 is lowered) by the biasing force of the biasing spring.

  FIG. 32 is a top view of the side wall member 55 in the contracted state, and shows a state where the outer shell member 551S is removed. 33 (a) and 33 (b) are side views of the side wall member 55 as viewed in the direction of arrow XXXIII in FIG. 33A shows a state before the pressing operation unit 774 is pressed down, and FIG. 33B shows a state where the pressing operation unit 774 is pressed down.

  As shown in FIGS. 32 and 33 (a), in the contracted state (the divided bodies 551 to 557 are pushed in and the storage area is minimized, see FIGS. 22 (a) and 24), the pressing operation In a state where the part 774 is not pushed down by the player, the lock piece 773 of the first divided body 551 (lock mechanism 77) has its engaging surface 773a as the side surface of the standing part 557f of the seventh divided body 557. It arrange | positions in the position which faces.

  That is, the engagement surface 773a of the lock piece 773 of the first divided body 551 (locking mechanism 77) is engaged with the side surface of the standing portion 557f of the seventh divided body 557, thereby the above-described integrated structure ( The first to sixth divided bodies 551 to 556) are displaced (rotated) in the enlargement direction (the left direction in FIGS. 32 and 33A) with respect to the seventh divided body 557 (that is, from the reduced state to the first state). Transition to (see FIG. 22B and FIG. 25) can be regulated.

  On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 33 (b), when the pressing operation unit 774 is pressed down by the player in the contracted state, the locking piece 773 of the first divided body 551 (locking mechanism 77) is raised, and this is applied. As a result of the ascent, the engagement surface 773a of the lock piece 773 is made non-facing to the side surface of the standing portion 557f of the seventh divided body 557. That is, the lock piece 773 of the first divided body 551 (locking mechanism 77) passes above the standing portion 557f of the seventh divided body 557 and can be displaced in the enlargement direction. Therefore, it is possible to displace (rotate) the above-described integrated structure (first to sixth divided bodies 551 to 556) in the enlargement direction (left direction in FIG. 33 (b)) with respect to the seventh divided body 557. As a result, it is possible to transition from the reduced state to the first state (see FIGS. 22B and 25).

  As described above, in this embodiment, unless the pressing operation unit 774 is pressed down by the player, the lock piece 773 of the first divided body 551 (lock mechanism 77) and the standing portion 557f of the seventh divided body 557 are arranged. Since the engagement can be maintained, for example, the lower plate 50 can be prevented from being inadvertently enlarged during the transport of the pachinko machine 10 or the opening operation of the front frame 14. As a result, it is possible to prevent the lower plate 50 and surrounding members from being damaged during transportation or when the front frame 14 is opened.

  Further, as described above, the restriction of the displacement of the side wall member 55 by the lock mechanism 77 in the enlargement direction is such that the integral structure (first to sixth divided bodies 551 to 556) expands with respect to the seventh divided body 557. Restrict displacement in the direction. That is, only the first displacement in the enlargement direction (transition from the reduced state to the first state) is restricted, and the subsequent displacement (transition from the first state to each state from the enlarged state) is not restricted. (See FIGS. 22 to 30).

  Thus, the side wall member 55 can be prevented from being inadvertently enlarged at the time of conveyance, while the restriction of the displacement of the side wall member 55 in the expansion direction by the lock mechanism 77 is released, and the first displacement is performed. After that, since it is not necessary to push down the push-down operation unit 774 of the lock mechanism 77 with respect to the subsequent displacement, it is possible to improve the operability of the player when adjusting the size of the storage area.

  Note that, from the state shown in FIG. 33B, the above-described integrated structure (first to sixth divided bodies 551 to 556) is enlarged with respect to the seventh divided body 557 (left direction in FIG. 33B). Is moved (rotated) to the first state (see FIG. 22B and FIG. 25), the lock piece 773 of the first divided body 551 (lock mechanism 77) has its inclined surface 773b changed to the first It is made to face the inclined surface 557f1 of the upright portion 557f of the seven-divided body 557.

  Therefore, when making a transition from the first state to the reduced state, the player displaces the integral structures (first to sixth divided bodies 551 to 556) in the reduction direction so that the inclined surfaces 773b and 557f1 are in contact with each other. As a result, the lock piece 773 can be raised and passed over the standing portion 557f. That is, since the operation of the pressing operation unit 773 can be made unnecessary, it is possible to improve the player's operability when forming the reduced state.

  FIG. 34A is a top view of the side wall member 55 in an enlarged state, and illustrates a state in which the outer shell member 551S is removed. FIG. 34 (b) is a side view of the side wall member 55 as viewed in the direction of arrow XXXIVb in FIG. 34 (a). Note that FIG. 34B shows a state where the pressing operation unit 774 is not pressed down.

  As shown in FIG. 34 (a) and FIG. 34 (b), it is an enlarged state (a state where the divided bodies 551 to 557 are pulled out and the storage area is maximized, see FIG. 23 (c) and FIG. 30). In a state where the pressing operation unit 774 is not pressed down by the player, the lock piece 773 of the first divided body 551 (locking mechanism 77) has its inclined surface 773b as the second horizontal portion of the second divided body 552. It arrange | positions in the position which faces the side surface (end surface) of 552g.

  In other words, the inclined surface 773b of the lock piece 773 of the first divided body 551 (locking mechanism 77) is engaged with the side surface (end surface) of the second horizontal portion 552g of the second divided body 552, and thereby the first divided body. 551 is displaced (rotated) in the reduction direction (right direction in FIGS. 34A and 34B) with respect to the second divided body 552 (ie, transition from the enlarged state to the fifth state), FIG. (B) and FIG. 29) can be regulated.

  Thereby, it can suppress that the side wall member 55 (lower pan 50) is reduced inadvertently from an enlarged state. Further, since the lock mechanism 77 (lock piece 773) serves as both a means for prohibiting enlargement from the reduced state and a means for prohibiting reduction from the enlarged state, the number of parts is reduced correspondingly, and the product cost is reduced. Can be reduced.

  In this case, in the present embodiment, the inclined surface 773b of the lock piece 773 of the lock mechanism 77 is engaged with the side surface (end surface) of the second horizontal portion 552g of the second divided body 552, whereby the first divided body 551 is engaged. Displacement (rotation) in the reduction direction (right direction in FIGS. 34A and 34B) with respect to the second divided body 552 is restricted. Therefore, even when the pressing operation unit 773 is not pressed down, the first divided body 551 is reduced in the contraction direction (right side in FIGS. 34A and 34B) with respect to the second divided body 552. When displaced by a force greater than the reference, the action of the inclined surface 773 can raise the lock piece 773 against the urging force of the urging spring and get over the side surface (end surface) of the second horizontal portion 552g. .

  That is, if the force is below the reference, the engagement between the lock piece 773 and the second horizontal portion 552g is not released even if the first divided body 551 is displaced in the reduction direction with respect to the second divided body 552. The side wall member 55 can be maintained in an enlarged state, and can be prevented from being inadvertently reduced (transitioned to the fifth state). On the other hand, if the first divided body 551 is displaced in the shrinking direction with respect to the second divided body 552 with a force exceeding the reference, the lock piece 773 and the second horizontal portion are not required to be depressed. The engagement with 552g can be released and the state can be shifted from the enlarged state to the fifth state, and the operability of the player can be improved.

  In particular, the configuration in which the engagement between the lock piece 773 and the second horizontal portion 552g can be released and the transition from the enlarged state to the fifth state can be performed without the pressing operation portion 773 being pushed down as described above. Even if the front frame 14 is inadvertently opened while the lower plate 50 is in an enlarged state (enlarged state), the lower plate 50 (side wall member 55) can be displaced in the reduction direction, and therefore the breakage is caused. It is particularly effective for suppressing the above.

  As described above, according to the lower plate 50 of the present embodiment, the defining means (for example, the engaging portions 552n to 556n and the engaging portions 552n to 556n) that define the relative displacement between the divided bodies 551 to 557 to be overlaid. Engagement walls 551j, openings 552m and 553m, engagement recesses 554e and 555e, and a locking mechanism 77) are disposed, and the side wall member 55 (divided bodies 551 to 557) is stored by the player's operation. When the region is displaced (rotated) in the direction of enlarging or reducing the region, the order allowing the relative movement of the divided bodies 551 to 557 to be superimposed can be defined by the defining means. Thereby, the order of displacement (rotation) of each of the divided bodies 551 to 557 becomes constant, and the expansion or reduction of the storage area can be made unique (see FIGS. 22 and 23).

  In this case, in the present embodiment, when the side wall member 55 (divided bodies 551 to 557) is displaced (rotated) in the enlargement direction, the relative movement of the divided bodies 551 to 557 that are stacked one above the other is changed to the lower side. Therefore, the size of the storage area can be rapidly increased.

  In other words, if the relative movement in the enlargement direction is allowed in order from the lower division body, the division body superimposed above the division body in which the relative movement is allowed is also integrally displaced in the enlargement direction. Since it can be (rotated), the increase in the size of the storage area can be speeded up as compared with a mode in which relative movement is allowed in order from the upper divided body.

  For example, in the enlargement from the reduced state (see FIG. 22A and FIG. 24) to the first state (see FIG. 22B and FIG. 25), the seventh divided body 557 is fixed, and the first divided body 551- Since the sixth divided body 556 is simultaneously displaced in the enlargement direction as an integral structure, for example, the seventh divided body 557 is fixed from the second divided body 552, and only the first divided body 551 is displaced in the enlargement direction. As compared with the above, even if the operation amount of the player in the expansion direction is the same, the expansion amount of the size of the storage area for the operation can be increased. As a result, the size of the storage area can be quickly increased.

  On the other hand, in this embodiment, when the side wall member 55 (divided bodies 551 to 557) is displaced (rotated) in the reduction direction, the relative movement between the divided bodies 551 to 557 that are superimposed one above the other is Since it is permitted in order from the divided body, the divided bodies 551 to 557 can be smoothly displaced (rotated) according to the state of the sphere stored in the storage member.

  For example, in a form in which relative movement in the reduction direction is allowed in order from the lower divided body, if a sphere is stored up to a predetermined height position in the storage area, it is below the predetermined height position. It is necessary to displace (rotate) the positioned divided body in the reduction direction while flowing (pushing) the stored sphere, and the operation of the divided body is hindered.

  Specifically, for example, when the sphere is stored up to the height position of the fourth divided body 554 in the enlarged state (see FIGS. 23C and 30), the side wall member 55 (divided bodies 551 to 557). ) Is displaced (rotated) in the reduction direction when the sixth divided body 556 is displaced in the reduction direction with respect to the seventh divided body 557 (when transitioning from the enlarged state to the fifth state, FIG. In b) and FIG. 29), the fourth divided body 554 to the sixth divided body 556 need to be displaced while flowing (pushing) the sphere, and the operation is hindered by the flow resistance.

  On the other hand, if the relative movement is allowed in order from the upper divided body, each divided body is smoothly displaced without being blocked by the sphere until it interferes with the sphere stored in the storage area. The size of the storage area can be reduced. In the above example, when the first divided body 551 to the third divided body 553 are displaced in the reduction direction (that is, until transition from the enlarged state to the fourth state is performed), FIG. 23 (a) to FIG. 23 (c) and FIG. 28 to 27) can be smoothly displaced in the reduction direction without being obstructed by the sphere.

  Further, if the divided body is displaced to a position where it interferes with the sphere, then (ie, from the fourth state, see FIGS. 23A and 27), the displacement of the divided body is hindered by the sphere. Is interfering (that is, the storage area has been reduced to the required size), the player can be made aware by the increase in operating force. Therefore, the player can interrupt the operation without visually recognizing the state of the lower plate 50. As a result, the divided body can be smoothly rotated (reduction of the size of the storage area) according to the state of the sphere stored in the storage area, and the operability of the player can be improved.

  In the present embodiment, the engagement pieces 552n to 556n are formed as cantilevered elastic pieces having protrusions 552n1 to 556n1 projecting from the upper surface of the tip, and are divided on the upper side (the first divided body 551 to the first divided body 551n). By engaging the protrusions 552n1 to 556n1 with respect to the five-divided body 555), the divided body (third divided body 553 to the seventh divided body 557) stacked on the lower side is itself Since the engagement is performed by elastic deformation, each of the engagement pieces 552n to 556n can have both a function of restricting the relative displacement in the enlargement direction and a function of restricting the relative displacement in the reduction direction. That is, there is no need to separately provide an engagement piece for restricting the relative displacement in the enlargement direction and an engagement piece for restricting the relative displacement in the reduction direction. As a result, by reducing the number of parts, the structure can be simplified, and the product cost can be reduced accordingly. Further, since the opening area of the opening for forming the engagement piece can be reduced, the rigidity of each of the divided bodies 552 to 556 can be improved accordingly.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the engagement pieces 552n to 556n are formed from the second pieces 552Y to 556Y that are formed to be curved in an arc shape with the shaft support holes 551a to 557a (the shaft support pins 57) as the center. Therefore, a space for disposing the engagement pieces 552n to 556n can be secured along the circumferential direction of the second pieces 552Y to 556Y. Therefore, since the engagement pieces 552n to 556n can be enlarged and the rigidity thereof can be increased, it is possible to ensure relative displacement restriction and improve durability.

  Next, the lower plate 2050 in the second embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 35 to 46. First, the overall configuration of the lower plate 2050 will be described with reference to FIGS.

  FIG. 35 is a front perspective view of the lower plate 2050 in the reduced state, which is the lower plate in the second embodiment, and FIG. 36 is a front perspective view of the lower plate 2050 in the enlarged state. FIG. 37 is an exploded front perspective view of the lower plate 2050, and FIG. 38 is a rear perspective view of the inner wall member 2056. In FIG. 37, the disassembled state of the lower plate 2050 in the reduced state is shown. In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as 1st Embodiment, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

  As shown in FIGS. 35 to 38, the lower dish 2050 includes a bottom wall member 2054 that forms the bottom surface of the storage area, and a side wall member 2055 and an inner wall member that stand from the bottom wall member 2054 and form the side surface of the storage area. 2056, and a shaft support pin 2057 and a shaft support plate 2058 for rotatably supporting the side wall member 2055 on the bottom wall member 2054 are mainly provided.

  The bottom wall member 2054 includes a ball hole 2054a that is an opening for discharging a ball from the storage area of the lower plate 2050, and a ball lever 2054b that is operated by a player when the ball hole 2054a is opened. Is provided. The ball removal hole 2054a is disposed to be biased to the right side of the storage area of the lower tray 2050 (opposite the payout port 23, see FIG. 6) in the top view of the bottom wall member 2054. The upper surface of the bottom wall member 2054 is It is formed in a form that inclines downward from the four sides toward the ball extraction hole 2054a.

  Here, in the configuration in which the ball removal lever 2054a is disposed on the front surface of the lower plate 2050, when the lower plate 2050 is in an enlarged state, the ball removal lever 2054a is hidden by the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 that protrude toward the front. The player cannot visually recognize the extraction lever 2054a, and is obstructed by the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 protruding toward the front, so that it is difficult for the player to enter the ball extraction lever 2054a. Therefore, the operability is deteriorated.

  On the other hand, in this embodiment, the ball removal lever 2054a is disposed on the right side surface of the lower plate 2050 when viewed from the front. Thereby, even when the lower plate 2050 is in an enlarged state, it is possible to prevent the ball removal lever 2054a from being hidden by the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 that protrude to the front. Therefore, the player can always be visually recognized regardless of the enlarged state of the lower plate 2050, so that the operability can be improved.

  Further, the ball release lever 2054a is urged to the front side (player side) by an urging spring (not shown), and is pushed to the opposite side (inner frame 12 side) to the ball release hole 2054a. To release. In this case, the ball removal lever 2054a is disposed on the left side of the operation handle 51 (see FIG. 47) in a front view and substantially at the same height position. Thus, the player can easily push in the ball removal lever 2054a by operating the operation handle 51 with the right hand and using a finger (for example, the right thumb) unnecessary for the operation handle 51. Can do. As a result, the operability of the ball removal lever 2054a can be improved.

  The side wall member 2055 includes a plurality (four in this embodiment) of divided bodies (first divided body 2551 to fourth divided body 2554, FIG. 39 to FIG. 42) in the axial direction of the rotation shaft (axial support pin 2057). Are formed by being overlapped with each other. When each of these divided bodies 2551 to 2554 is rotated around the pivot pin 2057 as the center of rotation, the divided body on the upper layer side is greatly displaced outward to form a staircase shape, and the storage area of the lower plate 2050 To enlarge. Therefore, as in the case of the first embodiment, it is possible to ensure the degree of freedom of the arrangement of the ball hole 2054a in the bottom wall member 2054.

  Further, the side wall member 2055 is enlarged in a staircase shape by being largely displaced outward as the divided body on the upper layer side (see FIG. 36). Therefore, as in the case of the first embodiment, the storage area can be expanded without narrowing the space between the upper plate 17 and the front opening being widened. It is possible to easily put the player's hand into the lower plate 2050. In other words, the upper plate 17 can be enlarged accordingly.

  The inner wall member 2056 includes an upper wall portion 2056a fixed to the bottom wall member 2054, and a measuring wall portion 2056b suspended from the edge of the upper wall portion 2056a. The upper wall portion 2056a and the side wall portion 2056b are respectively disposed on the upper surface side and the inner side (reservation region side) of the short side portion (second pieces 551Y to 557Y) of the side wall member 2055 that is substantially L-shaped when viewed from above. As a result, the bottom wall member 2054 and the inner wall member 2056 surround the short side portion of the side wall member 2055 that is substantially L-shaped when viewed from above.

  Similarly to the case of the first embodiment, the inner wall member 2056 forms part of the side surface in the storage region of the lower dish 2050 by the side wall portion 2056b. That is, the side surface in the storage region of the lower plate 2050 includes the inner frame 12, a long side portion (first pieces 2551X to 2554X) of the side wall member 2055 as viewed from above, and the inner wall member 2056 (side wall). In the enlarged state, a short side portion (second pieces 2551Y to 2554Y) having a substantially L shape in a top view of the side wall member 2055 is added to the portion 2056b).

  Thus, in this embodiment, the inner wall member 2056 (side wall portion 2056a) forms a part of the inner wall of the storage region, and in the contracted state shown in FIG. 35, the substantially L-shaped short of each of the divided bodies 2551 to 2554. The side portions (second pieces 2551Y to 2554Y) are housed in the inner wall member 2056, and in the enlarged state shown in FIG. 36, the substantially L-shaped short side portions of the respective divided bodies 2551 to 2554 are projected from the inner wall member 2056. A part of the inner wall of the storage region is formed by both the substantially L-shaped short side portion (second pieces 551Y to 557Y) and the inner wall member 2056 (side wall portion 2056a). Accordingly, as in the case of the first embodiment, the length dimension of the substantially L-shaped short side portion is shortened, and accordingly, a space necessary for the movement of the substantially L-shaped short side portion is provided. Can be suppressed.

  A restricting portion 2056c protrudes from the lower surface of one end side (enlargement direction side) of the upper surface wall 2056a of the inner wall member 2056, and the restricting portion 2056c is a short side portion (first shape) of the side wall member 2055 as viewed from above. Overlapping the upper surface of the two pieces 2551Y). Therefore, when the side wall member 2055 that has received the weight of the sphere tries to fall downward, the restricting portion 2056c presses the upper surface of the side wall member 2055 (short side portion) and can suppress its lifting, so that the side wall member 2055 The downward fall can be suppressed.

  Further, the restricting portion 2056c can be brought into contact with the stopper portion 2551S2 of the side wall member 2055, so that the rotation of the side wall member 2055 in the expanding direction can be restricted and held at the overhanging position (see FIG. 36). . That is, the restricting portion 2056c not only plays a role of supporting the upper surface of the substantially L-shaped short side portion (second piece 2551Y) of the side wall member 2055 and suppressing the bending, but also in the expanding direction of each of the divided bodies 2551 to 2554. Since it also serves as a stopper that regulates the rotation of the motor, the number of parts can be reduced accordingly, and the product cost can be reduced.

  A rotating shaft (support pin 2057) of the lower plate 2050 is parallel to a shaft (not shown) that supports the front frame 14 so as to be openable and closable, and is disposed on the same side in the width direction (left side in front view). Therefore, the front frame 14 is opened while the lower plate 2050 is enlarged, and even if the lower plate 2050 comes into contact with the pachinko machine 10 installed next to it, the side wall member 2055 can be rotated in the reduction direction. It is possible to suppress the lower plate 2050 from being damaged.

  Here, the bottom wall member 2054 has a protrusion 2555b on the upper surface of the region where the first piece 2554X of the fourth divided body 2554 is overlapped in the reduced state, and a pair of upper surfaces of the region where the second piece 2554Y is overlapped. A rail portion 2555w and a restriction projection 2555r are provided to project.

  The protrusion 2555b is provided as a protrusion having a rectangular cross section, and is disposed (stored) in the restriction groove 2554c of the fourth divided body 2554. When the fourth divided body 2552 is rotated about the pivot pin 2057, the protrusion 2555b is brought into contact with the inner wall surface of the restriction groove 2554c, so that the fourth divided body 2554 can move relative to the bottom wall member 2054. A (rotation) range can be defined.

  In a state where the respective divided bodies 2551 to 2554 are overlapped, the rigidity of the side wall member 2055 as a whole is improved by fitting the rail portion 2555w between a pair of side walls of the second piece 2554Y of the fourth divided body 2554. (See FIG. 43). When the engaging piece 2554n of the fourth divided body 2554 is elastically deformed, the restricting protrusion 2555r abuts on the tip of the engaging piece 2554n so that the fourth divided body 2554 is displaced (rotated) in the reduction direction. ) Is regulated (see FIG. 45).

  The bottom wall member 2054 is formed with restriction walls 2555k1 and 2555k2 on the side of the rail portion 2555w (opposite to the storage region), and the inner wall member 2056 is latched with the restriction wall 2555k3 from the lower surface of the upper wall portion 2056a. An engagement portion 2555p is formed. The restriction walls 2555k1 to 2555k3 project from the side surfaces of the second pieces 2552Y to 2554Y of the second divided body 2552, the third divided body 2553, and the fourth divided body 2554 when the side wall member 2055 is in an expanded state. It faces so that it can contact | abut on the upper surface of wall 2522z-2554z, and the upward movement of overhang | projection wall 2552z-2554z is controlled. Thereby, the downward fall of the side wall member 2054 can be suppressed (see FIG. 43).

  The latch engaging portion 2555p is formed as a recess with which the latch portion 2551p protruding from the side of the first divided body 2551 is engaged. When the side wall member 2055 is in the contracted state, the latch portion 2551p of the first divided body 2551 is engaged with the latch engaging portion 2555p, so that the relative movement of the first divided body 2551 with respect to the inner wall member 2056 is restricted. . That is, the displacement (rotation) of the side wall member 2055 (first divided body 2551) in the expansion direction can be restricted.

  Next, the detailed configuration of the lower plate 2050 will be described with reference to FIGS. 39 to 46. 39 and 40 are exploded front perspective views of the side wall member 2055, and FIGS. 41 and 42 are exploded bottom perspective views of the side wall member 2055.

  39 (a) and 41 (a), the first divided body 2551, and FIGS. 39 (b) and 41 (b), the second divided body 2552, are shown in FIGS. 40 (a) and 42. FIG. 40A shows a third divided body 2553, and FIGS. 40B and 42B show a fourth divided body 2554.

  Here, in the present embodiment, the second divided body 2552 to the fourth divided body 2554 are formed in the same shape (that is, as a common component). Therefore, the number of parts can be reduced, and the product cost can be reduced. However, for convenience of explanation, each of the configurations of the second divided body 2552 to the fourth divided body 2554 will be described with different names and symbols.

  As shown in FIGS. 39 to 42, the first divided body 2551 to the fourth divided body 2554 are provided with shaft support holes 2551 a to 2554 a on one end side, and form a long side portion that is substantially L-shaped when viewed from above. The first piece 2551X to 2554X and the second piece 2551Y to 2554Y that are connected to the other end side of the first piece 2551X to 2554X and form a short side portion that is substantially L-shaped when viewed from above.

  The first pieces 2551X to 2557X are formed in a substantially square shape in which the storage region side is concave (that is, protrudes outward), and the second pieces 2551Y to 2554Y are centered on the shaft support holes 2551a to 2554a and are substantially A top view shape (axial view shape of the shaft support holes 2551a to 2554a) is formed in an arc shape having the same diameter.

  The first pieces 2551X to 2554X are formed to be bent in a substantially U-shape that protrudes outward, so that not only the size of the storage region can be secured, but also a linear portion is formed. When the member 2055 (first piece 2551X) is enlarged or reduced by the player's operation, the straight portion can be easily grasped by hand, and the side wall member 2055 (first piece 2551X) can be pushed or pulled out. The operability can be improved.

  Projections that extend along the longitudinal direction of the first pieces 2552X to 2554X and project as rectangular projections on the upper surfaces of the first pieces 2552X to 2554X of the second divided body 2552 to the fourth divided body 2554 2552b to 2554b are disposed (see FIGS. 39 and 40). On the other hand, on the lower surfaces of the first pieces 2551X to 2554X of the first divided body 2551 to the fourth divided body 2554, the first pieces 2551X to 2554X are extended along the longitudinal direction of the first pieces 2551X to 2554X, and are formed as grooves having a concave cross section. Restriction grooves 2551c to 2554c are disposed (see FIGS. 41 and 42).

  When the respective divided bodies 2551 to 2554 are stacked one above the other, the protrusions 2552b to 2554b of the second divided body 2552 to the fourth divided body 2554 are in the restriction grooves 2551c to 2553c of the third divided body 2553 from the first divided body 2551. In addition, the protrusions 2555b (see FIG. 37) of the bottom wall member 2054 are respectively disposed (contained) in the restriction grooves 2551c of the fourth divided body 2553. As a result, when each of the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 is rotated around the pivot pin 2057, the protrusions 2552b to 2555b are brought into contact with the inner wall surfaces of the restriction grooves 2551c to 2554c, thereby each divided body 2551. A movable (rotating) range of ~ 2554 is defined.

  The pair of inner wall surfaces of the regulation grooves 2551c to 2554c facing each other are formed so that the bottom view shape is the same as the projections 2552b to 2555b and the top view shape, and one of the inner wall surfaces is the first on the storage region side. The other inner wall surface is disposed along the edge of the pieces 2552X to 2554X, and the other inner wall surface is located on the opposite side (outward side) from the storage region toward the second pieces 2551Y to 2554Y from the shaft support holes 2551a to 2554a. It is arranged with the posture to do. That is, the groove widths of the restriction grooves 2551c to 2554c are gradually enlarged from the shaft support holes 2551a to 2554a toward the second pieces 2551Y to 2554Y.

  In the second piece 2551Y of the first divided body 2551, an opening 2551m having a rectangular shape in front view is formed on the lower surface, and a latch portion 2551p is disposed on the side surface so as to be able to appear and retract. The latch portion 2551p is urged in the protruding direction by the urging spring, and is engaged with the latch engagement portion 2555p (see FIG. 38) of the inner wall member 2056 when the side wall member 2055 is in the contracted state. When the side wall member 2055 (first divided body 2551) in the reduced state is displaced (rotated) in the enlargement direction by the player's operation, the latch portion 2551p is immersed in the first divided body 2551, and the latch engaging portion 2555p. Is disengaged.

  The second pieces 2552Y to 2554Y of the second divided body 2552 to the fourth divided body 2554 are formed with openings 2552m to 2554m having a rectangular shape when viewed from the front, and positions corresponding to the openings 2552m to 2554m (upper surface). Engagement pieces 2552n to 2554n extending along the longitudinal direction of the second pieces 2552Y to 2554Y are formed in a manner raised from the upper surface at a position overlapping in view).

  The engagement pieces 2552n to 2554n are formed as cantilevered elastic pieces having a free end at the tip, and are located on the upper surface side from the openings 2552m to 2554m, and have a semicircular cross section on the top surface of the tip. Projecting portions 2552n1 to 2554n1 are provided. Further, rib-shaped ribs 2552n2 to 2554n2 are suspended from the lower surfaces of the engagement pieces 2552n to 2554n.

  A pair of rail portions 2552w to 2554w are erected from the upper surface to the second pieces 2552Y to 2554Y of the second divided body 2552 to the fourth divided body 2554, and overhanging walls 2552z to 2554z are horizontally projected from the side surface. Is done.

  In the pair of rail portions 2552w to 2554w, the distance between the outer surfaces of the pair of rail portions 2552w to 2554w is set to a size that is equal to or slightly smaller than the facing distance between the pair of side walls of the second pieces 2551Y to 2553Y of the first divided body 2552 to the third divided body 2553. Is done. Therefore, when each of the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 is overlaid, the rail portions 2552w to 2554w are fitted between the opposing sides of the pair of side walls of the second pieces 2551Y to 2554Y, thereby improving the rigidity of the side wall member 2055 as a whole. (See FIG. 43).

  The overhanging walls 2552z to 2554z face the lower surfaces of the restriction walls 2555k1 and 2555k2 of the bottom wall member 2054 and the restriction wall 2555k3 of the inner wall member 2056 when the side wall member 2055 is in the expanded state. The upward movement of the walls 2552z to 2554z is restricted (see FIG. 43).

  The engagement pieces 2552n to 2554n (projections 2552n1 to 2554n1) of the second divided body 2552 to the fourth divided body 2554 are formed so as to be engageable with the openings 2551m to 2553m of the third divided body 2553 from the first divided body 2551. Thus, the relative displacement in one direction from the second divided body 2552 to the fourth divided body 2554 with respect to the third divided body 2553 from the first divided body 2551 can be restricted, and the engagement pieces 553n and 554n. Since the engagement with the openings 552m and 553m is released by elastic deformation of the lens, relative displacement in one direction can be allowed and relative displacement in the other direction can be restricted (FIGS. 45 and 46).

  That is, the engagement pieces 2552n to 2554n and the like are portions that function as a defining unit that regulates relative movement between the overlapped divided bodies 2551 to 2554, and the side wall member 2055 is enlarged or reduced by an operation of the player. In this case, the order in which the rotation of each of the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 is allowed is defined. Thereby, as will be described later, it is possible to make the form of expansion or contraction of the storage area unique while keeping the order of rotation of each of the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 constant (see FIG. 44).

  Next, the relationship between the second pieces 2551Y to 2554Y in the first divided body 2551 to the fourth divided body 2554 of the side wall member 2055 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 43 is a rear perspective view of the lower plate 2050 in the enlarged state, and shows a state where the inner wall member 2056 is removed.

  As described above, in the side wall member 2055, the second pieces 2551Y to 2554Y of the respective divided bodies 2551 to 2554 are arc-shaped with the same diameter centered on the shaft support holes 2551a to 2554a (the shaft support pins 2057, see FIG. 37). Therefore, when the divided bodies 2551 to 2554Y are rotated around the shaft support holes 2551a to 2554a, the trajectories of the second pieces 2551Y to 2554Y can be made to coincide with each other (see FIG. 44). . Therefore, since the second pieces 2551Y to 2554Y always overlap each other, the rigidity of the side wall member 2055 (the structure in which the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 are overlapped) can be ensured, and bending due to the weight of the sphere can be suppressed.

  As shown in FIG. 43, in this case, the side wall member 2055 has a second side from the lower surface side between a pair of side walls in the second pieces 2551Y to 2554Y of the first divided body 2551 to the second piece 2554Y. The rail portions 2552w to 2554w and the rail portion 2555w of the bottom wall member 2054 in the second pieces 2552Y to 2554Y of the divided body 2552 to the second pieces 2552Y to 2554Y are fitted and overlapped with each other.

  Therefore, the second pieces 2551Y to 2554Y fall outward due to the load in the horizontal direction (the direction in which the second pieces 2551Y to 2554Y of the side wall member 2055 are pushed outward) received from the stored spheres. By fitting the rail portions 2552w to 2555w between the opposing sides of the pair of side walls, they can be regulated with each other. In particular, in the present embodiment, since the lowermost rail portion 2555w is erected from the bottom wall member 2054, the fall of the first divided body 2551 to the fourth divided body 2554 is utilized using the rigidity of the side wall member 2055. Can be supported firmly.

  In addition, overhanging walls 2552z to 2554z are formed to project from the side of the second pieces 2551Y to 2554Y of the fourth divided body 2554 from the second divided body 2552, and in the enlarged state, the side wall member 2055 is overhanged walls 2552z to 2554z. The upper surface of the inner wall member 2054 faces the restriction walls 2555k1, 2555k2 of the bottom wall member 2054 and the restriction wall 2555k3 (see FIG. 38) of the inner wall member 2056.

  Here, when a large number of spheres are stored in the storage region in the enlarged state, the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 protruding in a staircase shape bend in a direction that causes the first pieces 2551X to 2554X to fall down. According to the present embodiment, the upward movement of the overhanging walls 2552z to 2554z can be restricted by the restriction walls 2555k1 to 2555k3, so that the second pieces 2552Y to 2554Y in the divided bodies 2552 to 2554 are moved upward. It can suppress floating. As a result, the side wall member 55 can be prevented from falling down.

  In this case, the restricting portion 2056c of the inner wall member 2056 is brought into contact with the upper surface of the second piece 2551 of the first divided body 2551 (see FIGS. 36 and 38). The upward lifting of the two pieces 2551Y can be suppressed. Therefore, also by this, the downward fall of the side wall member 55 can be suppressed.

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 44 to 46, when the side wall member 2055 is operated by the player and the storage area of the lower plate 2050 is expanded or reduced, the order in which the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 are displaced (rotated). Will be described.

  44 (a) is a top view of the lower plate 2050 in the contracted state, and FIGS. 44 (b) to 44 (d) are top views of the lower plate 2050 in the first state to the third state. 44 (e) is a top view of the lower plate 2050 in the enlarged state.

  45 (a) is a side sectional view of the lower plate 2050 in the reduced state, and FIGS. 45 (b) and 45 (c) are side sectional views of the lower plate 2050 in the first state and the second state. It is. FIG. 46A is a side sectional view of the lower plate 2050 in the third state, and FIG. 46B is a side sectional view of the lower plate 2050 in the enlarged state.

  As shown in FIGS. 44 (a) and 45 (a), in the contracted state (the state in which the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 are pushed in and the storage area is minimized), the first divided body 2551 to the third divided body 2553 are used. Engagement pieces 2552n to 2554n (projections 2552n1 to 2554n1) of the second divided body 2552 to the fourth divided body 2554 are engaged with the inner wall surfaces of the openings 2551m to 2553m.

  The engagement pieces 2552n and 2553n of the second divided body 2552 and the third divided body 2553 are arranged on the lower surface side thereof by disposing the engagement pieces 2553n and 2554n of the fourth divided body 2554. The engagement piece 2554n of the quadrant 2554 has a restriction projection 2555r of the bottom wall member 2054 disposed on the lower surface side thereof, so that each of the engagement pieces 2554n is downward (ie, the direction in which the projections 2552n1, 2553n1, and 2554n1 come out, FIG. a) Elastic deformation to the lower side) is restricted.

  Note that the ribs 2552n2 to 2554n2 suspended from the lower surface of the engagement pieces 2552n to 2554n are brought into contact with the upper surfaces of the engagement pieces 2553n and 2554n or the restriction protrusions 2555r, so that downward elastic deformation is restricted. Is done.

  As a result, relative displacement of the second divided body 2552, the third divided body 2553, and the fourth divided body 2554 with respect to the first divided body 2551, the second divided body 2552, and the third divided body 2553 (centering on the pivot pin 2057). Rotation) is regulated. That is, in the contracted state, the relative displacement (rotation) of the first divided body 2551 to the fourth divided body 2554 is restricted, and a structure in which the first divided body 2551 and the fourth divided body 2554 are integrated is formed. Is done.

  In this case, such an integral structure (first to fourth divided bodies 2551 to 2554) has an inner wall provided as a latch portion 2551p (see FIG. 39A) disposed on the first divided body 2551, as described above. Engaging with the latch engaging portion 2555p (see FIG. 38) of the member 2056, the enlargement direction (FIG. 44 (a) of the integrated structure (first to fourth divided bodies 25551 to 2554) with respect to the bottom wall member 2054). ) The relative displacement (rotation) in the downward direction (left direction in FIG. 45A) is restricted. Further, the relative displacement (rotation) in the reduction direction is regulated by engaging the protrusion 2555b of the bottom wall member 2054 with the inner wall surface of the regulation groove 2556c of the fourth divided body 2554.

  Therefore, the side wall member 2055 (an integrated structure by the first to fourth divided bodies 25551 to 2554) is displaced (rotated) in the enlargement direction by the player's operation, and the first divided body 2551 is operated by the operation force. The latch portion 2551p of the inner wall member 2056 is disengaged from the latch engaging portion 2555p of the inner wall member 2056, and the integral structure (first to sixth divided bodies 551 to 556) with respect to the bottom wall member 2054 is displaced in the expansion direction ( Rotation). As a result, the first state shown in FIGS. 44B and 45B is formed.

  In the first state, relative displacement (rotation) in the enlargement direction is restricted by engaging the protrusion 2555b of the bottom wall member 2054 with the inner wall surface of the restriction groove 2554c of the fourth divided body 2554. (See FIGS. 37 and 42 (b)).

  As shown in FIGS. 44 (b) and 45 (b), in the first state, the restricting projection 2555r of the bottom wall member 2054 is reduced from the lower surface of the engagement piece 2554n of the fourth divided body 2554 (FIG. 45). (B) Retreat to the right side. As a result, a space is formed below the engagement piece 2554n of the fourth divided body 2554, and below the engagement piece 2554n (ie, the direction in which the protrusion 2554n1 comes out of the opening 2553m, the lower side in FIG. 45B). It will be in the state which can be elastically deformed.

  Therefore, from the state (first state) shown in FIGS. 44 (b) and 45 (b), the side wall member 2055 (for example, the first divided body 551) is expanded by the player's operation (downward in FIG. 44 (b)). Side, FIG. 45 (b) left side), the third divided body 2553 pushes the projection 2554n1 of the engagement piece 2554n of the fourth divided body 2554 downward with the inner wall surface of the opening 2553m, As shown in FIGS. 44 (c) and 45 (c), the second state is formed by the displacement in the enlargement direction and the inner wall surface of the opening 2553m getting over the protrusion 2554n1.

  In the second state, relative displacement (rotation) in the enlargement direction is restricted by engaging the projection 2554b of the fourth divided body 2554 with the inner wall surface of the restriction groove 2553c of the third divided body 2553. (See FIGS. 40B and 42A).

  In the second state, the protrusion 2554n1 of the engagement piece 2554n of the fourth divided body 2554 is brought into contact with the lower surface of the second piece 2553Y of the third divided body 2553, and the engagement piece 2554n of the fourth divided body 2554 is contacted. The state is elastically deformed downward (lower side in FIG. 45 (c)). As a result, the tip of the engagement piece 2554n of the fourth divided body 2554 (the end surface of the rib 2554n2) is engaged with the outer wall surface of the restricting protrusion 2555r of the bottom wall member 2054, and the fourth divided body 2554 with respect to the bottom wall member 2054. Relative displacement (rotation) in the reduction direction (upper side in FIG. 44 (c), right side in FIG. 45 (c)) is restricted.

  44 (c) and 45 (c), in the second state, the engagement piece 2554n of the fourth divided body 2554 is reduced from the lower surface of the engagement piece 2553n of the third divided body 2553 (see FIG. 44). 45 (c) right side). Thus, a space is formed below the engagement piece 2553n of the third divided body 2553, and below the engagement piece 2553n (that is, the direction in which the protruding portion 2553n1 comes out of the opening 2552m, the lower side in FIG. 45C). It will be in the state which can be elastically deformed.

  Therefore, from the state shown in FIGS. 44 (c) and 45 (c) (second state), the side wall member 2055 (for example, the first divided body 551) is expanded by the player's operation (downward in FIG. 44 (c)). When the second divided body 2552 is displaced to the side, FIG. 45 (c) left side), the protrusion 2553n1 of the engaging piece 2553n of the third divided body 2553 is pushed downward by the inner wall surface of the opening 2552m, As shown in FIGS. 44 (d) and 46 (a), the third state is formed by the displacement in the enlargement direction and the inner wall surface of the opening 2552m getting over the protrusion 2553n1.

  In the third state, relative displacement (rotation) in the enlargement direction is restricted by engaging the protrusion 2553b of the third divided body 2553 with the inner wall surface of the restriction groove 2552c of the second divided body 2552. (See FIG. 40 (a) and FIG. 41 (b)).

  In the third state, the protrusion 2553n1 of the engagement piece 2553n of the third divided body 2553 is brought into contact with the lower surface of the second piece 2552Y of the second divided body 2552, and the engagement piece 2553n of the third divided body 2553 is The state is elastically deformed downward (lower side in FIG. 46A). As a result, the front end (end surface of the rib 2553r) of the engagement piece 2553n of the third divided body 2553 is engaged with the rear end surface of the engagement piece 2554n of the fourth divided body 2554, and the third divided body 2554 is divided into the third divided portion. The relative displacement (rotation) of the body 2553 in the reduction direction (upper side in FIG. 44 (d), right side in FIG. 46 (a)) is restricted.

  As shown in FIGS. 44D and 46A, in the third state, the engagement piece 2553n of the third divided body 2553 is reduced from the lower surface of the engagement piece 2552n of the second divided body 2552 (see FIG. 44). 46 (a) right side). As a result, a space is formed below the engagement piece 2552n of the second divided body 2552, and below this engagement piece 2552n (ie, the direction in which the protrusion 2552n1 comes out of the opening 2551m, the lower side of FIG. 46A). ) To be elastically deformable.

  Therefore, from the state shown in FIGS. 44D and 46A (the third state), the side wall member 2055 (for example, the first divided body 551) is expanded by the player's operation (downward in FIG. 44D). When the first divided body 2551 is displaced to the side, FIG. 46 (a) left side), the protrusion 2552n1 of the engagement piece 2552n of the second divided body 2551 is pushed downward by the inner wall surface of the opening 2551m, As the inner wall surface of the opening 2551m gets over the protrusion 1551n1, the enlarged state is formed as shown in FIG. 44 (e) and FIG. 28 (b) by 46 (b).

  In the enlarged state, relative displacement (rotation) in the enlargement direction is restricted by engaging the protrusion 2552b of the second divided body 2552 with the inner wall surface of the restriction groove 2551c of the first divided body 2551. (See FIG. 39 (b) and FIG. 41 (a)). At the same time, the stopper portion 2551S2 of the first divided body 2551 is brought into contact with the restricting portion 2056c of the inner wall member 2056, thereby restricting relative displacement (rotation) in the enlargement direction.

  In the enlarged state, the protrusion 2552n1 of the engagement piece 2552n of the second divided body 2552 is brought into contact with the lower surface of the second piece 2552Y of the first divided body 551, and the engagement piece 2552n of the second divided body 2552 is below. The state is elastically deformed (lower side in FIG. 46B). As a result, the front end (end surface of the rib 2552n2) of the engagement piece 2552n of the second divided body 2552 is engaged with the rear end surface of the engagement piece 2553n of the third divided body 2553, and the second divided body 2553 is divided. The relative displacement (rotation) of the body 2552 in the reduction direction (upper side in FIG. 44 (e), right side in FIG. 46 (b)) is restricted.

  On the other hand, in the present embodiment, in the enlarged state, relative displacement (rotation) of the first divided body 2551 in the reduction direction (upper side in FIG. 44 (e), right side in FIG. 46 (b)) with respect to the second divided body 2552 is not restricted. . That is, the player can displace (rotate) the first divided body 2551 in the reduction direction without performing, for example, an operation of releasing the lock mechanism, so that the operability at the time of reduction is improved.

  From the state shown in FIGS. 44 (e) and 46 (enlarged state), the side wall member 2055 (first divided body 2551) is reduced by the player's operation (upper side in FIG. 44 (e), right side in FIG. 46 (b)). When the opening 2551m passes through the protrusion 2552n1 of the engagement piece 2552n of the second divided body 2552, the engagement piece 2552n of the second divided body 2552 becomes the opening 2551m by the elastic recovery force. The engaged state is restored. That is, the third state shown in FIGS. 44D and 46A is formed.

  From the state shown in FIG. 44D and FIG. 46A (third state), the side wall member 2055 (for example, the first divided body 2551) is reduced by the player's operation (upper side in FIG. 44D). 46 (a) right side), and the opening 2552m of the second divided body 2552 is disposed above the protrusion 2553n1 of the engagement piece 2553n of the third divided body 2553, the engagement of the third divided body 2553. The piece 2553n is returned to the state in which the protrusion 2553n1 is engaged with the opening 2552m by the elastic recovery force. That is, the second state shown in FIGS. 44C and 45C is formed.

  Similarly, from the state shown in FIGS. 44C and 45C (second state), the side wall member 2055 (for example, the first divided body 551) is reduced by the player's operation (FIG. 44C). When the opening 2553m of the third divided body 2553 is disposed above the protrusion 2554n1 of the engagement piece 2554n of the fourth divided body 2554, the upper portion of the fourth divided body 2554 is displaced. The engagement pieces 2554n are sequentially returned to the state where the protrusions 2554n1 are engaged with the openings 2553m by the elastic recovery force. That is, the first state shown in FIGS. 44B and 45B is formed.

  When the first state is formed, the engagement between the engagement piece 2554n of the fourth divided body 2554 and the outer wall surface of the restriction projection 2555r of the bottom wall member 2054 is released as shown in FIG. 45 (b). Therefore, when the side wall member 2055 (for example, the first divided body 551) is displaced in the reduction direction by the player's operation, the reduced state shown in FIGS. 44 (a) and 45 (a) is formed.

  As described above, also in the present embodiment, as in the case of the first embodiment, the order of displacement (rotation) of each of the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 is made constant, and the expansion or reduction of the storage area is made unique. (See FIGS. 44 to 46).

  In this case, the displacement (rotation) of the side wall member 2055 (divided bodies 2551 to 2554) in the enlargement direction is allowed in order from the lower divided body in the same manner as in the first embodiment. The scale can be expanded quickly. On the other hand, since displacement (rotation) in the reduction direction is allowed in order from the upper divided body, the displacement (rotation) of each divided body 2551 to 2554 is smoothly performed according to the state of the sphere stored in the storage member. It can be carried out.

  Next, the inner frame 3012 in the third embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 47 to 50.

  FIG. 47 is a front perspective view of the inner frame 3012 and the lower plate 2050 in the third embodiment. 48A is a top view of the inner frame 3012 and the lower plate 2050, and FIG. 48B is a cross-sectional view of the inner frame 3012 and the lower plate 2050 taken along the line XLVIIIb-XLVIIIb of FIG. 48A. It is. In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as each said embodiment, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

  As shown in FIGS. 47 and 48, a first detour 3300 and a second detour 3400 are formed in front of the inner frame 3012 in the third embodiment. The first detour 3300 and the second detour 3400 are sphere paths for detouring the sphere paid out from the payout outlet 23 and sending the sphere to an area away from the payout outlet 23 of the lower plate 2050. It is formed in the front surface of the inner frame 3012 as a groove having a substantially rectangular shape when viewed from the front.

  The first detour path 3300 and the second detour path 3400 are respectively extended from the payout opening 23 toward the left side in the front view and the right side in the front view, and the lower surface of the concave groove (the lower surface in FIG. 48B) is rolled. The moving surfaces 3310 and 3410 are used. The rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410 are portions for rolling the sphere, and are one end at a height position (FIG. 48 (b) vertical position) that is substantially flush with the lower surface 23a of the payout opening 23 in a front view. And is inclined downward from one end to the other end.

  Note that one end of each of the rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410 of each of the detours 3300 and 3400 is substantially flush with the lower surface 23a of the payout port 23, so that a mountain is formed by a sphere stored in the vicinity of the payout port 23 and The sphere can flow into the detours 3300 and 3400 after the height of the mountain exceeds at least the lower surface 23a of the outlet 23 (see FIGS. 49 and 50). That is, after a mountain having a certain height is formed in the vicinity of the payout opening 23, the sphere can be detoured to an area away from the mountain by the respective detours 3300 and 3400, so that the entire storage area of the lower plate 2050 can be obtained. The spheres can be easily dispersed uniformly.

  Further, the rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410 are also inclined downward from the inner frame 3012 toward the lower plate 2050, and the inclination angle of the downward inclination is increased toward the other end side. Thereby, when the sphere detoured by the detours 3300 and 3400 flows down to the lower plate 2050 (see FIG. 50), the sphere that flows down from the other end side can give momentum to the flow. The ball can be sent to a farther area in the lower plate 2050. Therefore, it is possible to easily distribute the spheres uniformly throughout the lower dish 2050.

  In addition, the lower surface 23a of the discharge port 23 is formed in a shape in which the width dimension (dimension in the left-right direction in FIG. 48 (b)) increases toward the lower plate 2050 (that is, a divergent shape in which the width increases along the descending inclination direction). The Thereby, it is possible to make it easier to feed a ball from the lower surface 23 a of the payout opening 23 to the rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410 of the detours 3300 and 3400.

  Further, the lower surface 23a of the discharge outlet 23 is inclined downward from the inner frame 3012 toward the lower plate 2050, and both side portions thereof (that is, the side continuous with the rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410) are directed to the rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410. It is inclined downward. Therefore, the ball that has flowed down from the upper plate 17 to the lower surface 23a of the payout port 23 rolls on the lower surface 23a and is sent (flowed down) to the lower plate 2050. A ball whose ball feeding from the lower surface 23a to the lower plate 2050 is blocked by a pile of balls stacked on the lower plate 2050 is sent to one end of the rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410 by the downward inclination of both side portions of the lower surface 23a. Rolled on the moving surfaces 3310 and 3410 toward the other end.

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 49 and 50, the detouring of the sphere by the first detour 3300 and the second detour 3400 will be described. 49 (a) and 50 (a) are top views of the inner frame 3012 and the lower plate 2050, and FIGS. 49 (b) and 50 (b) are sectional views of the inner frame 3012 and the lower plate 2050. is there. 49 (b) and 50 (b) correspond to FIG. 48 (b).

  As shown in FIG. 49, the balls paid out from the payout opening 23 to the lower plate 2050 are easily stored in the vicinity of the payout opening 23, and a mountain is formed by the gradually accumulated balls. Therefore, it is difficult to uniformly disperse the spheres in the entire storage area of the lower plate 2050, and in the conventional product, it is necessary for the player to level and flatten the mountain by hand. Moreover, even if it comprises so that the storage area | region of the lower dish 2050 can be expanded like this embodiment, it is difficult to utilize the whole expanded storage area effectively.

  As shown in FIG. 50, in the present embodiment, when the inflow of the sphere from the payout port 23 to the storage area is hindered by the pile of spheres stacked near the payout opening 23, the inflow to the storage area is caused by the mountain. Spheres that are blocked are caused to flow into the detours 3300 and 3400, and the rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410 of the detours 3300 and 3400 roll from one end to the other end, thereby detouring the spheres. Can do.

  Thereby, a sphere can be sent to the area | region away from the payout opening 23, ie, the area | region away from the mountain, and it can be made easy to disperse | distribute a sphere uniformly to the whole storage area | region. As a result, for example, the player does not need to work to level and flatten the mountains stored in a part of the storage area, and can concentrate on the game. In addition, the entire expanded storage area can be used effectively.

  In particular, in the present embodiment, since the first bypass 3300 and the second bypass 3400 are provided in opposite directions on both the left and right sides of the payout opening 23, for the mountain formed by the spheres stacked near the payout opening 23, The sphere can be detoured to the left and right sides. That is, not only can the sphere be sent by the second bypass 3400 to the region (the right side in FIG. 50 (b)) beyond the sphere hole 2054a as viewed from the payout port 23 (the far side from the sphere hole 2054a). Also, the region on the opposite side (the region opposite to the direction from the payout port 23 toward the ball removal hole 2054a and the rising inclination side of the bottom wall member 2054 is difficult to store the sphere, the left side in FIG. 50 (b)). A ball can be sent by one detour 3300. As a result, the entire expanded storage area can be used effectively.

  Here, the width dimension of the rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410 is preferably larger than the diameter of the sphere. In this embodiment, the width dimension is set to be twice the diameter of the sphere. As a result, of the spheres that are stacked in the lower plate 2050 to form a mountain, the sphere is located beyond the height position of the rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410 and is located on the outermost side on the detours 3300 and 3400 side. However, even when entering the space of each detour 3300, 3400 (that is, when a part of the outermost sphere overlaps with the rolling surfaces 3310, 3410 in a top view), the rolling surfaces 3310, It is possible to secure a space for the ball to roll on 3410 and continue the detouring of the ball.

  The state shown in FIG. 50 corresponds to the initial stage where the detouring of the spheres by the detours 3300 and 3400 is started. As the detouring of the sphere progresses, the spheres stored in the lower plate 2050 are Further increased. Since the same applies to each of the following embodiments, the description thereof is omitted.

  Next, the inner frame 4012 in the fourth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 51 to 54.

  FIG. 51A is a cross-sectional view of the inner frame 4012 and the lower plate 2050 in the fourth embodiment, and FIG. 51B is an inner frame 4012 and the lower plate 2050 taken along the line LIb-LIb in FIG. FIG. FIG. 51 (a) corresponds to FIG. 47 (b). Also, the same parts as those in the above embodiments are denoted by the same reference numerals, and description thereof is omitted.

  As shown in FIG. 51, in the inner frame 4012 in the fourth embodiment, in addition to the first detour 3300 and the second detour 3400, the inner frame 4012 has a lower position than the detours 3300 and 3400. A third bypass 4500 and a fourth bypass 4600 are further formed respectively.

  The third detour 4500 and the fourth detour 4600 are arranged at a position one step down from the payout outlet 23, the first detour 3300, and the second detour 3400 (downward in FIG. 51A). It is formed as a concave groove having a substantially rectangular shape when viewed laterally, and the lower surface (the lower surface in FIG. 51A) of the concave groove is used as rolling surfaces 4510 and 4610. The rolling surfaces 4510 and 4610 communicate with each other at one end in a front view, and the communicated portion is disposed below the payout port 23 and descends from the communicated portion (one end) toward the other end. Inclined.

  The rolling surfaces 4510 and 4610 are also inclined downward from the inner frame 4012 toward the lower plate 2050, and the inclination angle of the downward inclination is increased toward the other end side. Thus, as in the case of the first detour 3300 and the second detour 3400, when the sphere detoured by the detours 4500 and 4600 flows down to the lower plate 2050 (see FIG. 53), the other end Since the sphere that flows down from the side can increase the flow, the ball can be sent to a farther area in the lower plate 2050. Therefore, it is possible to easily distribute the spheres uniformly throughout the lower dish 2050.

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 52 to 54, the detour of the sphere by the first detour 3300 to the fourth detour 4600 will be described. 52 (a), 53 (a) and 54 (a) are cross-sectional views of the inner frame 4012 and the lower plate 2050, and FIGS. 52 (b), 53 (b) and 54 (b) are shown. FIG. 10 is a cross-sectional view of the inner frame 4012 and the lower plate 2050. 52 (a), 53 (a), and 54 (a) correspond to FIG. 51 (a), and FIGS. 52 (b), 53 (b), and 54 (b) are diagrams. This corresponds to 51 (b).

  As shown in FIG. 52, after the ball discharged from the payout port 23 flows down to the third bypass 4500 and the fourth bypass 4600 (rolling surfaces 4510, 4610), the rolling surfaces 4510, 4610 thereof. A mountain is formed by the balls that have flowed down to the lower plate 2050 and gradually stacked. As shown in FIG. 53, when the inflow of the spheres from the rolling surfaces 4510 and 4610 of the third and fourth detours 4500 and 4600 to the storage area is hindered by the piles of the spheres stacked near the payout port 23, The sphere whose flow into the storage area is blocked by the mountain is caused to flow into the third detour 4500 and the fourth detour 4600, and the rolling surfaces 4510 and 4610 of these detours 4500 and 4600 are directed from one end to the other. The ball can be detoured by rolling.

  Thereafter, when the third detour 4500 and the fourth detour 4600 are filled with the piles of the accumulated balls, as shown in FIG. 54, the inflow to the storage area (the third and fourth detours 4500, 4600) is performed. Is caused to flow into the first detour 3300 and the second detour 3400, and the rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410 of the detours 3300 and 3400 are rolled from one end to the other end, The ball can be bypassed.

  Thus, in this embodiment, since a plurality of detours (first to fourth detours 3300 to 4600) are formed at different height positions, a mountain is formed by a sphere stored in the vicinity of the payout port 23. Then, first, a sphere can be caused to flow by detouring into a detour with a low height (the third detour 4500 and the fourth detour 4600), and the detour (the third detour 4500 and the fourth detour 4). When the 4 detour 4600) is buried in the sphere, the sphere can flow into the detour having a high height and can be detoured. In other words, the spheres can be detoured stepwise in different detours according to the degree of mountain growth (the degree of sphere stacking) formed in the vicinity of the payout opening 23, and evenly over the entire storage area of the lower plate 2050. The sphere can be easily dispersed.

  In particular, in this embodiment, the position where the other ends of the third rolling surface 4510 and the fourth rolling surface 4610 are closer to the payout port 23 than the other ends of the first rolling surface 3310 and the second rolling surface 3410. Therefore, as the mountain formed in the vicinity of the payout opening 23 grows, the sphere can be detoured stepwise to a region far from the payout opening 23 (that is, around the mountain). As a result, it is possible to easily distribute the spheres uniformly throughout the storage area of the lower dish 2050.

  Next, an inner frame 5012 in the fifth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 55 and 56.

  FIGS. 55 (a) and 56 (a) are cross-sectional views of the inner frame 5012 and the lower plate 2050 in the fifth embodiment, and FIGS. 55 (b) and 56 (b) are shown in FIG. 55 (a). It is sectional drawing of the inner frame 5012 and the lower plate 2050 in the LVb-LVb line. FIG. 55 (a) corresponds to FIG. 47 (b). Also, the same parts as those in the above embodiments are denoted by the same reference numerals, and description thereof is omitted.

  As shown in FIG. 55, the inner frame 5012 in the fifth embodiment has vertical walls 3311 from the edge on the lower plate 2050 (storage area) side of the rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410 of the first bypass 3300 and the second bypass 3400. 3411 is erected. The standing walls 3311 and 3411 are within a predetermined range from one end on the payout port 23 side of the edges of the rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410 (in this embodiment, a range that is substantially half the length of the rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410 in the rolling direction). And is not disposed on the other end side.

  Therefore, as shown in FIG. 56, when a ball is paid out from the payout opening 23 to the lower plate 2050 and a mountain is formed by the gradually stacked balls, the rolling surface of the balls forming such a mountain A sphere located beyond the height position of 3310, 3410 and positioned on the outermost side on each detour 3300, 3400 side enters the space of each detour 3300, 3400 (ie, the outermost sphere It can be avoided that a part thereof overlaps the rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410 in a top view. Thereby, it can suppress that the rolling of the ball | bowl on the rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410 is inhibited by the ball | bowl which entered each detour 3300 and 3400. As a result, the detours 3300 and 3400 can be effectively functioned, and the spheres can be easily dispersed uniformly throughout the storage region of the lower dish 2050.

  Further, even when the first detour 3300 and the second detour 3400 are provided, more balls can be stacked near the payout opening 23 to increase the height of the mountain. Therefore, more spheres can be stored in the storage area of the lower plate 2050 accordingly.

  Next, an inner frame 6012 in the sixth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 57 to 60.

  57A is a cross-sectional view of the inner frame 6012 and the lower plate 2050 in the sixth embodiment, and FIG. 57B is an inner frame 6012 and the lower plate 2050 taken along the line LVIIb-LVIIb in FIG. 57A. FIG. FIG. 57 (a) corresponds to FIG. 47 (b). Also, the same parts as those in the above embodiments are denoted by the same reference numerals, and description thereof is omitted.

  As shown in FIG. 57, in the inner frame 6012 in the sixth embodiment, a first detour 3300 and a fifth detour 6700 are formed in front thereof. The fifth detour 6700 is a ball path for detouring the ball dispensed from the dispensing outlet 23 and sending the ball in stages to the two locations away from the dispensing outlet 23 of the lower plate 2050. Is formed as a concave groove having a substantially rectangular shape when viewed from the front.

  The fifth detour 6700 extends from the payout opening 23 toward the right side when viewed from the front, and the lower surface of the concave groove (the lower surface in FIG. 57A) serves as a rolling surface 6710. The rolling surface 6710 is a part for rolling the sphere, and one end is arranged at a height position (a vertical position in FIG. 57 (a)) that is substantially flush with the lower surface 23a of the payout opening 23 in a front view. At the same time, it is formed so as to be inclined downward from one end to the other end (right side of FIG. 57 (a)).

  In the rolling surface 6710 in the present embodiment, there are a plurality (two in the present embodiment) of flow sections 6711 and 6712 with a predetermined interval in the extending direction of the fifth bypass 6700 (FIG. 57 (a) left and right direction). As a result, the rolling surface 6710 is divided into an upstream rolling surface 6710a and a downstream rolling surface 6710b.

  The flow lower portions 6711 and 6712 are portions for causing a ball rolling on the rolling surface 6710 to flow down to the lower plate 2050, and are located at a height position in front view with respect to the rolling surface 6710 (FIG. 57A, vertical position). ) Is lowered, and is formed to be inclined downward from the inner frame 6012 toward the lower plate 2050.

  In this case, the height direction between the upper surface on the inner frame 6012 side (FIG. 57 (a) back side of the paper surface) of the flow lower portion 6711 and the upper surface of the downstream end (right side of FIG. 57 (a)) of the upstream rolling surface 6710a. The amount of separation in the vertical direction (FIG. 57 (a)) is set to a size larger than the diameter of the sphere (in this embodiment, approximately twice the diameter of the sphere), and the lower plate 2050 side of the lower part 6711 (see FIG. 57). The distance in the height direction (FIG. 57 (a) vertical direction) between the upper surface of 57 (a) the front side of the paper surface and the upper surface of the upstream end (FIG. 57 (a) left side) of the downstream rolling surface 6710b is , A dimension equal to or smaller than the diameter of the sphere (equal dimension in this embodiment).

  That is, when a plurality of spheres stay in the lower flow 6711, the virtual plane formed by connecting the tops of the spheres is located at a height position below the downstream end of the upstream rolling surface 6710a, And it is located in the height position equivalent to the upstream end of the downstream rolling surface 6710b, or the height position (the height position equivalent in this embodiment) which becomes upper (refer FIG.60 (c)).

  Therefore, as described later, in a state where a plurality of spheres stay in the lower part 6711 (see FIG. 60 (c)), the sphere that has flowed down from the upstream rolling surface 6710a to the lower part 6711 has a momentum during the flow. Can be passed over the heads of a plurality of spheres staying in the flow part 6711 to reach the downstream rolling surface 6710b. As a result, the sphere that has rolled on the downstream rolling surface 6710 b and reached the lower part 6712 can flow down from the lower part 6712 to the lower plate 2050.

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 58 to 60, the detour of the sphere by the fifth detour 6700 will be described. 58 (a), 59 (a), and 60 (a) are cross-sectional views of the inner frame 6012 and the lower plate 2050, and FIGS. 58 (b), 59 (b), and 60 (b) are illustrated. FIG. 10 is a cross-sectional view of the inner frame 6012 and the lower plate 2050. FIG. 60C is a cross-sectional view of the inner frame 6012 taken along the line LXc-LXc in FIG. 58 (a), 59 (a), and 60 (a) correspond to FIG. 57 (a), and FIGS. 58 (b), 59 (b), and 60 (b) are diagrams. This corresponds to 57 (b).

  As shown in FIG. 58, when a ball is paid out from the payout opening 23 to the lower plate 2050, a mountain is formed by the gradually piled up balls. When the inflow of the sphere from the discharge outlet 23 to the lower plate 2050 is inhibited by the piles of the spheres stacked in the vicinity of the discharge outlet 23, as shown in FIG. Then, after flowing into the fifth detour 6700 and rolling the upstream rolling surface 6710a, it is possible to first flow down from the lower portion 6711 on the side close to the payout port 23 to the lower plate 2050.

  After that, a hill was formed by the spheres that flowed down from the lower part 6711 and accumulated, and when the hills prevented the flow of the spheres from the lower part 6711 to the lower plate 2050, they were rolled from the upstream rolling surface 6710a. The sphere stays in the lower part 6711, and the lower part 6711 is filled with the staying spheres (see FIGS. 60B and 60C).

  As a result, as shown in FIG. 60, a plurality of spheres that have flowed into the fifth detour 6700 and that have been rolled from the upstream rolling surface 6710a to the flow lower portion 6711 are retained in the flow lower portion 6711. It is possible to pass over the head and reach the downstream rolling surface 6710b. Thereby, it is possible to flow down from the flow lower part 6712 on the side far from the payout port 23 to the lower plate 2050.

  As described above, in this embodiment, the sphere that has flowed into the fifth bypass 6700 is first caused to flow from the lower part 6711 on the side close to the payout port 23 to the lower plate 2050, and at the same time, the mountain formed at the lowering point. If the flow from the lower part 6711 to the lower dish 2050 is inhibited by the above, the lower part 6712 on the side farther from the discharge outlet 23 can be made to flow down to the lower dish 2050. As a result, as the mountain formed in the vicinity of the payout port 23 grows, the sphere can be detoured stepwise to a region far from the payout port 23 (that is, around the mountain). As a result, it is possible to easily distribute the spheres uniformly throughout the storage area of the lower dish 2050.

  In the present embodiment, the upstream rolling surface 6710a and the downstream rolling surface 6710b are not inclined downward from the inner frame 6012 toward the lower plate 2050. However, at least one of these rolling surfaces 6710a and 6710b may be inclined downward from the inner frame 6012 toward the lower plate 2050. In this case, the inclination angle of the downward inclination from the inner frame 6012 toward the lower plate 2050 is set to be smaller than the inclination angle of the flow sections 6711 and 6712. As a result, the sphere that has flowed into the fifth bypass 6700 mainly flows down from the flow lower portions 6711 and 6712 to the lower plate 2050, and can also flow down from the rolling surfaces 6710a and 6710b to the lower plate 2050. Therefore, it is possible to easily distribute the spheres uniformly throughout the storage region of the lower dish 2050.

  Next, an inner frame 7012 in the seventh embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 61 to 63.

  FIG. 61A is a top view of the inner frame 7012 and the lower plate 2050 in the seventh embodiment, and FIG. 61B is an inner frame 7012 and the lower plate 2050 in the LXIb-LXIb line of FIG. 61C is a cross-sectional view of the inner frame 7012 taken along the line LXIc-LXIc in FIG. In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as each said embodiment, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

  As shown in FIG. 61, in the inner frame 7012 in the seventh embodiment, a second payout opening formed as a rectangular opening on the side of the payout opening 23 (right side in the width direction, right side in FIG. 61 (b)). 7023 is disposed. In the present embodiment, the payout port 23 and the second payout port 7023 are formed to have the same shape in front view and are arranged at the same height position (up and down position in FIG. 61 (b)).

  Inside the inner frame 7012, a ball feeding path 7024 for sending a ball that could not be stored in the upper plate 17 (see FIG. 1) to the payout outlet 23, and one end (upstream end) in the middle of the feeding path 7024 And the other end (downstream end 7025a) communicates with the second payout port 7023, and a sixth detour 7025 that is inclined downward from one end to the other end is formed.

  The ball feeding path 7024 is suspended from the upstream end on the upper plate 17 side while being curved in a substantially S shape, and the downstream end 7024a is communicated with the payout port 23 at a position where it can be seen from the payout port 23 in a front view. Therefore, the sphere that has flowed down the feeding path 7024 and reached the downstream end 7024a is flowed down from the discharge outlet 23 to the lower plate 2050. In the present embodiment, the distance from the downstream end 7024a of the pitching path 7024 to the lower edge of one end (upstream end) of the sixth detour path 7025 is approximately three times the diameter of the sphere.

  The sixth detour route 7025 has one end (upstream end) communicating with the ball path 7024 at a position that is a predetermined distance above the downstream end 7024a of the ball path 7024, and the downstream end 7025a is second in the front view. At a position visually recognized from the payout opening 7023, the second payout opening 7023 is communicated. Therefore, the sphere that has flowed into the sixth detour 7025 and reached the downstream end 7025a flows down from the second payout outlet 7023 to the lower plate 2050.

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 62 to 63, the detouring of the sphere by the sixth detour 7025 will be described. 62 (a) and 63 (a) are top views of the inner frame 7012 and the lower plate 2050, and FIGS. 62 (b) and 63 (b) are sectional views of the inner frame 7012 and the lower plate 2050. FIG. 62 (c) and FIG. 63 (c) are cross-sectional views of the inner frame 7012. 62 (a) and 63 (a) correspond to FIG. 61 (a), and FIG. 62 (b) and FIG. 63 (b) correspond to FIG. 61 (b). ) And FIG. 63 (c) correspond to FIG. 61 (c).

  When a ball is paid out from the payout opening 23 to the lower plate 2050, a mountain is formed by the gradually piled up balls. When the inflow of the ball from the payout port 23 to the lower plate 2050 is hindered by the piles of the balls stacked in the vicinity of the payout port 23, as shown in FIG. 62, the ball flowing down the ball feed path 7024 has its downstream end 7024a. The downstream end 7024a side of the pitching path 7024 is filled with the staying balls (see FIG. 62C).

  Thereby, as shown in FIG. 63, the sphere flowing down the pitching path 7024 can be caused to flow into the sixth detour route 7025. As a result, the ball that has flowed into the sixth bypass route 7024 and rolled to the downstream end 7025 a can be caused to flow down from the second discharge outlet 7023 that is spaced apart from the discharge outlet 23 in the width direction to the lower plate 2050.

  Thus, in this embodiment, when the inflow of the sphere from the payout port 23 to the lower plate 2050 is hindered by the mountains formed in the vicinity of the payout port 23, the sphere that flows down from the pitching path 2024 is It is possible to make a detour to the second payout outlet 7023 through the detour path 7025 and to flow into the lower plate 2050 from the second payout outlet 7023. As a result, the sphere can be caused to flow (send) from the second payout port 7025 toward the region away from the mountain formed by the sphere that has flowed in from the payout port 23, and as a result, the lower plate 2050 can be stored. It is possible to easily distribute the spheres uniformly over the entire area.

  That is, for example, since the lower plate 2050 side is open in the detour formed by recessing the front surface of the inner frame 7012, the ball is rolled from one end to the other end of the detour to be detoured ( Between one end and the other end), the sphere flows down to the lower pan 2050. That is, all of the spheres flowing into the detour cannot be detoured to the other end, and a sphere that flows down to the lower plate 2050 is generated before reaching the other end.

  On the other hand, according to the present embodiment, the sixth bypass path 7025 is disposed in the inner frame 7012 and is formed as a closed passage, so that the ball flows down to the lower plate 2050 during the detour. In other words, all of the spheres that have flowed into the sixth bypass route 7025 can roll (detour) to the other end (downstream end 7025a) (that is, can flow down from the second discharge outlet 7023 to the lower plate 2050). it can).

  Thereby, with respect to the mountain formed by the sphere that has flowed down from the payout opening 23 to the lower plate 2050, the ball is made to flow down to the lower plate 2050 only from a position sufficiently separated from the mountain (second payout port 7023). As a result, the spheres can be easily dispersed uniformly throughout the storage area of the lower dish 2050.

  Here, in the present embodiment, a first lower pan full tank switch (not shown) is disposed on the downstream end 7024a side of the pitching path 7024, and the sixth bypass path 7025 has a downstream side thereof. A second lower pan full tank switch (not shown) is disposed on the end 7025a side. In both of the lower tray full tank switches, the balls are stored in the ball feeding path 7024 or the sixth bypass route 7025 (the ball cannot be fed from the payout outlet 23 or the second payout outlet 7023 to the lower dish 2050). Turns on when is detected.

  In this case, when the first lower pan full tank switch is turned on and the second lower pan full tank switch and the reduced state detection sensor are turned off, it can be estimated that a sphere crest is formed in the vicinity of the payout opening 23. Therefore, the player is informed that “the ball of the lower plate 2050 is leveled”. Thereby, pitching can be restarted from the payout port 23 by leveling the mountain, and the storage area of the lower tray 2050 can be efficiently used to store more balls.

  When both the first lower plate full tank switch and the second lower plate full tank switch are turned on, a ball mountain is formed in the vicinity of the payout opening 23 and the detour of the ball by the sixth detour route 7025 is also completed. Since it can be estimated that the lower plate 2050 is full of balls, the player is informed that “the ball removal lever 2054a is operated”.

  Here, the lower plate 2050 is further provided with a reduced state detection sensor (not shown) that is turned on when the side wall member 2055 is in the reduced state, and the first lower plate full switch and the second lower plate full tank are placed. When both the switches are turned on and the reduced state detection sensor is turned on, “enlarge the lower plate 2050” before informing the player that “the ball removal lever 2054a is operated”. May be notified. The lower plate 2050 formed to be expandable can be used effectively.

  Examples of the notification method include display on the third symbol display device 81 and output by sound from the sound output device. Alternatively, the first lower pan full switch and the second lower pan full switch may be omitted, and only one lower pan full switch may be provided. In this case, the pitching path 7024 is provided on the upstream side (the side opposite to the downstream end 7024a) from the branch to the sixth bypass route 7025. Even when the payout port 23 and the second payout port 2023 are formed by such arrangement, it is possible to detect that the lower plate 2050 is full of balls by using the 1 lower plate full tank switch.

  Next, the inner frame 8012 and the lower plate 8050 in the eighth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 64 is a front perspective view of the inner frame 8012 and the lower plate 8050 in the eighth embodiment. In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as each said embodiment, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

  As shown in FIG. 64, in the eighth embodiment, a seventh bypass 8400 is formed in front of the inner frame 8012, and an extended bypass 8800 is connected to the seventh bypass 8400. The seventh detour 8400 is formed as a concave groove extending from the payout opening 23 toward the right side when viewed from the front, and the lower surface of the concave groove is a rolling surface 8410. The seventh alternative route 8400 is substantially the same as the second alternative route 3400 except that the extended length is longer than the extended length of the second alternative route 3400 in the third embodiment. The description thereof will be omitted.

  On the inner wall member 2056 of the lower plate 2050, an overhanging wall 8056h is formed to project from the side wall portion 2056b toward the storage area. The overhanging wall 8056h is formed as a plate-like body that bends in a U-shape when viewed from the front, and its upper surface serves as a rolling surface 8810 of the extension detour 8800. The overhang wall 8056h connects one end (upstream end) of the rolling surface 8810 to the other end (downstream end) of the eighth detour 8400, and the rolling surface 8810 descends toward the other end (downstream end). It is arranged in an inclined posture.

  In the present embodiment, the overhanging wall 8056h is disposed at a position spaced upward from the bottom wall member 2054, and a space (storage area) in which a sphere can be stored between the lower surface of the overhanging wall 8056h and the upper surface of the bottom wall member 2054. ) Is formed. In addition, the other end of the overhanging wall 8056h (the side opposite to the one end connected to the inner frame 12) is disposed at a height position substantially equal to the upper surface of the first piece 2554X of the fourth divided body 2554 of the side wall member 2055. Is done.

  As described above, according to the present embodiment, in addition to forming the eighth detour 8400 in the inner frame 12, the extended detour 8800 is also formed in the lower plate 2050 (inner wall member 2056). When the inflow to the storage area is hindered by the piles of spheres stacked in the vicinity and the spheres flow into the eighth detours 8400 (see FIGS. 49 and 50), the rolling surface 8410 of the eighth detour 8400 Using the rolling surface 8810 of the extension detour 8800, the ball rolled to the end is positioned farthest from the payout opening 23 (the first pieces 2551X to 2554X and the first pieces 2551X to 2554X and the first pieces in the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 of the side wall member 2055). The ball can be sent out (detoured) to the two pieces 2551Y to 2554Y. Thereby, a sphere can be sent to the area | region away from the mountain, and it can be made easy to distribute a sphere uniformly to the whole storage area | region.

  In particular, in the present embodiment, the other end of the overhanging wall 8056h (that is, the terminal end (downstream end) of the rolling surface 8810 of the extension bypass 8800) is the first piece 2554X of the fourth divided body 2554 of the side wall member 2055. It is arranged at a height position substantially equal to the upper surface.

  Therefore, when the lower plate 2050 is in the expanded state (that is, when the storage area is expanded and it is required to use the storage area effectively), the end of the rolling surface 8810 of the extension detour 8800 is obtained. Spheres flowing down from the first divided body 2551 to the fourth divided body 2554 on each side surface on the inner frame 12 side of the first pieces 2551X to 2554X (that is, each member forming a stepwise enlarged region). It is possible to further roll along the direction opposite to the rolling direction of the sphere in the eighth detour 8400 (the left direction in FIG. 64).

  That is, the sphere can be detoured to the back side of the mountain formed by the spheres stacked in the storage area (on the side opposite to the outlet 23 and on the side wall member 2055), and the spheres are uniformly distributed throughout the storage area. It can be made easy.

  Further, the overhanging wall 8056h is formed to be bent in a U-shape when viewed from the front, and the angle of descending inclination of the rolling surface 8810 formed on the upper surface thereof is larger at the other end side (side wall member 2055 side). Therefore, when the lower plate 2050 is contracted, a space is formed between the upper surface on the other end side of the overhanging wall 5056h and the inner wall surface of the side wall member 2055 (second pieces 2551X to 2554X). Can be formed.

  Accordingly, when the player performs an operation of reducing the lower plate 2050 from the enlarged state to the reduced state, the player's fingers are placed between the overhanging wall 8056h and the inner wall surface of the side wall member 2055 (second pieces 2551X to 2554X). It can suppress being pinched | interposed between them. That is, the operation of reducing the lower plate 2050 is performed by putting a finger of the left hand on the inner wall surface side of the second pieces 2551X to 2554X of the side wall member 2055, and using the palm and thumb of the left hand to place the second piece 2551X of the side wall member 2055 in the inner frame 12. Performing with the operation method of pushing toward the side has good operability, but according to the present embodiment, even with this operation method, the player can hardly hold the finger.

  Here, when forming the extended bypass 8800 by forming a concave groove in the side wall portion 256b of the inner wall member 2056, the inner wall member 2056 has an operation handle because it is necessary to secure an accommodation space for each of the divided bodies 2551 to 2554. Since it arrange | positions at 51 side and the space | interval of both becomes narrow, the operativity of the operation handle 51 deteriorates.

  On the other hand, according to the present embodiment, the extended detour 8800 is formed by projecting the projecting wall 8056h from the side wall portion 256b of the inner wall member 2056, so that the interval between the inner wall member 2056 and the operation handle 51 is secured. Thus, the operability of the operation handle 51 can be improved. On the other hand, even if the overhanging wall 8056h projects from the side wall portion 2056b of the inner wall member 2056, according to the present embodiment, the overhanging wall 8056h is formed in a plate shape, and the bottom surface and the bottom wall of the overhanging wall 8056h Since a space (storage area) in which a sphere can be stored is formed between the upper surface of the member 2054, the size of the storage area can be ensured.

  The present invention has been described based on the above embodiment, but the present invention is not limited to the above embodiment, and various modifications can be easily made without departing from the spirit of the present invention. It can be guessed.

  In each of the above embodiments, a gaming machine may be configured by replacing or combining part or all of one embodiment with part or all of another one or more embodiments.

  Although explanation is omitted in each of the above embodiments, a driving means (for example, an electric motor) for applying a driving force to the side wall members 55 and 2055 is provided, and the side walls 52 and 2055 are displaced by the driving force applied from the driving means. By rotating (rotating), the lower plates 50 and 2050 may be enlarged and reduced.

  In this case, for example, a sensor device that detects the storage amount of the sphere stored in the lower plate 50 is provided, and the side wall member 55, with a displacement amount (rotation amount) corresponding to the storage amount of the sphere detected by the sensor device. The lower plates 50 and 2050 may be enlarged and reduced by displacing (rotating) 2055 by the driving means (see, for example, FIGS. 22 and 23). The lower plates 50, 2050, which are unnecessarily enlarged and protrude forward, are prevented from interfering with the player, and the lower plates 50, 2050 can be enlarged if necessary. It is possible to concentrate on the game by suppressing the discharge frequency.

  Alternatively, the lower plates 50 and 2050 may be enlarged and reduced according to the gaming state. For example, a means for detecting the occurrence of a hit is provided, and when the hit is detected by the means, the side wall members 55 and 2055 are displaced (rotated) in the enlargement direction by the driving means, and the lower dishes 50 and 2050 are detected. May be expanded in advance. Further, for example, the lower plates 50 and 2050 may be enlarged during a predetermined performance. By expanding the lower plates 50 and 2050, the player can have a sense of expectation.

  Alternatively, the lower plates 50 and 2050 may be enlarged and reduced according to the state of the front frame 14. For example, a sensor device that detects the state of the front frame 14 is provided, and when the operation of opening the front frame 14 is detected by the sensor device, the side wall members 55 and 2055 are displaced (rotated) in the reduction direction by the driving means. The lower dishes 50 and 2050 may be reduced. Further, for example, a sensor device that detects the state of the cylinder lock 20 that locks the front frame 14 is provided, and when the unlocking of the cylinder lock 20 is detected by the sensor device, the side wall members 55 and 2055 are reduced by the driving means. The lower dishes 50 and 2050 may be reduced by being displaced (rotated) in the direction. When the front frame 14 is inadvertently opened while the lower plate 50 is in an enlarged state, the enlarged lower plate 50 can be prevented from coming into contact with the adjacent pachinko machine 10 and being damaged.

  In each of the embodiments described above, the lower dishes 50 and 2050 have been described as examples of targets for enlarging or reducing the storage area. However, the present invention is not necessarily limited to this, and instead of or in addition to this, The dish 17 may be the target.

  In each of the above-described embodiments, the side wall members 55 and 2055 can be rotated to the bottom wall members 54 and 2054 by the shaft support pins 57 and 2057 on the same side as the side on which the front frame 14 is rotatably supported. Although the case where it is axially supported has been described, the present invention is not necessarily limited to this, and the end on the side opposite to the side where the front frame 14 is rotatably supported is supported by the axially supporting pins 57, 2057 on the bottom wall member 54. , 2054 may be rotatably supported.

  In each of the above embodiments, as an example of the case where the elastic deformation of the engagement pieces 552n to 556n and 2552n to 2554n is used as the defining means for defining the relative movement between the respective divided bodies 551 to 557 and 2551 to 2554 superimposed. Although described, the present invention is not necessarily limited to this, and other defining means may be adopted. As other defining means, for example, the friction coefficients between the divided bodies 551 to 557 and 2551 to 2554 are made different from each other, and the divided bodies 551 to 557 and 2551 to 2554 What defines the order in which rotation is allowed is illustrated. Alternatively, a plurality of actuators (for example, solenoids) for engaging and releasing the divided bodies 551 to 557 and 2551 to 2554 are provided, and the divided bodies 551 to 557 and 2551 are driven by driving the actuators. What defines the order in which 2554 rotations are allowed is illustrated.

  Although explanation is omitted in each of the above embodiments, the first sensor device for detecting that the lower plates 50 and 2050 are in an enlarged state (or at least not in a reduced state) and that the front frame 14 is opened. When the second sensor device to be detected and the first and second sensor devices detect that the lower plates 50 and 2050 are in an enlarged state and the opening of the front frame 14 is detected, a notification is given. And a notifying means (for example, means for generating sound) may be provided. By leaving the notification means, it is possible to prevent the front frame 14 from being opened while the lower plates 50 and 2050 are in the enlarged state. As a result, it is possible to prevent the lower dishes 50 and 2050 from colliding with the adjacent pachinko machine 10 or the like and being damaged.

  In the fourth embodiment, the case where the first and second bypass routes 3300 and 3400 and the third and fourth bypass routes 4500 and 4600 are provided in two stages in the vertical direction has been described. However, the present invention is not necessarily limited to this. Alternatively, three or more detours may be provided.

  In the sixth embodiment, the case where the flow lower portions 6711 and 6712 are formed at two locations on the rolling surface 6710 of the fifth bypass 6700 has been described. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the flow flows down to three or more locations. A part may be provided.

  In the seventh embodiment, the case where the payout ports (the payout port 23 and the second payout port 7023) are provided at two locations has been described. However, the present invention is not necessarily limited to this, and there may be provided payout ports at three or more locations. good.

  In the eighth embodiment, the other end of the overhanging wall 8056h (the terminal end (downstream end) of the rolling surface 8810) is substantially the same height as the upper surface of the first piece 2554X in the fourth divided body 2554 of the side wall member 2055. Although the case where it arrange | positions to the position was demonstrated, it is not necessarily restricted to this, You may set this height position lower than the upper surface of the 1st piece 2554X, or from the upper surface of the 1st piece 2554X. May be set higher.

  You may implement this invention in the pachinko machine etc. of a different type from said each embodiment. For example, once a big hit, a pachinko machine that raises the expected value of the big hit until a big hit state occurs (for example, two times or three times) including that (for example, a two-time right item, a three-time right item) May also be implemented. Further, after the jackpot symbol is displayed, it may be implemented as a pachinko machine that generates a special game that gives a player a predetermined game value on the condition that a ball is won in a predetermined area. Further, the present invention may be implemented in a pachinko machine that has a special area such as a V zone and has a special gaming state as a necessary condition that a special ball is awarded to the special area. Further, in addition to the pachinko machine, the game machine may be implemented as various game machines such as an alepatchi, a sparrow ball, a slot machine, a game machine in which a so-called pachinko machine and a slot machine are integrated.

  In the slot machine, for example, a symbol is changed by operating a control lever in a state where a symbol effective line is determined by inserting coins, and a symbol is stopped and confirmed by operating a stop button. Is. Accordingly, the basic concept of the slot machine is that it is provided with a display device for confirming and displaying the identification information after variably displaying the identification information string composed of a plurality of identification information, and resulting from the operation of the starting operation means (for example, the operation lever). The variation display of the identification information is started, and the variation display of the identification information is stopped and fixedly displayed due to the operation of the operation means for stop (for example, the stop button) or when a predetermined time elapses. It is a slot machine that generates a special game that gives a player a predetermined game value on the condition that the combination of identification information at the time is a specific condition. In this case, the game medium is typically a coin, medal, etc. Take as an example.

  In addition, as a specific example of a gaming machine in which a pachinko machine and a slot machine are fused, a display device is provided that displays a symbol after a symbol string composed of a plurality of symbols is variably displayed, and has a handle for launching a ball. What is not. In this case, after throwing a predetermined amount of spheres based on a predetermined operation (button operation), for example, the change of the symbol is started due to the operation of the operation lever, for example, due to the operation of the stop button, or With the passage of time, the variation of the symbol is stopped, and a special game that gives a predetermined game value to the player is generated on the condition that the determined symbol at the time of stoppage is a so-called jackpot symbol. In this case, a large amount of balls are paid out to the lower tray. If such a gaming machine is used in place of a slot machine, only a ball can be handled as a gaming value in the gaming hall. Therefore, the gaming value seen in the current gaming hall in which pachinko machines and slot machines are mixed is used. Problems such as the burden on equipment due to the separate handling of medals and balls and restrictions on the location of the gaming machine can be solved.

  The concept of various inventions included in the above-described embodiment in addition to the gaming machine of the present invention is shown below.

<About the concept of the invention taking the lower plate 50 as an example>
In a gaming machine comprising a front frame formed to be openable and closable and a storage member that is disposed in front of the front frame and forms a storage area for storing a ball, the storage member is a player's When the operation is formed so that the size of the storage area can be displaced in the direction in which the size of the storage area is enlarged or reduced, and a pressing force is applied to the storage member from the outside as the front frame is opened, the size of the storage area is increased. The gaming machine A1 is characterized in that the storage member is formed to be displaceable in a direction in which the height is reduced.

  Here, a front frame that is formed to be openable and closable, an upper plate that is disposed on the front frame and stores a ball that is launched into the game area, and that is disposed below the upper plate and does not fit into the upper plate. A gaming machine having a lower plate for receiving a ball is known. In this case, in order to enlarge the storage area | region of a lower plate, if a side wall part is made high, the clearance gap between upper plates will decrease by that much. For this reason, for example, when the spheres that are biased and stored in the lower plate are leveled and flattened, it is difficult to put the player's hand into the lower plate. In view of this, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2007-136095 discloses a storage area for the lower plate while making it easier for the player to put in the hand by sliding the bottom and side walls of the lower plate back and forth by the player's operation. A structure for enlarging or reducing is disclosed. However, in the above gaming machine, there is a problem that when the front frame is opened while the lower plate is enlarged, the enlarged lower plate comes into contact with the adjacent gaming machine and is damaged.

  On the other hand, according to the gaming machine A1, the storage member is formed so as to be displaceable in the direction of expanding or reducing the size of the storage area by the player's operation. When the pressing force is applied, the storage member is formed so as to be displaceable in the direction in which the size of the storage region is reduced, so that the damage can be suppressed.

  Examples of the storage member include an upper plate that stores a ball to be launched into the game area, and a lower plate that is disposed below the upper plate and receives a ball that does not fit in the upper plate.

  In addition, when the front frame is opened, a pressing force is applied to the storage member from the outside. For example, the storage member comes into contact with an adjacent gaming machine and the pressing force is applied to the storage member from the adjacent gaming machine. For example, a case where a pressing force is applied to the storage member from a human hand by opening the front frame while the person holds the storage member is exemplified.

  In the gaming machine A1, the front frame opens and closes by rotating around a rotation shaft provided on one side in the width direction, and the storage member is on the same side as the rotation shaft of the front frame when viewed from the front. The game machine A2 is formed so that the size of the storage area is enlarged or reduced by rotating about a rotation shaft provided on one side in the width direction.

  According to the gaming machine A2, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine A1, the storage member rotates about a rotation shaft provided on one side in the width direction so that the size of the storage area is expanded or reduced. Yes, since the rotation axis of the storage member is the same side as the rotation axis of the front frame, when the front frame is opened and a pressing force is applied to the storage member from the outside, the storage member is stored. It is possible to facilitate displacement in the direction in which the size of the region is reduced. As a result, the storage member can be prevented from being damaged.

  In the gaming machine A2, the storage member includes a bottom wall portion and a side wall portion erected from the bottom wall portion, and the side wall portion is formed by overlapping a plurality of divided bodies vertically, and the plurality of divided portions The gaming machine A3 is characterized in that the size of the storage area is enlarged or reduced by rotating the body in the direction approaching or separating from the front frame about the rotation axis.

  According to the gaming machine A3, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine A2, it is possible to increase or decrease the size of the storage area and to secure the degree of freedom of the arrangement of the ball holes. For example, in a structure that expands or reduces the storage area by sliding the bottom wall and the side wall back and forth by the player's operation, the overlapping portion of the bottom wall on the fixed side and the bottom wall on the slide side Cannot place a ball hole, and the degree of freedom of its placement is reduced.

  On the other hand, according to the gaming machine A3, the side wall portion is formed from a plurality of divided bodies that are stacked one above the other, and the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in a direction toward or away from the front frame. The size of the can be enlarged or reduced, but since there is no overlap margin between the bottom wall part and the part (divided body) that is displaced for expansion or reduction of the storage area, it can be placed at any position on the bottom wall part. Ball holes can be arranged, and the degree of freedom of the arrangement can be secured.

  In the gaming machine A3, the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in a direction away from the front frame around the rotation axis, and when the storage area is enlarged, the upper divided body projects outward. The gaming machine A4 is characterized in that each of the divided bodies overlaps when viewed in the axial direction of the rotating shaft when rotated in a direction approaching the front frame about the rotating shaft and the storage area is reduced.

  According to the gaming machine A4, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine A3, when the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in a direction away from the front frame, the upper divided body projects outward, so that the player's The storage area can be expanded in a form that allows easy access. On the other hand, when rotated in the direction approaching the front frame, the divided bodies overlap in the axial direction of the rotating shaft, so that the rigidity of the storage member can be ensured in a state where the storage area is reduced.

  Moreover, in the state which expanded the storage area | region, since a some division body is projected outward, it can make it easy for a player to recognize that a lower plate is in an enlarged state.

  In the gaming machine A3 or A4, the divided body is substantially L-shaped in a top view from a first piece whose one end is pivotally supported by the rotating shaft and a second piece extending from the other end of the first piece. The gaming machine A5 is characterized in that the second piece is curved in an arc shape with the rotation axis as a center.

  According to the gaming machine A5, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine A3 or A4, the divided body has a first piece whose one end is pivotally supported on the rotating shaft, and a second piece extending from the other end of the first piece. Since the second piece is formed in an arc shape with the rotation axis as the center, the second body is formed in a substantially L shape when viewed from the top. The trajectories of the second piece of the divided body can be matched. That is, since the state where the second pieces of the respective divided bodies always overlap each other can be formed, the rigidity of the side wall (a plurality of divided bodies) can be ensured.

  In the gaming machine A5, the second piece of the divided body includes a horizontal portion connected to the first piece, a standing portion standing from an end of the horizontal portion, and a standing portion of the standing portion from the standing end. Each divided body includes the horizontal portion, the standing portion, and the extending portion, and the horizontal portion, the standing portion, and the extending portion of the adjacent divided body. A gaming machine A6 that is arranged in a state of being overlapped with a portion.

  According to the gaming machine A6, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine A5, the second piece of the divided body includes a horizontal portion that continues to the first piece, a standing portion that is erected from the end of the horizontal portion, An extending portion extending from the standing end of the standing portion to the opposite side of the horizontal portion, and each divided body includes a horizontal portion, a standing portion and an extending portion, the horizontal portion of the adjacent divided body, Since it is arranged in a state of being overlapped with the standing portion and the extending portion, when a large number of balls are stored in the storage region, the weight of the sphere acting on the side wall portion (each divided body) is determined as each divided body. Can be effectively supported by the interaction between the horizontal portion, the standing portion, and the extending portion between them, and as a result, the bending of the side wall portion (each divided body) can be suppressed.

  Further, since the second pieces are overlapped with each other, even when the side wall portion is bent due to the weight of the sphere, the second piece serves as a guide and smoothly moves the side wall portion from the enlarged state to the reduced state. Can be migrated. Therefore, even when the lower plate in which the balls are stored is in an enlarged state and the front frame is inadvertently opened, the lower plate (side wall portion) can be displaced in the reduction direction, so that the breakage can be suppressed. .

  In the gaming machine A6, in the plurality of divided bodies, the upper divided body has a width of one of the horizontal portion or the extended portion being reduced and a width of the other being increased. .

  According to the gaming machine A7, in addition to the effects achieved by the gaming machine A6, the width of one of the horizontal portion or the extending portion of the plurality of divided bodies is reduced and the width of the other divided portion is increased. Therefore, even when each divided body has the horizontal portion, the standing portion, and the extending portion of the second piece overlapped with each other, the width dimension of the second piece can be suppressed. That is, the storage area can be secured by suppressing the width dimension of the second piece while improving the rigidity of the second piece by overlapping. Moreover, the protrusion to the outer side of a 2nd piece (side wall part) can be suppressed, and the arrangement | positioning space of another member can be ensured by that much.

  In any one of the gaming machines A5 to A7, comprising an inner wall member that forms a part of the inner wall of the storage area, the plurality of divided bodies are rotated around the rotation axis in a direction approaching the front frame, In a state where the storage area is reduced, the second piece is disposed on the back side of the inner wall member, and the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in a direction away from the front frame about the rotation axis, and the storage area In an expanded state, the second piece is juxtaposed to the side of the inner wall member, and a part of the inner wall of the storage area is formed by the second piece and the inner wall member. A8.

  According to the gaming machine A8, in addition to the effects produced by any of the gaming machines A5 to A7, the second piece is provided with the inner wall member that forms a part of the inner wall of the storage area, and the storage area is reduced. Are arranged on the back side of the inner wall member and the storage area is enlarged, the second piece is arranged side by side on the side of the inner wall member, and a part of the inner wall of the storage area is formed by the second piece and the inner wall member. Therefore, the length dimension of the 2nd piece can be shortened, and the space required for the movement of the 2nd piece can be suppressed by that much.

  That is, when the inner wall member is not provided, the second piece needs to be the inner wall of the storage area not only in the state in which the storage area is reduced but also in the state in which the storage area is expanded. As a length dimension of the piece, a dimension obtained by adding a length dimension corresponding to the inner wall member and a length dimension corresponding to the enlarged portion is required. Therefore, a space required for the movement of the second piece is increased (the space needs to be secured on the side of the inner wall member on the side opposite to the direction in which the storage region expands). On the other hand, when the inner wall member is provided, the second piece only needs to be the inner wall of the storage region only in a state where the storage region is enlarged. The length dimension can be made (the length dimension corresponding to the inner wall member can be omitted). As a result, the space necessary for the movement of the second piece can be suppressed (the space is sufficient only on the back side of the inner wall member, and is secured on the side of the inner wall member opposite to the direction in which the storage area expands). No need).

  In the gaming machine A8, in the plurality of divided bodies, the length of the second piece is increased as the upper divided body is rotated in a direction away from the front frame around the rotation axis, and the storage area When the size of the game machine A9 is increased, the upper divided body projects outward, and the end faces of the second pieces of the divided bodies are arranged flush with each other.

  According to the gaming machine A9, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine A8, the plurality of divided bodies have a larger length of the second piece toward the upper divided body, and in a direction away from the front frame around the rotation axis. When the storage area is rotated and the storage area is enlarged, the upper divided body projects outward and the end surface of the second piece of each divided body is arranged flush with each other. The part cost is suppressed by securing the overlap margin between the second pieces of the body and suppressing the bending of the side wall (second piece) with respect to the weight of the sphere, while suppressing the length of the second piece in each divided body. Can be suppressed. That is, when the storage area is enlarged, even if the end surface of the second piece in the lower divided body is protruded from the upper divided body, the protruding portion cannot support the upper second piece and is bent. Does not contribute to suppression. On the other hand, when the storage area is reduced, the overlap margin between the second pieces of each divided body is reduced, but the weight of the sphere acts on the inner wall member and does not act directly on the second piece. Therefore, this configuration is effective.

  In any of the gaming machines A5 to A9, a contact member formed so as to be able to contact the upper surface of the second piece of the uppermost divided body is provided. A gaming machine A10, wherein the gaming machine A10 is arranged at a position overlapping with a second piece of the divided body located on the lower side when viewed in the axial direction of the divided body.

  According to the gaming machine A10, in addition to the effects of any of the gaming machines A5 to A9, the gaming machine A10 includes a contact member formed so as to be able to contact the upper surface of the second piece of the uppermost divided body. Since the support rigidity of the second piece can be increased with the contact member as a fulcrum, the side wall (each divided body) can be prevented from being bent when supporting the weight of the sphere. In particular, since the contact member is disposed at a position overlapping the second piece of the lowermost divided body when viewed in the axial direction of the divided body when the storage area is expanded, the degree of expansion of the storage area (plurality) The second piece of each divided body can be supported at the optimum fulcrum position regardless of which of the divided bodies is displaced in the enlargement direction, and the side wall (each divided body) is prevented from being bent. it can.

  In the gaming machine A10, the uppermost divided body includes an engaging portion formed on an upper surface of the second piece, and the uppermost divided body is separated from the front frame about the rotation axis. When the game machine A11 is rotated to a predetermined position in the separating direction, the engagement portion is engaged with the contact member and the rotation is restricted.

  According to the gaming machine A11, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine A10, the engaging portion is formed on the upper surface of the second piece of the uppermost divided body, and the engaging portion abuts against the abutting member. The rotation in the direction away from the front frame of the uppermost divided body can be restricted at a predetermined position. That is, the abutting member serves not only to support the upper surface of the divided body (second piece) and suppress the deflection, but also to serve as a stopper that restricts the rotation of the divided body. This can reduce the product cost.

  In any one of the gaming machines A3 to A11, the divided body is formed with a convex portion on one mating surface of the divided body that is vertically stacked, and a concave portion that receives the convex portion on the other mating surface, When the storage area is enlarged, the convex part is brought into contact with the inner wall on one side of the concave part, and when the storage area is reduced, the convex part is brought into contact with the inner wall on the other side of the concave part. A gaming machine A12 that is configured to be capable of restricting the relative displacement of the divided bodies that are superimposed on each other.

  According to the gaming machine A12, in addition to the effects of any one of the gaming machines A3 to A11, the split body that is stacked one above the other has a convex portion on one mating surface and a concave portion on the other mating surface. When the storage area is enlarged, the convex part is brought into contact with the inner wall on one side of the concave part, and when the storage area is reduced, the convex part is brought into contact with the inner wall on the other side of the concave part so that they are superposed vertically. Since the relative displacement of the divided bodies can be regulated, the relative positions of the divided bodies can be defined. In this case, since each of the divided bodies is engaged with the overlapping divided bodies by the convex portion and the inner wall of the concave portion, the side wall portion (the overlapped divided portion) is in a state where the storage region is expanded and contracted. The body) can secure the rigidity as a whole, and can be prevented from bending due to the weight of the sphere. In this case, the convex portion and the concave portion are respectively formed on the mating surfaces of the divided bodies that are superimposed one above the other. That is, since the convex portion and the concave portion are arranged using the mating surface that becomes a dead space, the side wall portion (divided body) can be miniaturized and the capacity of the storage region can be secured.

  In the gaming machine A12, the divided body is formed in a substantially L shape in a top view from a first piece whose one end is pivotally supported on the rotating shaft and a second piece extending from the other end of the first piece. The convex portions and the concave portions are respectively formed as convex strips and concave grooves extending continuously along the longitudinal direction of the first pieces on the mating surfaces of the first pieces. Game machine A13.

  According to the gaming machine A13, in addition to the effects achieved by the gaming machine A12, the divided body includes a first piece whose one end is pivotally supported on the rotation shaft, and a second piece extending from the other end of the first piece. Since the convex portion and the concave portion are formed on the mating surfaces of the first pieces, the convex portion and the concave portion can function effectively. That is, since the first piece is a part operated by the player when expanding or reducing the storage area, the operation force can be directly received by the engagement between the convex portion and the inner wall of the concave portion, The operational feeling can be improved. In addition, the portion where the first piece is overlapped is easy to bend due to the weight of the sphere when the storage area is enlarged, and the rigidity of the portion can be intensively improved.

  In this case, since the convex portion and the concave portion are formed as a convex strip and a concave groove continuously extending along the longitudinal direction of the first piece, an engagement area between the convex portion and the inner wall of the concave portion is ensured. Thus, it is possible to improve the rigidity of the side wall portion (the overlapped divided body) as a whole. In particular, since the protrusions and recesses formed as protrusions and grooves are formed along the first piece, one end of which is pivotally supported by the rotation shaft, the direction of the load due to the player's operation and the weight of the ball, Since it can be made orthogonal with respect to the engagement area | region of a protruding item | line and a ditch | groove, the bending of the side wall part (overlapped 1st piece) with respect to this load can be suppressed.

  In the gaming machine A13, the first piece is formed to be curved in an outwardly convex arc shape when viewed in the axial direction of the rotation shaft, and the convex strip and the inner wall of the concave groove have the same radius. A gaming machine A14 that is curved in a convex arc shape in the same direction as the first piece.

  According to the gaming machine A14, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine A13, the first piece is formed to be curved outwardly in a circular arc shape when viewed in the axial direction of the rotary shaft, so the capacity of the storage area is expanded. be able to. In this case, since the ridge and the inner wall of the groove are formed in an arc shape that is convex in the same direction as the first piece with the same radius, their extension length is set to the mating surface of the first piece. Can be maximized within the range. Therefore, the engagement area between the convex portion and the inner wall of the concave portion can be maximized, the rigidity of the side wall portion (the first overlapped piece) as a whole can be improved, and the burden on the convex portion and the concave portion can be reduced. Durability can be improved.

<About the concept of the invention taking the first detour 3300 as an example>
A front frame formed to be openable and closable, a storage member that is disposed in front of the front frame and that forms a storage region for storing the sphere, and an inlet that allows the sphere to flow into the storage region of the storage member A gaming machine B1 comprising a detour extending as a path through which a ball can be sent from one end to the other end on the inflow side.

  Here, a front frame that is formed to be openable and closable, an upper plate that is disposed on the front frame and stores a ball that is launched into the game area, and that is disposed below the upper plate and does not fit into the upper plate. A gaming machine having a lower plate for receiving a ball is known. Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication No. 2007-136095 discloses a structure in which the storage area of the lower plate is expanded by sliding the bottom wall and side walls of the lower plate back and forth by the player's operation. However, in the above-described gaming machine, the sphere tends to be biased to a part of the storage area of the lower dish (for example, in the vicinity of the inflow port through which the sphere flows into the lower dish), and uniformly in the entire storage area of the expanded lower dish. There was a problem that it was difficult to disperse the spheres.

  On the other hand, according to the gaming machine B1, the detour is provided as a path through which a ball can be sent from one end on the inflow side to the other end. When a mountain is formed by being biased and stored near the entrance, a sphere whose inflow to the storage area is blocked by the mountain flows into the detour and rolls from one end of the detour toward the other. By moving it, the ball can be detoured. Thereby, a sphere can be sent to the area | region away from the inflow port, ie, the area | region away from the mountain, and it can be made easy to distribute a sphere uniformly to the whole storage area | region. As a result, for example, the player does not need to work to level and flatten the mountains stored in a part of the storage area, and can concentrate on the game.

  In the gaming machine B1, the bypass route is inclined downward from the one end to the other end.

  According to the gaming machine B2, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine B1, the detour is inclined downward from one end to the other end, so that the ball can be reliably sent to the other end of the detour. In particular, even when a ball collides with a mountain that is stored in the vicinity of the inflow and the momentum of the ball is lost when it flows into the detour, the sphere rolls to the other end of the detour. Can do. In addition, since the ball can be momentum up to the other end of the detour, the initial speed when the ball is sent from the other end of the detour to the storage area can be increased. As a result, it is possible to easily distribute the spheres uniformly throughout the storage area.

  In the gaming machine B1 or B2, one end of the bypass is connected to the lower surface of the inflow port, the gaming machine B3.

  According to the gaming machine B3, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine B1 or B2, one end of the detour is connected to the lower surface of the inflow port, so that a mountain is formed by the sphere stored in the vicinity of the inflow port and the mountain When the height of the sphere exceeds the lower surface of the inlet, the sphere can surely flow into the detour. In other words, after a mountain with a certain height is formed in the vicinity of the inflow port, the sphere can be diverted to an area away from the mountain by a detour, so that the sphere can be easily distributed uniformly throughout the storage area. Can do.

  In any of the gaming machines B1 to B3, a plurality of the detours are formed at different height positions.

  According to the gaming machine B4, in addition to the effects of any of the gaming machines B1 to B3, a plurality of detours are formed at different height positions, so that a mountain is formed by the balls stored in the vicinity of the inlet. First, a sphere is flown into a detour with a low height and detoured. When the detour is buried in the sphere, the sphere is flowed into a detour with a low height and detoured. In other words, the sphere can be detoured stepwise to the area away from the mountain by each detour according to the degree of growth of the mountain formed in the vicinity of the inlet, so that the sphere is evenly distributed throughout the storage area. It can be made easy.

  In the gaming machine B4, the plurality of detours having different height positions are set to have different separation distances from the inflow port to the other end.

  According to the gaming machine B5, the plurality of detours having different height positions are set to have different distances from the inlet to the other end, so that the growth degree of the mountain formed in the vicinity of the inlet is increased. Accordingly, when the sphere is detoured in stages by different detours, the sphere can be detoured to an appropriate area (detour destination) according to each stage. As a result, it is possible to easily distribute the spheres uniformly throughout the storage area.

  In the gaming machine B5, the gaming machine B6 is characterized in that the distance from the inflow port to the other end is set to be longer as the detour has a higher height position.

  According to the gaming machine B6, in addition to the effect achieved by the gaming machine B5, the higher the detour, the longer the distance from the inlet to the other end, the longer the distance is set. As the mountain grows, the sphere can be diverted stepwise to a region far from the inlet (ie, a region far from the mountain). As a result, it is possible to easily distribute the spheres uniformly throughout the storage area.

  In any one of the gaming machines B1 to B6, the detour is formed as a rolling surface that is connected to an inner wall that defines the storage area and that is open on the side opposite to the connected portion and is capable of rolling a ball. A gaming machine B7, wherein a standing wall is erected on an edge of the opened surface on the rolling surface.

  According to the gaming machine B7, in any of the gaming machines B1 to B6, it is connected to the inner wall that partitions the storage area, and is formed as a rolling surface on which the side opposite to the connecting part is opened and the ball can roll. Therefore, for example, as compared with the case where the detour is formed inside the storage member, the structure of the detour can be simplified and the product cost can be reduced. In this case, since a standing wall is erected on the edge of the rolling surface on the rolling surface, a part of the sphere stored in the storage area enters the detour and the sphere on the rolling surface rolls. It can suppress that a movement is inhibited. As a result, the detour can be effectively functioned, and the spheres can be easily dispersed uniformly throughout the storage area.

  The standing wall may be formed only near one end (inlet) of the detour. Further, the height of the standing wall may be increased on the side (one end) close to the inflow port and continuously or stepwise decreased toward the other end. This is because the height of the mountain becomes higher near the inflow, and the sphere easily enters the detour. In addition, no standing wall is formed near the other end of the detour. This is because the ball is sent from the detour to the storage area.

  In any one of the gaming machines B1 to B7, the detour is formed as a rolling surface that is connected to an inner wall that defines the storage area, and that is open on the side opposite to the connected portion so that the ball can roll. A gaming machine B8, characterized in that a plurality of lower portions are formed on the rolling surface at a predetermined interval in the rolling direction of the sphere to flow the sphere down to the opened side.

  According to the gaming machine B8, in any of the gaming machines B1 to B7, it is connected to the inner wall that divides the storage area, and the opposite side of the connecting part is opened to form a rolling surface on which the ball can roll. Therefore, for example, as compared with the case where the detour is formed inside the storage member, the structure of the detour can be simplified and the product cost can be reduced. In this case, on the rolling surface, a plurality of lower portions that flow down the sphere toward the opened side are formed at predetermined intervals in the rolling direction of the sphere, so that it is easy to uniformly distribute the sphere over the entire storage area. can do. That is, the sphere that has flowed into the detour flows down from the first lower part of the plurality of lower parts to the storage area, and a mountain is formed at the lower part. If the mountain hinders the flow from the lower part to the storage area, the sphere that has flowed into the detour is rolled to the next lower part, and then flows down from the lower part to the storage area. A mountain is formed. By repeating this, the positions of the mountains formed in the storage area can be sequentially shifted along the detour, and as a result, the spheres can be easily dispersed uniformly throughout the storage area.

  In any one of the gaming machines B1 to B8, a ball feeding path for sending a ball to be introduced from the inflow port to the storage region of the storage member to the inflow port, and a second inflow port that is located apart from the first inflow port The detour has a first end communicating with the pitching path and a second end communicating with the second inflow port.

  According to the gaming machine B9, in addition to the effects exerted by any of the gaming machines B1 to B8, the feeding path for feeding the ball that flows into the storage area from the inflow port to the inflow port and the first inflow port are spaced apart from each other. The detour has one end communicating with the pitching path and the other end communicating with the second inflow port, so that it is easy to disperse the sphere uniformly throughout the storage area. it can.

  In other words, when a ball sent from the pitching path flows into the storage area from the inflow port, a mountain is formed by the balls that flowed in from the inflow port. In this case, when the inflow of the sphere from the inlet to the storage area is hindered by the mountain, the ball sent from the pitching path is detoured to the second inlet through the communication path, and the storage area from the second inlet to the storage area. Can flow into. As a result, the sphere can be introduced from the second inlet to a region away from the mountain formed by the spheres introduced from the inlet, and as a result, the spheres can be easily dispersed uniformly throughout the storage region. Can do.

<Concept of Invention Taking Engagement Piece 552n as an Example>
A gaming machine comprising a front frame formed to be openable and closable, and a storage member that is disposed in front of the front frame and forms a storage region for storing a sphere, wherein the storage member is a bottom wall portion And a side wall portion erected from the bottom wall portion, wherein the side wall portion is formed by superimposing a plurality of divided bodies on top and bottom, and each of the plurality of divided bodies approaches or moves away from the front frame. By rotating, the size of the storage area is enlarged or reduced, and each of the divided bodies is provided with a defining means for defining an order in which relative movement between the divided bodies is allowed. Game machine C1.

  Here, a front frame that is formed to be openable and closable, an upper plate that is disposed on the front frame and stores a ball that is launched into the game area, and that is disposed below the upper plate and does not fit into the upper plate. A gaming machine having a lower plate for receiving a ball is known. Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication No. 2007-136095 discloses a structure in which the storage area of the lower plate is expanded or reduced by sliding the bottom wall and side walls of the lower plate back and forth by the player's operation. However, in the above-described gaming machine, the ball hole cannot be arranged in the overlapping portion of the bottom wall portion on the fixed side and the bottom wall portion on the slide side, and the degree of freedom of the arrangement is reduced.

  As a result of diligent study, the applicant of the present application formed a plurality of divided bodies in which the side wall portions are stacked one above the other and rotated the plurality of divided bodies in a direction approaching or separating from the front frame by the player's operation. The inventors have come up with a structure that enlarges or reduces the size of the storage area (unknown at the time of this application). According to this structure, an overlap margin between the bottom wall portion and a portion (divided body) that is displaced due to expansion or contraction of the storage area is not formed, so that a ball hole is arranged at an arbitrary position of the bottom wall portion. And the degree of freedom of the arrangement can be secured. However, the inventors of the present application have found a problem that the order of rotation of each of the plurality of divided bodies is not determined, and the expansion or contraction of the storage area is not unique.

  On the other hand, according to the gaming machine C1, since each divided body is provided with a defining means for defining the relative movement of the stacked divided bodies, the divided bodies are brought close to or separated from the front frame by the player's operation. When the rotation direction is rotated, the order in which the relative movement of the overlapped divided bodies is allowed is defined by the defining means, so that the rotation order of the divided bodies becomes constant. The enlargement or reduction can be unique.

  In the gaming machine C1, when the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in a direction away from the front frame, the defining means moves the relative movement between the vertically stacked divided bodies from the lower divided body. A gaming machine C2 characterized by allowing in order.

  According to the gaming machine C2, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine C1, the defining means is when the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in a direction away from the front frame (that is, when the size of the storage area is enlarged). In this case, the relative movement of the divided bodies stacked one above the other is allowed in order from the lower divided body, so that the size of the storage area can be rapidly increased. That is, in the form in which relative movement is allowed in order from the lower divided body, the divided body that is superimposed on the upper side of the divided body that is allowed to move relatively also moves together (rotates in a direction away from the front frame). Therefore, the entire side wall portion can be moved in a direction in which the size of the storage region is enlarged. Therefore, for example, the size of the storage region can be rapidly increased as compared with a mode in which relative movement is allowed in order from the upper divided body.

  In the gaming machine C1 or C2, when the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in a direction approaching the front frame, the defining means is configured to perform relative movement between the upper and lower divided bodies on the upper divided body. A gaming machine C3 characterized by allowing in order.

  According to the gaming machine C3, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine C1 or C2, the defining means is configured such that the size of the storage area is reduced when the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in the direction approaching the front frame. In the case), the relative movement between the upper and lower divided bodies is allowed in order from the upper divided body. Therefore, the rotation of the divided bodies (the size of the storage area is determined according to the state of the spheres stored in the storage member). (Reduction) can be performed smoothly.

  That is, for example, in a form in which relative movement is allowed in order from the lower divided body, even if the storage area has a relatively small number of spheres and the size of the storage area is reduced, If the sphere is stored to the extent that it interferes with the divided body, it is necessary to rotate the divided body while flowing the sphere, and the operation of the divided body is hindered.

  On the other hand, if the relative movement is allowed in order from the upper divided body, the divided body is smoothly rotated without being obstructed by the sphere until it interferes with the sphere stored in the storage member. (Reducing the size of the storage area). In addition, when the divided body is rotated to a position where it interferes with the sphere (the size of the storage region is reduced), the rotation is inhibited, so that the interference (that is, the storage region is reduced to the required size). The operation can be interrupted. As a result, rotation of the divided body (reduction of the size of the storage area) can be performed smoothly according to the state of the sphere stored in the storage member.

  In any one of the gaming machines C1 to C3, the defining means includes a first engagement claw formed on the divided body so as to be elastically deformable, and the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in a direction approaching the front frame. In the state where the first and second divided claws are vertically moved, the first engaging claws are engaged with the upper and lower divided bodies, and the lower and lower divided bodies are relatively moved. A space allowing elastic deformation of the first engagement claw is formed between the divided body superimposed on the lower side and the engagement between the divided body superimposed on the upper side and the first engagement claw. The game machine C4 is characterized in that the relative movement with respect to the divided body superimposed on the upper side is allowed by enabling the release.

  According to the gaming machine C4, in addition to the effect of any of the gaming machines C1 to C3, the defining means has the first engaging claw engaged with the divided body that is superimposed on the upper side, and is superimposed on the lower side. When the divided body is relatively moved, a space that allows elastic deformation of the first engagement claw is formed between the divided body and the divided body that is overlaid on the lower side. Since the engagement with the claws can be released, relative movement with respect to the upper part of the divided body is allowed, so that the rotation in the direction away from the front frame of the upper and lower part of the divided body is performed on the lower side. It is permissible in order from the divided body. That is, a player's operation of rotating a plurality of divided bodies in a direction away from the front frame allows a relative movement one step at a time from the lower divided body and forms a state in which the size of the storage area is enlarged. can do.

  In the gaming machine C4, the defining means includes a second engagement claw formed on the divided body so as to be elastically deformable, and in a state where the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in a direction away from the front frame, The divided bodies stacked one above the other are engaged with the second engaging claws on the divided bodies stacked on the lower side, and when the divided bodies stacked on the upper side are relatively moved, they are superimposed on the upper side. A space that allows elastic deformation of the second engagement claw is formed between the divided body and the second engagement claw, and the engagement between the divided body and the second engagement claw can be released. Accordingly, the gaming machine C5 is characterized in that relative movement with respect to the divided body superimposed on the lower side is allowed.

  According to the gaming machine C5, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine C4, the defining means is configured such that when the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in a direction away from the front frame, the divided bodies stacked one above the other are The second engaging claw is engaged with the divided body that is overlaid on the upper side, and when the divided body that is overlaid on the upper side is relatively moved, the second engaging claw is placed between the divided body that is overlaid on the upper side. A space allowing elastic deformation is formed, and it is possible to disengage the divided body superimposed on the lower side and the second engaging claw, thereby allowing relative movement with respect to the divided body superimposed on the lower side. Therefore, it is possible to allow rotation in the direction of approaching the front frame of the divided bodies stacked one above the other in order from the upper divided body. That is, a player's operation of rotating a plurality of divided bodies in the direction approaching the front frame allows relative movement one step at a time from the upper divided body to form a state in which the size of the storage area is reduced. be able to.

  In the gaming machine C5, the first engagement claw and the second engagement claw have a shape including a plate portion whose proximal end is fixed to the divided body and a protrusion projecting from the tip of the plate portion. The protrusion is engaged with one of the divided body that is formed and stacked on the upper side or the divided body that is stacked on the lower side, and the divided body that is stacked on the lower side or the divided body that is stacked on the lower side. The gaming machine C6 is characterized in that the plate portion is elastically deformed by the protrusion being brought into contact with the one divided body.

  According to the gaming machine C6, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine C5, the first engaging claw and the second engaging claw project from the plate portion whose base end side is fixed to the divided body and the tip of the plate portion. The protrusions are engaged with each other and the upper or lower divided body or lower side is formed on the upper or lower divided body. With respect to the other of the divided bodies superimposed on each other, the projection is brought into contact with the one divided body, so that the plate portion is elastically deformed. Therefore, the first engaging claw and the second engaging claw are It can be made common (it can also be used as an engagement piece composed of a plate portion and a protrusion). Therefore, by reducing the number of parts, the structure can be simplified and the product cost can be reduced accordingly.

  In any one of the gaming machines C1 to C6, the divided body has a first piece whose one end is pivotally supported on the rotation shaft, and extends from the other end of the first piece and is centered on the rotation shaft. A gaming machine C7, which is formed in a substantially L shape in top view from a second piece curved in an arc shape, and the defining means is formed in the second piece.

  According to the gaming machine c7, in addition to the effects produced by any of the gaming machines C1 to C6, the divided body is extended from the first piece whose one end is pivotally supported on the rotating shaft and the other end of the first piece. In addition, the second piece that is curved in an arc shape centered on the rotation axis is formed in a substantially L shape in top view, and the defining means is formed on the second piece, so that the defining means can be enlarged and its rigidity can be increased. Therefore, it is possible to ensure the regulation of relative displacement and improve the durability. That is, since the second piece is formed in a circular arc shape with the rotation axis as the center, and the second piece of each divided body can be formed to always overlap, a space for disposing the defining means is provided in the second piece. Can be ensured along the circumferential direction, and the size of the defining means can be increased accordingly.

<Concept of Invention with Lock Mechanism 77 as an Example>
A front frame formed to be openable and closable, and a storage member disposed on the front surface of the front frame and forming a storage area for storing a sphere, wherein the storage member is operated by a player, In a gaming machine formed to be displaceable in a direction in which the size of the storage area is enlarged or reduced, the gaming machine includes at least prohibiting means for prohibiting displacement of the storage member in a direction in which the size of the storage area is enlarged. A gaming machine D1 characterized by that.

  Here, a front frame that is formed to be openable and closable, an upper plate that is disposed on the front frame and stores a ball that is launched into the game area, and that is disposed below the upper plate and does not fit into the upper plate. A gaming machine having a lower plate for receiving a ball is known. Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication No. 2007-136095 discloses a structure in which the storage area of the lower plate is expanded or reduced by sliding the bottom wall and side walls of the lower plate back and forth by the player's operation. However, the above gaming machine has a problem in that the lower plate is inadvertently enlarged. That is, for example, if the lower pan is inadvertently enlarged during product transportation or during the opening operation of the front frame, damage is caused due to rattling during transportation or collision with surrounding members. On the other hand, according to the gaming machine D1, since the storage member is prohibited at least in the direction in which the size of the storage area is enlarged, the storage member is prevented from being inadvertently enlarged. can do. As a result, for example, it is possible to suppress damage during product transportation or during the opening operation of the front frame.

  In the gaming machine D1, the storage member includes a bottom wall portion and a side wall portion erected from the bottom wall portion, and the side wall portion is formed by overlapping a plurality of divided bodies vertically, When the size is reduced from the reduced state, the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in a predetermined order in a direction away from the front frame, and the prohibiting unit is rotated in the predetermined order. The gaming machine D2 is characterized by prohibiting the rotation of the divided body that is first rotated in the direction away from the front frame.

  According to the gaming machine D2, in addition to the effects achieved by the gaming machine D1, the side wall portion is formed by superimposing a plurality of divided bodies on top of each other, and is expanded from a state in which the size of the storage area is reduced by the player's operation. When the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in a direction away from the front frame in a predetermined order, the prohibiting means is the first of the plurality of divided bodies rotated in the predetermined order from the front frame. Since the rotation of the divided body rotated in the separating direction is prohibited, it is possible to reliably prevent the storage member from being inadvertently enlarged, while the division that is first rotated after releasing the prohibition means After the body is rotated, the remaining divided bodies can be arbitrarily rotated, so that the operability for adjusting the size of the storage area can be improved.

  In the gaming machine D2, the prohibition means includes an operation element that can be arranged at a prohibition position and a release position by a player's operation, and the operation element is arranged at the prohibition position, so that in the predetermined order The rotation of the divided body that is first rotated in the direction away from the front frame among the plurality of rotated divided bodies is prohibited, and the operation element is disposed at the release position, so that the predetermined order is achieved. The gaming machine D3 is characterized in that the prohibition of the rotation of the divided body that is rotated in the direction away from the front frame first among the plurality of divided bodies that are rotated in the above is released.

  According to the gaming machine D3, in addition to the effects played by the gaming machine D2, when the operating element is placed at the prohibited position by the player, the rotation of the divided body that is rotated first is prohibited, and the operating element becomes the player. Since the prohibition of the rotation of the divided body that is rotated first is released, the storage member can be prevented from being expanded regardless of the player's intention, and the storage member can be expanded. It can be arbitrarily prohibited.

  In the gaming machine D3, when the size of the storage area is reduced from the enlarged state, the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in a predetermined order toward the front frame, and in the predetermined order. The gaming machine D4 is characterized in that the operating member of the prohibiting means is configured to prohibit the rotation of the divided body that is first rotated in the direction approaching the front frame among the plurality of rotated divided bodies. .

  According to the gaming machine D4, in addition to the effect played by the gaming machine D3, when the size of the storage area is reduced, the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in a predetermined order toward the front frame, Of the plurality of divided bodies that are rotated in a predetermined order, the rotation of the divided body that is first rotated in the direction of approaching the front frame is formed so that the operator of the prohibiting means can be prohibited. It is possible to suppress a reduction in preparation. In addition, since the operation element of the prohibiting means serves as both a means for prohibiting the expansion of the storage member and a means for prohibiting the reduction of the storage member, the number of parts can be reduced and the product cost can be reduced accordingly. Can do.

  In the gaming machine D4, the prohibition by the operation means of the prohibiting means is that the divided body that is first rotated in the direction approaching the front frame is rotated in the direction approaching the front frame by the player's operation. A gaming machine D5, which can be released.

  According to the gaming machine D5, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine D4, the prohibition by the operating means of the prohibiting means is that the divided body that is first rotated in the direction approaching the front frame approaches the front frame by the player's operation. Since it can be released by being rotated in the direction to make it, if it is possible to suppress the storage member from being inadvertently reduced, while pushing the divided body in the direction close to the front frame (if rotated), Since the storage member can be reduced, the operability of the player can be improved. Further, even when the storage member comes into contact with an adjacent gaming machine as the front frame is opened, the storage member can be reduced, and the breakage thereof can be suppressed.

  A gaming machine K1, wherein in any one of the gaming machines A1 to A14, B1 to B9, C1 to C7, and D1 to D5, the gaming machine is a slot machine. Above all, the basic configuration of the slot machine is “equipped with variable display means for confirming and displaying the identification information after dynamically displaying an identification information string composed of a plurality of identification information, and for operating the starting operation means (for example, an operation lever). As a result, the dynamic display of the identification information is started, and the dynamic display of the identification information is stopped due to the operation of the stop operation means (stop button) or after a predetermined time has elapsed. The game machine is provided with special game state generating means for generating a special game state advantageous to the player on the condition that the confirmed identification information is specific identification information. In this case, examples of the game media include coins and medals.

  One of the gaming machines 1 to A14, B1 to B9, C1 to C7, and D1 to D5, wherein the gaming machine is a pachinko gaming machine. Above all, the basic configuration of a pachinko gaming machine is provided with an operation handle, and a ball is launched into a predetermined game area according to the operation of the operation handle, and the ball is placed in an operation port disposed at a predetermined position in the game area. As a necessary condition for winning (or passing through the operating port), the identification information dynamically displayed on the display means is determined and stopped after a predetermined time. In addition, when a special gaming state occurs, a variable winning device (specific winning opening) disposed at a predetermined position in the gaming area is opened in a predetermined manner so that a ball can be won, and a value corresponding to the number of winnings is obtained. Examples include those to which values (including data written on magnetic cards as well as premium balls) are given.

  One of the gaming machines 1 to A14, B1 to B9, C1 to C7, and D1 to D5, the gaming machine is a combination of a pachinko gaming machine and a slot machine. Among them, the basic configuration of the merged gaming machine includes “a variable display means for confirming and displaying the identification information after dynamically displaying an identification information string composed of a plurality of identification information, and a starting operation means (for example, an operation lever). Due to the operation of the identification information, the change of the identification information is started, and the dynamic display of the identification information is stopped due to the operation of the operation means for stop (for example, the stop button) or when a predetermined time elapses. Special game state generating means for generating a special game state advantageous to the player on the condition that the fixed identification information at the time of stoppage is specific identification information, and using a ball as a game medium, and the identification information The game machine is configured such that a predetermined number of balls are required at the start of the dynamic display, and a large number of balls are paid out when the special gaming state occurs.

10 Pachinko machines (game machines)
14 Front frame 23 Discharge outlet (inlet, first inlet)
50, 2050 Lower pan (storage member)
54, 2054 Bottom wall member (bottom wall)
55, 2055 Side wall member (side wall part)
551, 251 1st division body (division body)
552, 2552 Second division (division)
553, 2553 Third division (division)
554, 2554 Fourth division (division)
555 5th division (division)
556 Sixth division (division)
557 Seventh division (division)
551X to 557X 1st piece 2551X to 2554X 1st piece 551Y to 557Y 2nd piece 2551Y to 2554Y 2nd piece 552b to 557b Protruding part (convex part)
551c-556c Restriction groove (recess)
2552b to 2554b Projection (convex)
2551c to 2554c Restriction groove (recess)
552e-557e 1st horizontal part (horizontal part)
552f to 557f Standing portion 552g to 555g Second horizontal portion (extending portion)
552m to 556m opening (regulating means)
2551m to 2554m opening (regulating means)
552n to 556n engagement pieces (regulating means, first engagement claws, second engagement claws)
552n1 to 556n1 protrusions 2552n to 2554n engagement pieces (regulating means, first engagement claws, second engagement claws)
2552n1 to 2554n1 protrusions 556r, 557r restriction protrusions (regulating means)
551S2, 2551S2 Stopper part (engagement part)
554t, 555t engaging recess (regulating means)
56, 2056 Inner wall member 56a Restricting portion (contact member)
57, 2057 Shaft support pin (rotary shaft)
77 Locking mechanism (regulating means, prohibiting means)
3300 First detour (detour)
3400 Second detour (detour)
4500 Third detour (detour)
4600 4th detour (detour)
3310-4610 Rolling surfaces 3311, 3411 Standing wall 6700 Fifth detour (detour)
6710 Rolling surface 6711, 6712 Lower part 7025 6th detour (detour)
8400 7th detour (detour)
8400 Rolling surface 8800 Extended detour (detour)
8810 Rolling surface 7023 Second outlet (second inlet)
7024 Path

  The present invention relates to a gaming machine such as a pachinko machine.

  2. Description of the Related Art A gaming machine such as a pachinko machine is known that includes a front frame that can be opened and closed and a storage member that is disposed on the front frame and stores a ball. Patent Document 1 discloses a structure that can enlarge or reduce a storage region of a storage member (lower plate).

JP 2007-136095 A

Nevertheless, in the conventional gaming machines described above has a problem that uniformly it is difficult to disperse the balls throughout the reservoir region is.

The present invention has been made to solve the above-described problems, and an object of the present invention is to provide a gaming machine that can easily disperse balls uniformly over the entire storage area .

In order to achieve this object, the gaming machine according to claim 1 is a front frame formed to be openable and closable, and a storage member which is disposed on the front surface of the front frame and forms a storage area for storing a ball. And a game machine having an inflow port for allowing the sphere to flow into the storage area of the storage member, as a passage through which the sphere can be sent from one end on the inflow side to the other end and the sphere can flow into the storage area The storage region is formed on a side surface on the side where the inflow port is formed, the one end is provided with a communication path continuous to the side of the lower surface of the inflow port, and the bottom surface of the storage region is below the lower surface of the inflow port The front side of the lower surface of the inflow port is connected to the bottom surface of the storage region via the side surface of the storage region on the side where the inflow port is formed, and flows down from the front side of the lower surface of the inflow port. formed to a sphere is to flow down into the reservoir region .

According to the gaming machine of the first aspect, it is possible to easily distribute the spheres uniformly throughout the storage area.

It is a front view of the pachinko machine in a 1st embodiment. It is a front view of the game board of a pachinko machine. It is a rear view of a pachinko machine. It is a block diagram which shows the electric constitution of a pachinko machine. It is a front perspective view of an inner frame and a lower plate. It is a disassembled front perspective view of an inner frame and a lower plate. (A) And (b) is a front perspective view of the lower plate in a contracted state. (A) And (b) is a front perspective view of the lower plate in an enlarged state. It is a disassembled front perspective view of a lower plate. (A) is a top view of the side wall member in the contracted state, and (b) is a top view of the side wall member in the expanded state. It is a disassembled front perspective view of the side wall member in the arrow A direction view of Fig.10 (a). It is a disassembled front perspective view of the side wall member in the arrow A direction view of Fig.10 (a). It is a disassembled front perspective view of the side wall member in the arrow A direction view of Fig.10 (a). It is a disassembled front perspective view of the side wall member in the arrow B direction view of Fig.10 (a). It is a disassembled front perspective view of the side wall member in the arrow B direction view of Fig.10 (a). It is a disassembled front perspective view of the side wall member in the arrow B direction view of Fig.10 (a). It is a decomposition | disassembly bottom surface perspective view in the bottom view of a side wall member. It is a decomposition | disassembly bottom surface perspective view in the bottom view of a side wall member. It is a decomposition | disassembly bottom surface perspective view in the bottom view of a side wall member. (A) is sectional drawing of the side wall member in the XXa-XXa line | wire of Fig.10 (a), (b) is sectional drawing of the side wall member in the XXb-XXb line | wire of FIG.10 (b). It is sectional drawing of the side wall member in the XXI-XXI line | wire of Fig.10 (a). (A) is a top view of the side wall member in the contracted state, and (b) to (d) are top views of the side wall member in the first state to the third state. (A) And (b) is a top view of the side wall member in a 4th state and a 5th state, (c) is a top view of the side wall member in an expansion state. It is a sectional side view of the side wall member in a contracted state. It is a sectional side view of the side wall member in the 1st state. It is a sectional side view of the side wall member in the 2nd state. It is a sectional side view of the side wall member in the 3rd state. It is a sectional side view of the side wall member in the 4th state. It is a sectional side view of the side wall member in the 5th state. It is a sectional side view of the side wall member in an enlarged state. It is a disassembled front perspective view of a 1st division body. It is a top view of the side wall member in a contracted state. (A) And (b) is a side view of the side wall member in the arrow XXXIII direction view of FIG. (A) is a top view of the side wall member in an enlarged state, (b) is a side view of the side wall member in the arrow XXXIVb direction view of (a). It is a lower plate in 2nd Embodiment, Comprising: It is a front perspective view of the lower plate in a contracted state. It is a front perspective view of the lower plate in an enlarged state. It is a disassembled front perspective view of a lower plate. It is a back perspective view of an inner wall member. It is a disassembled front perspective view of a side wall member. It is a disassembled front perspective view of a side wall member. It is a decomposition | disassembly bottom surface perspective view of a side wall member. It is a decomposition | disassembly bottom surface perspective view of a side wall member. It is a back perspective view of the lower plate in an enlarged state. (A) is a top view of the lower plate in the reduced state, (b) to (d) are top views of the lower plate in the first state to the third state, and (e) is a lower view in the enlarged state. It is a top view of a plate. (A) is a sectional side view of the lower plate in the reduced state, and (b) and (c) are side sectional views of the lower plate in the first state and the second state. (A) is a sectional side view of the lower dish in the third state, and (b) is a sectional side view of the lower dish in the enlarged state. It is a front perspective view of the inner frame and lower plate in a 3rd embodiment. (A) is a top view of an inner frame and a lower plate, (b) is sectional drawing of the inner frame and the lower plate in the XLVIIIb-XLVIIIb line of (a). (A) is a top view of an inner frame and a lower plate, (b) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower plate. (A) is a top view of an inner frame and a lower plate, (b) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower plate. (A) is sectional drawing of the inner frame and lower plate in 4th Embodiment, (b) is sectional drawing of the inner frame and lower plate in the LIb-LIb line | wire of (a). (A) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower plate, (b) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower plate. (A) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower plate, (b) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower plate. (A) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower plate, (b) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower plate. (A) is sectional drawing of the inner frame and lower plate in 5th Embodiment, (b) is sectional drawing of the inner frame and lower plate in the LVb-LVb line of (a). (A) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower plate, (b) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower plate. (A) is sectional drawing of the inner frame and lower plate in 6th Embodiment, (b) is sectional drawing of the inner frame and lower plate in the LVIIb-LVIIb line | wire of Fig.57 (a). (A) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower plate, (b) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower plate. (A) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower plate, (b) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower plate. (A) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower plate, (b) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower plate, (c) is a cross section of the inner frame in the LXc-LXc line of (b). FIG. (A) is a top view of the inner frame and lower plate in 7th Embodiment, (b) is sectional drawing of the inner frame and lower plate in the LXIb-LXIb line of (a), (c) is It is sectional drawing of the inner frame in the LXIc-LXIc line | wire of (a). (A) is a top view of an inner frame and a lower plate, (b) is a sectional view of the inner frame and the lower plate, and (c) is a sectional view of the inner frame. (A) is a top view of an inner frame and a lower plate, (b) is a sectional view of the inner frame and the lower plate, and (c) is a sectional view of the inner frame. It is a front perspective view of an inner frame and a lower plate in an eighth embodiment.

  Embodiments of the present invention will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings. First, with reference to FIG. 1 to FIG. 34, an embodiment in which the present invention is applied to a pachinko gaming machine (hereinafter simply referred to as “pachinko machine”) 10 will be described as a first embodiment. 1 is a front view of a pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment, FIG. 2 is a front view of a game board 13 of the pachinko machine 10, and FIG. 3 is a rear view of the pachinko machine 10.

  As shown in FIG. 1, the pachinko machine 10 includes an outer frame 11 in which an outer shell is formed by a wooden frame combined in a substantially rectangular shape, and an outer shape that is substantially the same as the outer frame 11. And an inner frame 12 supported to be openable and closable. In order to support the inner frame 12, metal hinges 18 are attached to the outer frame 11 at two upper and lower portions on the left side when viewed from the front (see FIG. 1), and the side on which the hinge 18 is provided is used as an opening / closing axis. The frame 12 is supported so as to be openable and closable to the front front side.

  A game board 13 (see FIG. 2) having a large number of nails, winning holes 63, 64, and the like is detachably mounted on the inner frame 12 from the back side. A ball ball game is played when a ball (game ball) flows down the front of the game board 13. The inner frame 12 has a ball launch unit 112a (see FIG. 4) that launches a ball to the front area of the game board 13 and a launch that guides the ball launched from the ball launch unit 112a to the front area of the game board 13. A rail (not shown) or the like is attached.

  On the front side of the inner frame 12, a front frame 14 that covers the upper side of the front surface and a lower dish unit 15 that covers the lower side of the front frame 14 are provided. In order to support the front frame 14 and the lower dish unit 15, metal hinges 19 are attached to two upper and lower portions on the left side when viewed from the front (see FIG. 1), and the side on which the hinges 19 are provided is used as an opening / closing axis. 14 and the lower pan unit 15 are supported so as to be openable and closable toward the front front side. The locking of the inner frame 12 and the locking of the front frame 14 are respectively released by inserting a dedicated key into the key hole 21 of the cylinder lock 20 and performing a predetermined operation.

  The front frame 14 is assembled with decorative resin parts, electrical parts, and the like, and a window part 14c that is formed in an approximately elliptical shape is provided at a substantially central part thereof. A glass unit 16 having two plate glasses is disposed on the back side of the front frame 14, and the front surface of the game board 13 can be seen on the front side of the pachinko machine 10 through the glass unit 16.

  On the front frame 14, an upper plate 17 that stores balls is formed in a substantially box shape that protrudes forward and the upper surface is opened, and prize balls and rental balls are discharged to the upper plate 17. The bottom surface of the upper plate 17 is formed to be inclined downward to the right when viewed from the front (see FIG. 1), and the sphere thrown into the upper plate 17 is guided to the ball launch unit 112a (see FIG. 4). A frame button 22 is provided on the upper surface of the upper plate 17. The frame button 22 is operated by the player when, for example, changing the stage of the effect displayed on the third symbol display device 81 (see FIG. 2) or changing the contents of the effect of super reach. The

  The front frame 14 is provided with light emitting means such as various lamps around it (for example, a corner portion). These light emitting means play a role of enhancing the effect of the game during the game by changing or controlling the light emission mode by turning on or blinking according to the change of the gaming state at the time of big hit or predetermined reach. On the peripheral edge of the window portion 14c, there are provided electric decoration portions 29 to 33 incorporating light emitting means such as LEDs. In the pachinko machine 10, these lighting parts 29 to 33 function as effect lamps such as jackpot lamps, and the lighting parts 29 to 33 are turned on by lighting or blinking of the built-in LEDs at the time of jackpot or reach effects. Alternatively, it blinks to notify that the jackpot is being hit or that the reach is one step before the jackpot. Further, in the upper left part of the front frame 14 as viewed from the front (see FIG. 1), there is provided a display lamp 34 which has built-in light emitting means such as LEDs and can display the payout of a prize ball and when an error occurs.

  In addition, a small window 35 is formed by attaching a transparent resin from the back side so that the back side of the front frame 14 can be visually recognized, on the lower side of the right illumination part 32, and a sticking space K1 on the front side of the game board 13 (FIG. 2) can be visually recognized from the front surface of the pachinko machine 10. In addition, in the pachinko machine 10, a plated member 36 made of ABS resin that is chrome-plated is attached to an area around the electric decoration parts 29 to 33 in order to bring out more gorgeousness.

  A ball rental operation unit 40 is disposed below the window 14c. The ball lending operation unit 40 is provided with a frequency display unit 41, a ball lending button 42, and a return button 43. When the ball lending operation unit 40 is operated in a state where a bill or a card is inserted into a card unit (ball lending unit) (not shown) arranged on the side of the pachinko machine 10, Loans are made. Specifically, the frequency display unit 41 is an area in which the remaining amount information such as a card is displayed, and the built-in LED is lit to display the remaining amount as the remaining amount information. The ball lending button 42 is operated to obtain a lending ball based on information recorded on a card or the like (recording medium), and the lending ball is supplied to the upper plate 17 as long as there is a remaining amount on the card or the like. Is done. The return button 43 is operated when requesting the return of a card or the like inserted into the card unit. In addition, in a pachinko machine in which a ball is lent directly to the upper plate 17 from a ball lending device or the like without using a card unit, a so-called cash machine does not require the ball lending operation unit 40. In this case, the ball lending operation unit 40 It is also possible to add a decorative seal or the like to the installation portion of the parts so that the component configuration is common. A pachinko machine using a card unit and a cash machine can be shared.

  In the lower plate unit 15 located on the lower side of the upper plate 17, a lower plate 50 for storing balls that could not be stored in the upper plate 17 is formed on the left side of the lower plate unit 15 in a substantially box shape with the upper surface opened. . On the right side of the lower plate 50, an operation handle 51 that is operated by a player to drive a ball into the front surface of the game board 13 is disposed.

  Inside the operation handle 51, a touch sensor 51a for permitting driving of the ball launch unit 112a, a launch stop switch 51b for stopping the launch of the ball during the pressing operation, and a rotation of the operation handle 51. A variable resistor (not shown) that detects the amount of movement (rotation position) based on a change in electrical resistance is incorporated. When the operation handle 51 is rotated clockwise by the player, the touch sensor 51a is turned on and the resistance value of the variable resistor changes in accordance with the amount of rotation operation. The resistance value of the variable resistor A ball is fired with a strength corresponding to (shooting strength), and the ball is driven into the front surface of the game board 13 with a jump amount corresponding to the player's operation. Further, when the operation handle 51 is not operated by the player, the touch sensor 51a and the firing stop switch 51b are turned off.

  In the lower part of the front of the lower plate 50, a ball removal lever 52 is provided for operating when the balls stored in the lower plate 50 are discharged downward. The ball removal lever 52 is always urged in the front direction, and by sliding it in the back direction against the urging, the bottom opening formed in the bottom surface of the lower plate 50 is opened, A ball naturally falls from the bottom opening and is discharged. The operation of the ball pulling lever 54b is normally performed in a state where a box (generally referred to as “a thousand box”) for receiving the balls discharged from the lower plate 50 is placed below the lower plate 50.

  As shown in FIG. 2, the game board 13 has a base plate 60 cut into a substantially square shape when viewed from the front, a large number of nails (not shown) for ball guidance, windmills, rails 61 and 62, and general prizes. The opening 63, the first winning opening 64, the second winning opening 640, the variable winning device 65, the through gate 67, the variable display device unit 80 and the like are assembled, and the peripheral portion thereof is the back surface of the inner frame 12 (see FIG. 1). Attached to the side. The base plate 60 is made of a light-transmitting resin material and is formed so that the player can visually recognize various structures disposed on the back side of the base plate 60 from the front side. The general winning port 63, the first winning port 64, the second winning port 640, the variable winning device 65, and the variable display device unit 80 are disposed in a through hole formed in the base plate 60 by router processing. It is fixed from the front side with a tapping screw or the like.

  The front center portion of the game board 13 can be viewed from the front side of the inner frame 12 through the window portion 14c (see FIG. 1) of the front frame 14. The configuration of the game board 13 will be described below mainly with reference to FIG.

  An outer rail 62 formed by bending a strip-shaped metal plate into a substantially arc shape is planted on the front surface of the game board 13, and the strip-shaped metal plate is located on the inner side of the outer rail 62 in the same manner as the outer rail 62. The arc-shaped inner rail 61 formed by the above is planted. The inner rail 61 and the outer rail 62 surround the outer periphery of the front surface of the game board 13, and the game board 13 and the glass unit 16 (see FIG. 1) surround the front and rear. A game area in which a game is played is formed by the behavior of. The game area is an area formed on the front surface of the game board 13 and defined by two rails 61 and 62 and a resin outer edge member 73 that connects the rails (a winning opening is provided and fired). Area where the falling sphere flows).

  The two rails 61 and 62 are provided to guide the ball fired from the ball launch unit 112a (see FIG. 4) to the upper part of the game board 13. A return ball preventing member 68 is attached to the front end portion of the inner rail 61 (upper left portion in FIG. 2) to prevent the ball once guided to the upper portion of the game board 13 from returning to the ball guide path again. Is done. A return rubber 69 is attached to the tip of the outer rail 62 (upper right part in FIG. 2) at a position corresponding to the maximum flying portion of the sphere, and the ball launched at a predetermined momentum or more hits the return rubber 69 and gains momentum. Is bounced back to the center while being attenuated.

  First symbol display devices 37A and 37B each having a plurality of LEDs and a 7-segment display as light emitting means are disposed in the lower left portion of the game area when viewed from the front (lower left portion in FIG. 2). The first symbol display devices 37A and 37B display according to each control performed by the main control device 110 (see FIG. 4), and mainly display the gaming state of the pachinko machine 10. In the present embodiment, the first symbol display devices 37 </ b> A and 37 </ b> B are configured to be selectively used depending on whether the ball has won the first prize opening 64 or the second prize opening 640. Specifically, when the ball wins the first winning opening 64, the first symbol display device 37A operates, while when the ball wins the second winning opening 640, the first symbol display device 37A operates. The symbol display device 37B is configured to operate.

  In addition, the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B indicate, by means of LEDs, whether the pachinko machine 10 is in the process of changing the probability, in the short time, or in the normal state by a lighting state, or whether the pachinko machine 10 is changing or not by a lighting state. , Indicating whether the stop symbol is a symbol corresponding to a probable jackpot, a symbol corresponding to a normal jackpot, or a symbol that is out of place by a lighting state, indicating the number of held balls by a lighting state, and a 7-segment display device, Displays numbers and errors. The plurality of LEDs are configured to have different emission colors (for example, red, green, and blue) of each LED, and the combination of the emission colors may suggest various gaming states of the pachinko machine 10 with a small number of LEDs. it can.

  In the present pachinko machine 10, a lottery is performed in response to winning of the first winning port 64 and the second winning port 640. In the lottery, the pachinko machine 10 determines whether or not it is a big hit (big hit lottery), and also determines the type of the big hit if it is determined to be a big hit. As the jackpot type determined here, 15R probability variation jackpot, 4R probability variation jackpot, and 15R normal jackpot are prepared. The first symbol display devices 37A and 37B not only indicate whether or not the lottery result is a jackpot as a stop symbol after the end of the variation, but if it is a jackpot, a symbol corresponding to the jackpot type is displayed. .

  Here, “15R probability variation jackpot” is a probability variation jackpot in which the maximum number of rounds shifts to a high probability state after a jackpot of 15 rounds. “4R probability variation jackpot” is a jackpot with a maximum number of rounds of four. It is a probabilistic jackpot that shifts to a high probability state after. In addition, “15R normal jackpot” is a jackpot that shifts to a low probability state after the maximum number of rounds of 15 rounds and hits a short time during a predetermined number of fluctuations (for example, 100 fluctuations). is there.

  In addition, the “high probability state” means a state in which the jackpot probability thereafter increases as an added value after the jackpot ends, that is, when the probability change is in progress (probability change), in other words, a game that easily shifts to the special game state. It is a state of. The high probability state (during probability change) in the present embodiment includes a game state in which the hit probability of the second symbol, which will be described later, is increased and the ball is likely to win the second winning opening 640. The “low probability state” refers to a time when the probability of jackpot change is not occurring, and a state where the jackpot probability is normal, that is, a state where the jackpot probability is lower than that at the time of probability change. The short time state (short time medium) of the “low probability state” means that the jackpot probability is a normal state, and the jackpot probability remains as it is, and only the hit probability of the second symbol is increased, and the second prize opening 640 is obtained. It means the state of the game where the ball is easy to win. On the other hand, when the pachinko machine 10 is in a normal state is a game state (a state where neither the big hit probability nor the second symbol hit probability is increased) which is neither probabilistic nor short in time.

  During probability change and time reduction, not only does the probability of winning the second symbol increase, but also the time for opening the electric accessory 640a associated with the second prize opening 640 is changed, and the time is longer than normal. Is set. When the electric accessory 640a is in the opened state (open state), the ball wins the second winning opening 640 as compared to the case where the electric accessory 640a is in the closed state (closed state). Easy state. Therefore, during the probability change or the short time, it becomes easy for the ball to win the second winning opening 640, and the number of jackpot lotteries can be increased.

  In addition, during the probability change or during the short time, it is not necessary to change the opening time of the electric accessory 640a associated with the second prize opening 640, or in addition to changing the opening time, It is good also as what changes the frequency | count that the accessory 640a opens more than usual. In addition, the probability of winning the second symbol is not changed during the probability change or in the short time, and the electric accessory 640a is released at the time when the electric accessory 640a associated with the second winning opening 640 is opened and once. It is good also as what changes at least one of the frequency | counts. In addition, during the probability change or in the short time, the time of opening the electric accessory 640a associated with the second winning opening 640 or the number of times of opening the electric accessory 640a per time is not counted, and the second symbol hit Only the probability may be changed so as to increase compared to the normal rate.

  The game area is provided with a plurality of general winning ports 63 through which 5 to 15 balls are paid out as winning balls when the balls win. In addition, a variable display device unit 80 is disposed in the central portion of the game area. The variable display device unit 80 is synchronized with the variable display on the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B by using a winning (start winning) at the first winning port 64 and the second winning port 640 as a trigger. It is composed of a third symbol display device 81 composed of a liquid crystal display (hereinafter simply referred to as “display device”) that performs variable display, and an LED that displays the second symbol in a variable manner with the passage of a sphere of the through gate 67 as a trigger. A second symbol display device (not shown) is provided.

  The variable display device unit 80 is provided with a center frame 86 so as to surround the outer periphery of the third symbol display device 81. The third symbol display device 81 is visible through an opening opened in the center of the center frame 86.

  The third symbol display device 81 is constituted by a large 9-inch liquid crystal display, and the display content is controlled by the display control device 114 (see FIG. 4). One symbol row is displayed. Each symbol row is composed of a plurality of symbols (third symbol). These third symbols are horizontally scrolled for each symbol column, and the third symbol is variably displayed on the display screen of the third symbol display device 81. It is like that. In the third symbol display device 81 of the present embodiment, the game state is displayed on the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B in accordance with the control of the main control device 110 (see FIG. 4). The decorative display according to the display of the symbol display devices 37A and 37B is performed. Instead of the display device, the third symbol display device 81 may be configured using, for example, a reel.

  Each time the ball passes through the through gate 67, the second symbol display device alternately turns on the symbol “◯” and the symbol “X” as a display symbol (second symbol (not shown)) for a predetermined time. A variable display is performed. In the pachinko machine 10, when it is detected that the ball has passed through the through gate 67, a winning lottery is performed. As a result of the winning lottery, if the winning symbol is a winning symbol, the symbol “◯” is stopped and displayed on the second symbol display device after the variation of the second symbol is displayed. Further, if the winning lottery results, the symbol of “x” is stopped and displayed on the second symbol display device after the variation of the third symbol is displayed.

  In the pachinko machine 10, when the variable display on the second symbol display device stops at a predetermined symbol (in this embodiment, a symbol “◯”), the electric accessory 640a attached to the second winning opening 640 is displayed for a predetermined time. It is configured to be in an activated state (opened) only.

  The time required for the variable display of the second symbol is set to be shorter during the probability change or during the shorter time than when the game state is normal. As a result, during the probability change and during the time reduction, since the variation display of the second symbol is performed in a short time, the winning lottery can be performed more than during normal. Therefore, since the chance of winning in the winning lottery increases, it is possible to give the player a lot of opportunities for the electric winning component 640a of the second winning opening 640 to be in an open state. Therefore, it is possible to make it easier for the ball to win the second winning opening 640 during the probability change and during the short time.

  It is to be noted that the probability of winning is increased during probability change or time reduction, and other methods such as increasing the opening time and the number of times of opening of the electric accessory 640a per hit are also used to reach the second prize opening 640 during probability change or time reduction. When the ball is in a state where it is easy to win, the time required for the variable display of the second symbol may be constant regardless of the gaming state. On the other hand, when the time required for displaying the variation of the second symbol is set shorter than normal during probability change or short time, the winning probability may be constant regardless of the gaming state, The opening time and the number of opening times of the electric accessory 640a may be constant regardless of the gaming state.

  The through gate 67 is assembled to the game board on the right side in the lower area of the variable display device unit 80, and a part of the ball flowing down to the right side of the game board can pass through the balls launched to the game board. It is configured. When the ball passes through the through gate 67, a winning lottery of the second symbol is performed. After winning the lottery, the 2nd symbol display device displays a variation, and if the winning lottery results, the symbol “○” is displayed as the variable display stop symbol, and the winning lottery result may be off For example, the symbol “x” is displayed as the stop symbol of the variable display.

  The total number of passes through the through-gate 67 of the sphere is held up to a maximum of 4 times, and the number of held balls is displayed by the above-described first symbol display devices 37A and 37B and at the second symbol hold lamp (not shown). Is also displayed. Four second symbol holding lamps are provided for the maximum number of holdings, and are arranged symmetrically below the third symbol display device 81.

  Note that the variable display of the second symbol is performed by switching between lighting and non-lighting of a plurality of lamps in the second symbol display device as in the present embodiment, as well as the first symbol display devices 37A, 37B and the third symbol. A part of the symbol display device 81 may be used. Similarly, the second symbol holding lamp may be turned on by a part of the third symbol display device 81. Further, the maximum number of balls held for passing through the ball of the through gate 67 is not limited to four times, and may be set to three times or less, or five times or more (for example, eight times). Further, the number of through gates 67 to be assembled is not limited to one, and may be plural (for example, two). Further, the assembly position of the through gate 67 is not limited to the right side of the variable display device unit 80, and may be the left side of the variable display device unit 80, for example. In addition, since the number of reserved balls is indicated by the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B, the second symbol hold lamp may not perform lighting display.

  Below the variable display unit 80, a first winning port 64 through which a ball can win is disposed. When a ball wins the first winning port 64, a first winning port switch (not shown) provided on the back side of the game board 13 is turned on, and the main controller 110 is caused by the first winning port switch being turned on. A jackpot lottery is made (see FIG. 4), and a display corresponding to the lottery result is shown on the first symbol display device 37A.

  On the other hand, a second winning port 640 through which a ball can win is disposed on the right side of the first winning port 64 in front view. When a ball wins the second prize opening 640, a second prize opening switch (not shown) provided on the back side of the game board 13 is turned on, and the main controller 110 is caused by the second prize opening switch being turned on. A jackpot lottery is performed (see FIG. 4), and a display corresponding to the lottery result is shown on the first symbol display device 37B.

  Each of the first winning port 64 and the second winning port 640 is also one of winning ports from which five balls are paid out as winning balls when a ball is won. In the present embodiment, the number of prize balls to be paid out when a ball wins the first prize opening 64 and the number of prize balls to be paid out when a ball wins the second prize slot 640 are configured to be the same. The number of prize balls to be paid out when a ball wins the first prize opening 64 is different from the number of prize balls to be paid out when a ball wins to the second prize opening 640, for example, the ball to the first prize opening 64 The number of prize balls to be paid out when a prize is won may be three, and the number of prize balls to be paid out when a ball wins the second prize opening 640 may be five.

  The second winning opening 640 is accompanied by an electric accessory 640a. The electric accessory 640a is configured to be openable and closable. Normally, the electric accessory 640a is in a closed state (reduced state), and it is difficult for the ball to win the second winning opening 640. On the other hand, when the symbol “◯” is displayed on the second symbol display device as a result of the variation display of the second symbol that is triggered by the passage of the ball to the through gate 67, the electric accessory 640a is in an open state (enlarged) State), and the ball is likely to win the second winning opening 640.

  As described above, the probability of hitting the second symbol is higher than that during normal change during the probability change and the short time, and the time required for the variation display of the second symbol is short. "Is easily displayed, and the number of times that the electric accessory 640a is opened (enlarged) is increased. Further, during the probability change and the time reduction, the time for opening the electric accessory 640a also becomes longer than during the normal time. Therefore, it is possible to create a state where the ball is likely to win the second winning opening 640 during the probability change and during the short time compared to the normal time.

  Here, the probability of winning a big hit is the same in both the low probability state and the high probability state when the ball wins the first winning port 64 and when the ball wins the second winning port 640. However, the probability that a 15R probability variation jackpot is selected as the jackpot type selected when the jackpot is won is higher when the ball wins the second winning slot 640 than when the ball wins the first winning slot 64. Is set. On the other hand, the first winning port 64 does not have an electric accessory as in the second winning port 640, and is in a state where the ball can always win.

  Therefore, during normal times, the electric winnings associated with the second winning opening 640 are often in a closed state, and it is difficult to win the second winning opening 640. Then, the ball is fired so that the ball passes to the left of the variable display device unit 80 (so-called “left-handed”), and a lot of opportunities for lottery wins are obtained by winning at the first winning opening 64, resulting in a big hit It is advantageous for the player to aim for this.

  On the other hand, during the probability change or during the short time, passing the ball through the through gate 67 makes it easy for the electric accessory 640a attached to the second winning opening 640 to be in an open state and to easily win the second winning opening 640. Therefore, the ball is fired toward the second prize opening 640 so that the ball passes the right side of the variable display device 80 (so-called “right-handed”), and is passed through the through gate 67 to open the electric accessory. In addition, it is more advantageous for the player to aim for a 15R probability variation jackpot by winning the second winning opening 640.

  As described above, the pachinko machine 10 according to the present embodiment launches a ball to the player in accordance with the gaming state of the pachinko machine 10 (whether it is probable, short, or normal). Can be changed between “left-handed” and “right-handed”. Thus, the player can be changed in the way the ball is hit, so that the game can be enjoyed.

  A variable winning device 65 is disposed on the upper right side of the first winning port 64, and a horizontally-long rectangular specific winning port (large opening) 65a is provided at a substantially central portion thereof. In the pachinko machine 10, when the jackpot lottery performed due to the winning at the first winning port 64 or the second winning port 640 becomes a jackpot, after a predetermined time (variable time) has passed, The first symbol display device 37A or the first symbol display device 37B is turned on, and a stop symbol corresponding to the jackpot is displayed on the third symbol display device 81 to indicate the occurrence of the jackpot. Thereafter, the gaming state transitions to a special gaming state (big hit) where the ball is easy to win. In this special gaming state, the special winning opening 65a that is normally closed is opened for a predetermined time (for example, until 30 seconds have elapsed or ten balls have been won).

  The specific winning opening 65a is closed when a predetermined time elapses, and after the closing, the specific winning opening 65a is opened again for a predetermined time. The opening / closing operation of the specific winning opening 65a can be repeated up to 15 times (15 rounds), for example. The state in which the opening / closing operation is performed is a form of a special gaming state advantageous to the player, and the player is given out a larger amount of prize balls than usual in order to give a gaming value (game value). Is done.

  Specifically, the variable winning device 65 is a horizontally long rectangular opening / closing plate covering the specific winning opening 65a, and a large opening opening solenoid (not shown) for driving to open / close forward with the lower side of the opening / closing plate as an axis. And. The special winning opening 65a is normally closed so that the ball cannot win or is difficult to win. In the case of a big hit, the large opening opening solenoid is driven to tilt the opening / closing plate to the lower front side to temporarily form an open state in which the ball is likely to win the specific winning opening 65a. It operates to repeat the state and the state alternately.

  Note that the special gaming state is not limited to the above-described form. When the game area is provided with a large opening that is opened and closed separately from the specific winning opening 65a, and the LED corresponding to the jackpot is turned on in the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B, the specific winning opening 65a is opened for a predetermined time, A special game in which a large opening provided separately from the specific winning port 65a is opened for a predetermined time and a predetermined number of times when the ball wins into the specific winning port 65a while the specific winning port 65a is opened. You may make it form as a state. Further, the number of the specific winning opening 65a is not limited to one, and one or a plurality of (for example, three) may be arranged, and the arrangement position is not limited to the upper right side of the first winning opening 64. The variable display device unit 80 may be on the left side.

  A sticking space K1 for sticking a certificate paper, an identification label or the like is provided at the lower right corner of the game board 13, and the certificate paper or the like attached to the sticking space K1 is a small window of the front frame 14. 35 (see FIG. 1).

  The game board 13 is provided with a first out port 71. Balls that flow down the game area and have not won any of the winning openings 63, 64, 65a, 640 are guided to a ball discharge path (not shown) through the first out opening 71. The first out port 71 is disposed below the first winning port 64.

  A number of nails are planted on the game board 13 in order to appropriately disperse and adjust the falling direction of the ball, and various members (acts) such as a windmill are arranged.

  As shown in FIG. 3, control board units 90 and 91 and a back pack unit 94 are mainly provided on the back side of the pachinko machine 10. The control board unit 90 is unitized by mounting a main board (main control apparatus 110), an audio lamp control board (audio lamp control apparatus 113), and a display control board (display control apparatus 114). The control board unit 91 is unitized by mounting a payout control board (payout control apparatus 111), a firing control board (launching control apparatus 112), a power supply board (power supply apparatus 115), and a card unit connection board 116.

  The back pack unit 94 includes a back pack 92 and a dispensing unit 93 that form a protective cover. In addition, each control board is used for MPU as a one-chip microcomputer that controls each control, a port for communicating with various devices, a random number generator used for various lotteries, time counting and synchronization. A clock pulse generation circuit or the like is mounted as necessary.

  The main control device 110, the sound lamp control device 113 and the display control device 114, the payout control device 111 and the firing control device 112, the power supply device 115, and the card unit connection board 116 are housed in the board boxes 100 to 104, respectively. . The board boxes 100 to 104 include a box base and a box cover that covers the opening of the box base. The box base and the box cover are connected to each other, and each control device and each board are accommodated.

  Further, the substrate box 100 (main control device 110) and the substrate box 102 (dispensing control device 111 and launch control device 112) connect the box base and the box cover so that they cannot be opened by a sealing unit (not shown) (caulking structure). Consolidated). In addition, a seal (not shown) is attached to the connecting portion between the box base and the box cover so as to cover the box base and the box cover. This seal seal is made of a brittle material. If the seal is to be peeled off in order to open the substrate boxes 100, 102, or if the substrate boxes 100, 102 are forcibly opened, the box base side and the box cover are removed. Cut to the side. Therefore, it is possible to know whether or not the substrate boxes 100 and 102 have been opened by checking the sealing unit or the sealing seal.

  The payout unit 93 includes a tank 130 that is located at the top of the back pack unit 94 and opens upward, a tank rail 131 that is connected to the lower side of the tank 130 and is gently inclined toward the downstream side, and downstream of the tank rail 131. A case rail 132 that is vertically connected to the side, and a payout device 133 that is provided at the most downstream portion of the case rail 132 and that pays out a ball by a predetermined electrical configuration of the payout motor 216 (see FIG. 4). ing. The tank 130 is successively replenished with balls supplied from the island equipment of the game hall, and a required number of balls are paid out by the payout device 133 as appropriate. A vibrator 134 for applying vibration to the tank rail 131 is attached to the tank rail 131.

  The payout control device 111 is provided with a state return switch 120, the firing control device 112 is provided with a variable resistor operation knob 121, and the power supply device 115 is provided with a RAM erase switch 122. The state return switch 120 is operated, for example, to eliminate ball clogging (return to a normal state) when a payout error occurs, such as ball clogging in the payout motor 216 (see FIG. 4). The operation knob 121 is operated to adjust the firing force of the firing solenoid. The RAM erase switch 122 is operated when the power is turned on to return the pachinko machine 10 to the initial state.

  Next, the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 4 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10.

  The main controller 110 is equipped with an MPU 201 as a one-chip microcomputer that is an arithmetic unit. The MPU 201 includes a ROM 202 that stores various control programs executed by the MPU 201 and fixed value data, and a memory that temporarily stores various data when the control program stored in the ROM 202 is executed. A certain RAM 203 and various other circuits such as an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, and a data transmission / reception circuit are incorporated. In the main control device 110, the main processing of the pachinko machine 10 such as jackpot lottery, display setting in the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B and the third symbol display device 81, and lottery of display results in the second symbol display device are performed by the MPU 201. Execute.

  Various commands are transmitted from the main control device 110 to the sub control device by the data transmission / reception circuit in order to instruct the sub control device such as the payout control device 111 and the sound lamp control device 113 to operate. Such a command is transmitted from the main controller 110 to the sub controller only in one direction.

  The RAM 203 stores various areas, counters, flags, a stack area for storing the contents of the internal registers of the MPU 201 and a return address of a control program executed by the MPU 201, various flags, counters, I / O, and the like. And a work area (work area) in which values are stored. Note that the RAM 203 is configured so that the backup voltage is supplied from the power supply device 115 and the data can be retained (backed up) even after the power of the pachinko machine 10 is shut off, and all data stored in the RAM 203 is backed up. .

  When the power is shut down due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like, the stack pointer and the value of each register when the power is shut off (including when the power failure occurs, the same applies hereinafter) are stored in RAM 203. On the other hand, at the time of power-on (including power-on due to power failure cancellation, the same applies hereinafter), the state of the pachinko machine 10 is restored to the state before power-off based on information stored in the RAM 203. Writing to the RAM 203 is executed when the power is shut off by a main process (not shown), and restoration of each value written to the RAM 203 is executed in a start-up process (not shown) when the power is turned on. Note that the power failure signal SG1 from the power failure monitoring circuit 252 is input to the NMI terminal (non-maskable interrupt terminal) of the MPU 201 when the power is interrupted due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like. Is input immediately, an NMI interrupt process (not shown) as a power failure process is immediately executed.

  An input / output port 205 is connected to the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 via a bus line 204 composed of an address bus and a data bus. The input / output port 205 has a payout control device 111, an audio lamp control device 113, first symbol display devices 37A and 37B, a second symbol display device, a second symbol holding lamp, and a lower side of the opening / closing plate of the specific winning opening 65a. A solenoid 209 made up of a large opening solenoid for opening and closing the front side and a solenoid for driving an electric accessory is connected to the MPU 201 via the input / output port 205. Send.

  The input / output port 205 includes a switch group (not shown), various switches 208 including a sensor group including a slide position detection sensor S and a rotation position detection sensor R, and a RAM erase switch circuit 253 described later provided in the power supply device 115. Are connected, and the MPU 201 executes various processes based on signals output from the various switches 208 and the RAM erase signal SG2 output from the RAM erase switch circuit 253.

  The payout control device 111 drives the payout motor 216 to perform payout control of prize balls and rental balls. The MPU 211, which is an arithmetic unit, includes a ROM 212 that stores a control program executed by the MPU 211, fixed value data, and the like, and a RAM 213 that is used as a work memory or the like.

  The RAM 213 of the payout control device 111, like the RAM 203 of the main control device 110, has a stack area for storing the contents of the internal registers of the MPU 211, the return address of the control program executed by the MPU 211, and various flags and counters. And a work area (work area) in which values such as I / O are stored. The RAM 213 is configured to be able to retain (backup) data by being supplied with a backup voltage from the power supply device 115 even after the power of the pachinko machine 10 is cut off, and all data stored in the RAM 213 is backed up. As with the MPU 201 of the main controller 110, the power failure signal SG1 is also input to the NMI terminal of the MPU 211 from the power failure monitoring circuit 252 when the power is interrupted due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like. When input to the MPU 211, an NMI interrupt process (not shown) as a power failure process is immediately executed.

  An input / output port 215 is connected to the MPU 211 of the payout control device 111 via a bus line 214 composed of an address bus and a data bus. The main control device 110, the payout motor 216, the firing control device 112, and the like are connected to the input / output port 215, respectively. Although not shown, the payout control device 111 is connected to a prize ball detection switch for detecting a prize ball that has been paid out. The prize ball detection switch is connected to the payout control device 111 but is not connected to the main control device 110.

  The launch control device 112 controls the ball launch unit 112a so that the launch strength of the ball according to the rotation operation amount of the operation handle 51 is obtained when the main control device 110 gives an instruction to launch a ball. . The ball launching unit 112a includes a launching solenoid and an electromagnet (not shown), and the firing solenoid and the electromagnet are permitted to be driven when predetermined conditions are met. Specifically, the touch sensor 51a detects that the player is touching the operation handle 51, and the operation is performed on the condition that the launch stop switch 51b for stopping the launch of the ball is off (not operated). The firing solenoid is excited corresponding to the amount of rotation (rotation position) of the handle 51, and a ball is launched with a strength corresponding to the amount of operation of the operation handle 51.

  The sound lamp control device 113 outputs sound in a sound output device (such as a speaker (not shown)) 226, outputs lighting and extinguishing in a lamp display device (lighting units 29 to 33, display lamp 34, etc.) 227, and fluctuating effects (fluctuation). Display) and setting of the display mode of the third symbol display device 81 performed by the display control device 114 such as a notice effect. The MPU 221 that is an arithmetic unit includes a ROM 222 that stores a control program executed by the MPU 221, fixed value data, and the like, and a RAM 223 that is used as a work memory or the like.

  An input / output port 225 is connected to the MPU 221 of the sound lamp control device 113 via a bus line 224 including an address bus and a data bus. Main controller 110, display controller 114, audio output device 226, lamp display device 227, other device 228, frame button 22 and the like are connected to input / output port 225, respectively.

  The sound lamp control device 113 determines the display mode of the third symbol display device 81 based on various commands (variation pattern command, stop type command, etc.) received from the main control device 110, and uses the determined display mode as a command. The display control device 114 is notified by (display variation pattern command, display stop type command, etc.). The sound lamp control device 113 monitors the input from the frame button 22, and when the player operates the frame button 22, the stage displayed on the third symbol display device 81 is changed, or the super reach is performed. The display control device 114 is instructed to change the production contents at the time. When the stage is changed, a rear image change command including information on the changed stage is transmitted to the display control device 114 so that the rear image corresponding to the changed stage is displayed on the third symbol display device 81. . Here, the back image is an image displayed on the back side of the third symbol, which is a main image displayed on the third symbol display device 81. The display control device 114 displays various images on the third symbol display device 81 according to the command transmitted from the sound lamp control device 113.

  Further, the sound lamp control device 113 receives a command (display command) representing the display content of the third symbol display device 81 from the display control device 114. The voice lamp control device 113 outputs the voice corresponding to the display content from the voice output device 226 in accordance with the display content of the third symbol display device 81 based on the display command received from the display control device 114, The lighting and extinguishing of the lamp display device 227 are controlled in accordance with the display contents.

  The display control device 114 is connected to the sound lamp control device 113 and the third symbol display device 81, and based on a command received from the sound lamp control device 113, the third symbol display device 81 can produce a variation effect of the third symbol. The display is controlled. Further, the display control device 114 appropriately transmits a display command for notifying the display content of the third symbol display device 81 to the sound lamp control device 113. The voice lamp control device 113 outputs the voice from the voice output device 226 in accordance with the display content indicated by the display command, thereby matching the display of the third symbol display device 81 with the voice output from the voice output device 226. be able to.

  The power supply device 115 includes a power supply unit 251 for supplying power to each unit of the pachinko machine 10, a power failure monitoring circuit 252 for monitoring power interruption due to a power failure, and a RAM deletion switch 122 (see FIG. 3). And an erasing switch circuit 253. The power supply unit 251 is a device that supplies a necessary operating voltage to each of the control devices 110 to 114 through a power supply path (not shown). As its outline, the power supply unit 251 takes in the voltage of AC 24 volts supplied from the outside, and drives various switches such as various switches 208, solenoids such as the solenoid 209, motors, etc. A 5 volt voltage for logic, a backup voltage for RAM backup, and the like are generated, and the 12 volt voltage, the 5 volt voltage, and the backup voltage are supplied to the control devices 110 to 114 as necessary voltages.

  The power failure monitoring circuit 252 is a circuit for outputting a power failure signal SG1 to each NMI terminal of the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 and the MPU 211 of the payout control device 111 when the power is cut off due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like. The power failure monitoring circuit 252 monitors the DC stable voltage of 24 volts, which is the maximum voltage output from the power supply unit 251, and determines that a power failure (power interruption, power interruption) occurs when this voltage falls below 22 volts. Then, the power failure signal SG1 is output to the main controller 110 and the payout controller 111. Based on the output of the power failure signal SG1, the main controller 110 and the payout controller 111 recognize the occurrence of the power failure and execute the NMI interrupt process. Note that the power supply unit 251 outputs a voltage of 5 volts, which is a drive voltage of the control system, for a time sufficient to execute the NMI interrupt processing even after the DC stable voltage of 24 volts becomes less than 22 volts. Is maintained at a normal value. Therefore, main controller 110 and payout controller 111 can normally execute and complete the NMI interrupt process (not shown).

  The RAM erase switch circuit 253 is a circuit for outputting a RAM erase signal SG2 for clearing backup data to the main controller 110 when the RAM erase switch 122 (see FIG. 3) is pressed. When the RAM erase signal SG2 is input when the pachinko machine 10 is powered on, the main control device 110 clears the backup data, and the payout control device 111 issues a payout initialization command for clearing the backup data. Transmit to device 111.

  Next, the lower plate 50 will be described with reference to FIGS. First, the overall configuration of the lower plate 50 will be described with reference to FIGS. FIG. 5 is a front perspective view of the inner frame 12 and the lower plate 50, and FIG. 6 is an exploded front perspective view of the inner frame 12 and the lower plate 50.

  As shown in FIGS. 5 and 6, on the lower left side of the inner frame 12, a payout opening 23 formed as a rectangular opening in a front view is disposed, and a position corresponding to the payout opening 23 (that is, the payout opening 23). The lower pan 50 is disposed at a position where the balls dispensed from can be received. The balls that could not be stored in the upper plate 17 are paid out from the payout port 23 to the lower plate 50 and stored in the storage region of the lower plate 50.

  The lower plate 50 is disposed in the inner frame 12 in a posture in which the outlet 23 is located on the left side of the storage area in a front view and the bottom wall member 54 is positioned below the lower surface of the outlet 23 in a front view. The Therefore, in the initial stage, the sphere discharged from the discharge outlet 23 is stored while flowing through the bottom wall member 54 of the lower plate 50 from the left side to the right side when viewed from the front, and the sphere is placed on the entire bottom wall member 54. When the sphere is stored to such an extent that the sphere spreads, it is stored in such a manner that a mountain is formed in the vicinity of the payout port 23. When a predetermined amount of balls are stored in the lower plate 50, the player operates the ball release lever 54b to discharge the balls into a box (a so-called thousand box) arranged below the lower plate 50.

  Here, in the present embodiment, the side wall member 55 of the lower plate 50 is formed to be displaceable in the front-rear direction, and the side wall member 55 is extended forward or moved backward to enlarge the size of the storage region. It can be reduced (see FIGS. 7 and 8). Therefore, since the size of the storage area can be increased, the frequency of the ball removing operation from the lower tray 50 can be reduced, and the player can concentrate on the game accordingly. On the other hand, because the size of the storage area can be reduced, the lower plate 50 (the overhanging side wall member 55) interferes with the adjacent pachinko machine 10 when the front frame 14 is opened, and the outer shape during transportation is increased. Can be suppressed. Details of the expansion and contraction structure of the lower plate 50 will be described below.

  7 (a) and 7 (b) are front perspective views of the lower plate 50 in the contracted state, and FIGS. 8 (a) and 8 (b) are front perspective views of the lower plate 50 in the expanded state. is there. FIG. 9 is an exploded front perspective view of the lower plate 50. In addition, in FIG. 9, the decomposition | disassembly state of the lower dish 50 in a reduction state is illustrated.

  As shown in FIG. 7 to FIG. 9, the lower dish 50 includes a bottom wall member 54 that forms the bottom surface of the storage region, and a side wall member 55 and an inner wall member that stand from the bottom wall member 54 and form the side surface of the storage region. 56, and a shaft support pin 57 and a shaft support plate 58 for rotatably supporting the side wall member 55 on the bottom wall member 54 are mainly provided.

  The bottom wall member 54 is a plate-like member disposed on the front surface of the inner frame 12 in a posture projecting substantially horizontally toward the front, and is an opening for discharging a sphere from the storage region of the lower dish 50. A ball removal hole 54a and a ball removal lever 54b operated by the player when opening the ball removal hole 54a are provided. The ball hole 54a is arranged to be biased to the right side of the storage area of the lower plate 50 (on the side opposite to the payout port 23) in the top view of the bottom wall member 54, and the upper surface of the bottom wall member 54 is ball-opened from all sides. It is formed in a form that is inclined downward toward the hole 54a.

  The side wall member 55 is formed in a substantially L shape in a top view, and one end side and a short side portion (second piece) of the substantially L-shaped long side portion (first pieces 551X to 557X, see FIGS. 11 to 19). The other end side of 551Y to 557Y (see FIGS. 11 to 19) is directed to the front surface of the front frame 12, so that the L-shaped bent portion is disposed in a posture protruding forward of the front frame 12. Therefore, a substantially triangular space in top view is defined by the side wall member 55 on the front surface of the front frame 12. The side wall member 55 has one end of a long side portion that is substantially L-shaped when viewed from above (the left side when viewed from the front, that is, the end on the same side as the side on which the front frame 14 is pivotably supported), The mounting plate 58 is rotatably supported on the bottom wall member 54.

  The side wall member 55 has a plurality of (seven in this embodiment) divided bodies (refer to the first divided body 551 to the seventh divided body 557, see FIG. 11 to FIG. It is formed by being overlapped along the axial direction of the (support pin 57). When each of the divided bodies 551 to 557 is rotated around the pivot pin 57, the divided body on the upper layer side is largely displaced outward to form a stepped shape, and the storage area of the lower plate 50 To enlarge. Therefore, the freedom degree of arrangement | positioning of the ball hole 54a (refer FIG. 9) in the bottom wall member 54 is securable.

  That is, in the structure in which the bottom wall and the side wall are slid back and forth by the player's operation to enlarge or reduce the storage area, the bottom wall on the fixed side and the bottom wall on the slide side overlap. Cannot place a ball hole, and the degree of freedom of its placement is reduced.

  On the other hand, according to the present embodiment, each of the divided bodies 551 to 557 stacked vertically is displaced to form a staircase shape, thereby enlarging the storage area. For expansion or reduction of the storage area The overlap margin is not formed between the portion (each divided body 551 to 557) displaced to the bottom wall member 54. Therefore, the ball hole 54a can be arranged at an arbitrary position of the bottom wall member 54, and the degree of freedom of the arrangement can be secured.

  Further, the side wall member 55 is enlarged in a staircase shape by being largely displaced outward as the upper layer side divided body (see FIG. 8). That is, since the upper layer side divided body projects toward the front side as viewed from the player, the storage area can be reduced without narrowing the space between the upper plate 17 and the front side opening being widened. Since it expands, the player's hand can be easily put into the lower plate 50. In other words, the upper plate 17 can be enlarged accordingly. Further, as described above, the side wall member 55 is projected to the near side as viewed from the player, so that the player can easily recognize that the lower plate 50 is in the expanded state.

  The inner wall member 56 is a plate-like member erected from the bottom wall member 54, and is located on the inner side (storage region side) of the short side portion (second pieces 551 </ b> Y to 557 </ b> Y) of the side wall member 55 as viewed from above. And forms a part of the side surface in the storage region of the lower dish 50. That is, the side surface in the storage region of the lower plate 50 is, in the contracted state, formed by the inner frame 12, the long side portion (first pieces 551 </ b> X to 557 </ b> X) of the side wall member 55 as viewed from above, and the inner wall member 56. In the enlarged state, a short side portion (second pieces 551Y to 557Y) having a substantially L shape in a top view of the side wall member 55 is added thereto.

  Here, the short side portions (second pieces 551Y to 557Y) of the side wall member 55 having a substantially L shape in a top view have different length dimensions. Therefore, in the reduced state, the respective end portions are disposed at different positions, and a plurality of steps are formed along the longitudinal direction of the short side portions (second pieces 551Y to 557Y). Therefore, when the side surface in the storage area of the lower plate 50 is formed by the short side portion (the second pieces 551Y to 557Y), for example, one or several balls remaining on the lower plate 50 when the game is ended. When taking out, the sphere is caught on the step and difficult to take out.

  That is, since the upper plate 17 is disposed above the lower plate 50 and the space is narrow, it is difficult to pick up the ball in the lower plate 50 with a finger. Therefore, the ball of the left hand is rolled out to the front side while being pressed against the side surface on the right side (handle 51 side) toward the storage area of the lower plate 50. In this case, if the above-described step is formed, the sphere is caught by the step and it is difficult to take out.

  On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the side surface on the right side (the handle 51 side) toward the storage area of the dish 50 is formed by the inner wall member 56 in the reduced state, and is formed in a flat surface shape. That is, the step due to the short side portion (second pieces 551Y to 557Y) can be hidden by the inner wall member 56. As a result, the ball can be easily taken out by rolling the ball toward the front side while pressing the ball with the finger of the left hand toward the right side (handle 51 side) toward the storage area of the lower plate 50.

  Thus, in this embodiment, the inner wall member 56 forms a part of the inner wall of the storage area, and in the reduced state shown in FIG. Pieces 551Y to 557Y) are arranged on the back side of the inner wall member 56, and in the enlarged state shown in FIG. 8, the substantially L-shaped short side portions (second pieces 551Y to 557Y) of the divided bodies 551 to 557 are arranged on the inner wall member. The side walls 56 are arranged side by side, and a part of the inner wall of the storage region is formed by both the substantially L-shaped short side portion (second pieces 551Y to 557Y) and the inner wall member 56. Thereby, the length dimension of the short side part of a substantially L shape can be shortened, and the space required for the movement of the short side part of a substantially L shape can be suppressed by that much.

  That is, when the inner wall member 56 is not provided, not only in a state where the storage region is reduced, but also in a state where the storage region is enlarged, a substantially L-shaped short side portion of each of the divided bodies 551 to 557 ( Since the second piece 551Y to 557Y) needs to be a part of the inner wall of the storage area, the length dimension corresponding to the inner wall member 56 and the storage area (inner wall) as the length dimension of the substantially L-shaped short side portion ) Is required to be added to the length corresponding to the enlarged portion.

  Therefore, a space necessary for moving the substantially L-shaped short side portion (second pieces 551Y to 557Y) is increased, and a part of the space needs to be secured in the inner space of the inner frame 12. That is, it is necessary to accommodate the other end side of the substantially L-shaped short side portion (second pieces 551Y to 557Y) in the internal space of the inner frame 12 in the contracted state shown in FIG.

  On the other hand, by providing the inner wall member 56, the short side portion (second pieces 551Y to 557Y) having a substantially L shape only needs to be the inner wall of the storage region only in the enlarged state. The length dimension of the side portion can be suppressed to the length dimension corresponding to the enlarged portion (the length dimension corresponding to the inner wall member 56 can be made unnecessary). As a result, the space required for the movement of the substantially L-shaped short side portion can be suppressed, and it is unnecessary to secure a part of the space in the inner space of the inner frame 12.

  On the back side of the inner wall member 56, a restricting portion 56a protrudes, and the restricting portion 56a overlaps the upper surface of the short side portion (second piece 551Y) of the side wall member 55 that is substantially L-shaped when viewed from above. Therefore, when the side wall member 55 that has received the weight of the sphere tries to fall downward, the restricting portion 56a can press the upper surface of the side wall member 55 (short side portion) and suppress the lifting of the side wall member 55. The downward fall can be suppressed. Further, since the restricting portion 56a can be brought into contact with the stopper portion 551S1 of the side wall member 55, the rotation of the side wall member 55 in the expanding direction can be restricted and held at the protruding position (see FIG. 9). .

  In this case, in each of the divided bodies 551 to 557, the length of the substantially L-shaped short side portion (second piece 551Y to 557Y) is increased toward the upper divided body (see FIGS. 11 to 19). When the enlarged state shown in FIG. 6 is formed, the upper divided body projects outward and the end surface of the substantially L-shaped short side portion (opposite to the enlarged direction, right side in FIG. 8) is arranged flush with each other. (See FIG. 8) Therefore, it is possible to secure an overlapping margin between the substantially L-shaped short side portions of the respective divided bodies 551 to 557, and to suppress the bending of the sphere with respect to the weight of the sphere, while maintaining the substantially L-shaped short side. The part cost can be reduced by suppressing the length of the portion.

  That is, in the enlarged state shown in FIG. 8, in each of the divided bodies 551 to 557, the end face of the substantially L-shaped short side portion (second piece 551Y to 557Y) in the lower divided body from the upper divided body protrudes. Even if it is made, the protrusion cannot contribute to suppression of bending with respect to the adjacent short side part. On the other hand, in the reduced state shown in FIG. 7, the overlap margin between the substantially L-shaped short side portions of the divided bodies 551 to 557 is reduced, but the weight of the sphere acts on the inner wall member 56, and the substantially L-shaped shape. It does not act directly on the short side of Therefore, this configuration is effective.

  Further, the restricting portion 56 of the inner wall member 56 is an upper surface at the end portion on the end surface side of the substantially L-shaped short side portions (second pieces 551Y to 557Y) that are arranged flush with each other in the enlarged state shown in FIG. Overlapping. That is, as will be described later, the storage area is expanded or reduced in seven stages from the reduced state, the first state to the fifth state and the expanded state (see FIG. 22 and FIG. 23). It arrange | positions in the position which can overlap with the substantially L-shaped short side part (2nd piece 551Y-557Y) of all the division bodies (1st-7th division bodies 551-557) in top view. Therefore, the substantially L-shaped short side portion of each of the divided bodies 551 to 557 can be supported at the optimum fulcrum position regardless of the extent of expansion of the storage area (which stage is the seven stages). The bending of the side wall member 55 can be suppressed.

  Further, the restricting portion 56 of the inner wall member 56 can be brought into contact with the stopper portion 551S1 of the side wall member 55 (first divided body 551), thereby restricting the rotation of the side wall member 55 in the expanding direction. That is, the restricting portion 56a not only plays a role of supporting the upper surface of the substantially L-shaped short side portion (second piece 551Y) of the side wall member 55 (first divided body 551) and suppressing the bending, but also each divided body. Since it also serves as a stopper that restricts the rotation of 551 to 557 in the enlargement direction, the number of parts can be reduced accordingly, and the product cost can be reduced.

  Here, when the lower plate 50 is formed so that the storage area can be enlarged or reduced, the front frame 14 remains in the state in which the lower plate 50 is enlarged in the hall in which the plurality of pachinko machines 10 are arranged in parallel. Is inadvertently opened, the enlarged lower plate 50 may come into contact with the adjacent pachinko machine 10 and be damaged.

  On the other hand, in this embodiment, the rotating shaft (support pin 57) of the lower plate 50 is parallel to a shaft (not shown) that supports the front frame 14 so that it can be opened and closed, and is the same side in the width direction. Since the front frame 14 is opened while the lower plate 50 is enlarged and the lower plate 50 comes into contact with the pachinko machine 10 installed next to the lower plate 50, the side wall member 55 is reduced. Since it can be rotated in the direction, it is possible to prevent the lower dish 50 from being damaged.

  In particular, in the present embodiment, the side wall member 55 is formed in a substantially L shape when viewed from above, and the amount of protrusion from which the side wall member 55 protrudes from the front surface of the inner frame 12 increases as the distance from the rotation shaft (axial support pin 57) increases. Since the enlarged lower plate 50 comes into contact with the adjacent pachinko machine 10 by opening the front frame 14, the contact with the side wall member 55 is caused by the contact. The applied pressing force can be applied to the side wall member 55 (long side portion) in a direction in which a torque for rotating the side wall member 55 around the rotation axis can be easily formed. Therefore, the side wall member 55 can be easily rotated in the reduction direction, and the lower plate 50 can be prevented from being damaged.

  Further, since the side wall member 55 is formed with a long side portion (first pieces 551X to 557X) having a substantially L shape in a top view curved in an outwardly convex arc shape, the enlarged lower plate 50 is formed on the front surface. When the adjacent pachinko machine 10 is brought into contact with the opening of the frame 14, the mating member is slid along the side wall member 55 (the outer peripheral surface of the long side portion), and the two members can be prevented from being caught. Therefore, the side wall member 55 can be smoothly rotated in the reduction direction, and as a result, the lower dish 50 can be prevented from being damaged.

  In addition, the side wall member 55 has a substantially L-shaped short side portion (first pieces 551Y to 557Y) as viewed from above, and is curved in an arc shape around the rotation shaft (the shaft support pin 57), as will be described later. Since it is formed, when the enlarged lower plate 50 comes into contact with the adjacent pachinko machine 10 by opening the front frame 14, it is possible to suppress the short side portion of the side wall member 55 from coming into contact with the mating member. That is, it can be suppressed that the counterpart member contacts the short side portion of the side wall member 55 and the rotation of the side wall member 55 in the reduction direction is inhibited. As a result, the lower dish 50 can be prevented from being damaged.

  In this embodiment, the lower plate 50 (first divided body 551) is disposed at the same height as the handle 51. Therefore, when the space | interval (horizontal distance) between the rotating shaft (axial support pin 57) and the handle 51 of the adjacent pachinko machine 10 is smaller than the horizontal dimension of the 1st piece 551Y of the 1st division body 551. In other words, when the front frame 14 is opened while the lower plate 50 is in an enlarged state, the enlarged lower plate 50 is brought into contact with the handle 51 of the adjacent pachinko machine 10.

  In this case, since the handle 51 is formed in a spherical shape, when the enlarged lower plate 50 comes into contact with the handle 51 of the adjacent pachinko machine 10 by opening the front frame 14, the side wall member 55 (first piece 551Y). It is possible to prevent both of them from being caught by sliding along the outer peripheral surface of each other. Therefore, the side wall member 55 can be smoothly rotated in the reduction direction, and as a result, the lower dish 50 can be prevented from being damaged.

  Next, the detailed configuration of the lower plate 50 will be described with reference to FIGS. 10 to 34. FIG. 10A is a top view of the side wall member 55 in a reduced state, and FIG. 10B is a top view of the side wall member 55 in an enlarged state. 11 to 13 are exploded front perspective views of the side wall member 55 as viewed in the direction of arrow A in FIG. 10A, and FIGS. 14 to 16 are side wall members 55 in the direction of arrow B in FIG. FIG. 17 to 19 are exploded bottom perspective views of the side wall member 55 in the bottom view.

  11, 14 and 17 (a) and (b), the first divided body 551 and the second divided body 552 are shown in FIGS. 12, 15 and 18 (a) and (b). The third divided body 553 and the fourth divided body 554 are shown in FIGS. 13, 16 and 19, and the fifth divided body 555, the sixth divided body 556 and the seventh divided body are shown in FIGS. Each of the divided bodies 557 is illustrated.

  As shown in FIG. 10, the side wall member 55 is formed in a substantially L shape when viewed from above, and a plurality of (in this embodiment, 7 in this embodiment) overlapped along the axial direction of the rotation shaft (the shaft support pin 57, see FIG. 9). Pieces) (a first divided body 551 to a seventh divided body 557). Each of the divided bodies 551 to 557 is formed from a resin material so as to overlap in a top view (substantially the same shape).

  Specifically, the uppermost layer of the side wall member 55 is formed by the first divided body 551, and the second divided body 552 to the sixth layer are formed on the lower surface of the first divided body 551 (the surface on the back side of FIG. 10A). The divided bodies 556 are arranged in order, and the lowermost layer is formed by the seventh divided body 557 arranged on the lower surface of the sixth divided body 556. The lowermost seventh divided body 557 is fastened and fixed to the side wall member 55 (see FIG. 9).

  As shown in FIGS. 11 to 19, the first divided body 551 to the seventh divided body 557 are provided with shaft support holes 551 a to 557 a on one end side to form a long side portion having a substantially L shape when viewed from above. Each of the first pieces 551X to 557X and the second pieces 551Y to 557Y that are connected to the other end side of the first pieces 551X to 557X and form a short side portion that is substantially L-shaped when viewed from above.

  The first pieces 551X to 557X have a circular arc shape in which the storage region side is concave (that is, protrudes outward), and the second pieces 551Y to 557Y have substantially the same diameter with the shaft support holes 551a to 557a as the center. The arc shape is formed by curving the top view shape (the axial view shape of the shaft support holes 551a to 557a).

  Since the first pieces 551X to 557X are curved in an arc shape that protrudes outward, not only can the size of the storage area be ensured, but also the front frame 14 remains expanded while the lower plate 50 is expanded as described above. When opened and collided with the adjacent pachinko machine 10 or the like, the lower plate 50 (side wall member 55) can be easily closed. Further, the second pieces 551Y to 557Y are curved in an arc shape centered on the shaft support holes 551a to 557a, so that the state of overlapping in the circumferential direction can be maintained in each of the expansion and contraction states of the side wall member 55, As will be described later, it is possible to increase the rigidity of the side wall member 55 and suppress bending due to the weight of the sphere.

  Projections that extend along the longitudinal direction of the first pieces 552X to 557X and project as rectangular projections on the upper surfaces of the first pieces 552X to 557X of the second divided body 552 to the seventh divided body 557 552b to 557b are disposed (see FIGS. 11 to 16). On the other hand, the lower surfaces of the first pieces 551X to 556X of the first divided body 551 to the sixth divided body 556 are extended along the longitudinal direction of the first pieces 551X to 556X and are recessed as concave grooves having a cross section. Restriction grooves 551c to 556c are disposed (see FIGS. 17 to 19).

  When the respective divided bodies 551 to 557 are stacked one above the other, the protrusions 552b to 557b of the second divided body 552 to the seventh divided body 557 are changed to the restriction grooves 551c to 556c of the first divided body 551 to the sixth divided body 556. When the divided members 551 to 556 are rotated around the pivot pin 57, the protrusions 552b to 557b are brought into contact with the inner wall surfaces of the restriction grooves 551c to 556c. Thus, the movable (rotating) range of each of the divided bodies 551 to 557 is defined (see FIG. 20).

  The protrusions 552b to 557b are formed in a circular arc shape in which the side to be the storage region is concave (that is, convex outward), and the shape of the top view (the axial view shape of the shaft support holes 552a to 557a) is curved. It arrange | positions with the attitude | position located in the other side (outside side) from a storage area | region as it goes to 2nd piece 552Y-557Y from the support holes 552a-557a. That is, the protrusions 552b to 557b are inclined and extended with respect to the longitudinal direction of the first pieces 552X to 557X.

  The pair of inner wall surfaces facing each other of the regulating grooves 551c to 556c are formed such that the bottom view shape is curved in an arc shape substantially the same as the top view shape of the protrusions 552b to 557b. The other inner wall surface is disposed along the edge of the first piece 552X to 557X on the region side, and the other inner wall surface is opposite to the storage region (outside from the shaft support holes 551a to 556a toward the second pieces 551Y to 556Y. (Position on the side). That is, the groove widths of the restriction grooves 551c to 556c are gradually enlarged from the shaft support holes 551a to 556a toward the second pieces 551Y to 556Y.

  The second pieces 552Y to 555Y of the second divided body 552 to the fifth divided body 557 include first horizontal portions 552e to 555e that are parallel to the first pieces 552X to 555X, and outer edge portions (shafts) of the first horizontal portions 552e. Standing portions 552f to 555f erected along the axial direction of the shaft supporting holes 552a to 555a from the edge far from the supporting holes 552a to 555a), and the standing portions 552f to 555f The second horizontal portions 552g to 555g extending in parallel with the first pieces 552X to 555X from the tip outward (in a direction away from the shaft support holes 552a to 555a) are formed.

  The second pieces 556Y and 557Y of the sixth divided body 556 and the seventh divided body 557 include first horizontal portions 556e and 557e that are continuous in parallel with the first pieces 556Y and 557Y, and outer edges of the first horizontal portions 556e and 557e. It is provided with standing portions 556f and 557f which are erected along the axial direction of the shaft support holes 556a and 557a from the (edge portion on the side far from the shaft support hole 556a). That is, in the sixth divided body 556 and the seventh divided body 557, the second horizontal portion is omitted. Note that an inclined surface 557f1 is formed on the side surface opposite to the side surface with which the lock piece 773 (see FIGS. 32 and 33) of the lock mechanism 77 described later is engaged with the standing portion 557f of the seventh divided body 557. The

  In the first horizontal portions 552e to 557e, the radius of the inner edge portion (distance from the axis of the shaft support holes 552a to 557a) is set to be the same, and the radius of the outer edge portion is positioned on the upper side (the first divided body 551 side). The smaller the value, the smaller the value. Therefore, as for the standing part 552f-557f standingly arranged from the outer edge part of the 1st horizontal part 552e-557e, the inner edge part side of the 1st horizontal part 552e-557e is located in the upper side (1st division body 551 side). It is located on the side of the shaft support holes 552a to 557a. The standing portions 552f to 557f are set to a smaller value as the standing height is located on the upper side (the first divided body 551 side), and the second horizontal portions 552g to 555g have a width dimension ( The distance between the inner edge portion and the outer edge portion) is set to a smaller value as it is located on the upper side (first divided body 551 side).

  Therefore, in a state where the first divided body 551 to the seventh divided body 557 are stacked one above the other, the one located on the upper side (the first divided body 551 side) is positioned on the storage area side (the shaft support holes 551a to 557a side). The first horizontal portions 552e to 557e, the standing portions 552f to 557f, and the second horizontal portions 552g to 555g in the second pieces 552Y to 557Y can be overlapped with each other (see FIG. 21). By this superposition, the rigidity of the second pieces 551Y to 557Y can be improved as will be described later. Moreover, a storage area | region can be ensured by suppression of the width dimension of 2nd piece 551Y-557Y.

  In the second pieces 552Y to 554Y of the second divided body 552 to the fourth divided body 554, L-shaped openings 552m to 554m are formed in the second horizontal portions 552g to 554g. With the opening formation of the openings 552m to 554m, engagement pieces 552n to 554n extending along the longitudinal direction of the second pieces 552Y to 554Y are formed. The engaging pieces 552n to 554n are formed as cantilevered elastic pieces whose tips are free ends, and projecting portions 552n1 to 554n1 having a semicircular cross section are provided on the top surface of the tips.

  On the other hand, the second pieces 555Y and 556Y of the fifth divided body 552 and the sixth divided body 556 are formed with openings 555m and 556m that are U-shaped in top view at the first horizontal portions 555e and 556e. As the openings 555m and 556m are formed, engagement pieces 555n and 556n extending along the longitudinal direction of the second pieces 555 and 556 are formed. The engaging pieces 555n and 556n are formed as cantilevered elastic pieces whose tips are free ends, and protrusions 555n1 and 556n1 having a semicircular cross section are provided on the top surface of the tips.

  In addition, on the second pieces 556Y and 557Y of the sixth divided body 556 and the seventh divided body 557, restricting protrusions 556r and 557r protrude from the upper surfaces of the first horizontal portions 556e and 557e. On the other hand, in the second pieces 554Y and 555Y of the fourth divided body 554 and the fifth divided body 555, engaging concave portions 554t and 555t are formed in the lower surface of the first horizontal portions 554e and 555e.

  The engagement piece 552n (projection 552n1) of the second divided body 552 is formed to be engageable with the engagement wall 551j of the first divided body 551 (see FIG. 24), and the engagement with respect to the first divided body 551 is performed. The relative displacement in one direction of the second divided body 552 can be restricted, and the engagement with the engagement wall 551j is released by the elastic deformation of the engagement piece 552n, so that the relative displacement in one direction is reduced. It can be tolerated and the relative displacement in the other direction can be restricted (see FIG. 30).

  Engagement pieces 553n and 554n (projections 553n1 and 554n1) of the third divided body 553 and the fourth divided body 554 are formed to be engageable with the openings 552m and 553m of the second divided body 552 and the third divided body 553. Thus, the relative displacement in one direction of the third divided body 553 and the fourth divided body 554 with respect to the second divided body 552 and the third divided body 553 can be restricted, and the engagement pieces 553n, 554n. Since the engagement with the openings 552m and 553m is released by elastic deformation of the lens, relative displacement in one direction can be allowed and relative displacement in the other direction can be restricted (see FIG. 28). .

  Engagement pieces 555n and 556n (projections 555n1 and 556n1) of the fifth divided body 555 and the sixth divided body 556 are engageable with the engagement recesses 554t and 555t of the fourth divided body 554 and the fifth divided body 555. With this engagement, the relative displacement in one direction of the fifth divided body 555 and the sixth divided body 556 with respect to the fourth divided body 554 and the fifth divided body 555 can be restricted, and the engagement pieces 555n, By releasing the engagement with the engagement recesses 554t and 555t by the elastic deformation of 556n, the relative displacement in one direction can be allowed and the relative displacement in the other direction can be restricted (FIG. 26). reference).

  That is, the engagement pieces 552n to 556n and the like are portions that function as defining means for defining relative movement between the respective divided bodies 551 to 557, and the side wall member 55 is enlarged or reduced by an operation of the player. In this case, the order in which the rotation of each of the divided bodies 551 to 557 is allowed is defined. As a result, as will be described later, the rotation order of the respective divided bodies 551 to 557 can be made constant, and the form of expansion or reduction of the storage area can be made unique (see FIGS. 22 and 23).

  Next, the relationship between the first pieces 551X to 557X in the first divided body 551 to the seventh divided body 557 of the side wall member 55 will be described with reference to FIG.

  20A is a cross-sectional view of the side wall member 55 taken along line XXa-XXa in FIG. 10A, and FIG. 20B is a cross-sectional view of the side wall member 55 taken along line XXb-XXb in FIG. FIG.

  As shown in FIG. 20A and FIG. 20B, there is one mating surface (second segment) on the mating surface between the first pieces 551X to 557X of the first segment 551 to the seventh segment 557. Protrusions 552b to 557b project from 552 to the upper surfaces of the first pieces 552X to 557X of the seventh divided body 557 (see FIGS. 11 to 16), and the other mating surface (from the first divided body 551 to the first Restriction grooves 551c to 556c that receive the protrusions 552b to 557b are recessed in the lower surfaces of the first pieces 551X to 556X of the six-part 556 (see FIGS. 17 to 19).

  Therefore, in a state where the side wall member 55 is pushed in by the player and the storage area is reduced (see FIGS. 10A and 20A), the protrusions 552b to 557b are opposed to the regulation grooves 551c to 556c. The first divided body 551 to the sixth divided body 556 are in contact with one of the pair of inner wall surfaces (the inner wall surface located on the opposite side of the storage area, left side in FIG. 20A). Can be restricted from being displaced (rotated) in the reduction direction (rightward in FIG. 20A).

  Further, in a state where the side wall member 55 is pulled out by the player and the storage area is enlarged (see FIGS. 10B and 20B), the protrusions 552b to 557b are opposed to the regulation grooves 551c to 556c. Since the second inner wall surface of the pair of inner wall surfaces (the inner wall surface located on the storage area side, the right side in FIG. 20B) is in contact with each other, the first divided body 551 to the sixth divided body 556 are enlarged. Displacement (rotation) in the direction (left direction in FIG. 20B) can be restricted.

  In this case, since each of the divided bodies 551 to 557 that overlap vertically is engaged with the protrusions 552b to 557b and the inner walls of the restriction grooves 551c to 556c, in the expanded state and the contracted state, the side wall member 55 ( It is possible to ensure the rigidity of the whole structure (the structure in which the divided bodies 551 to 557 are overlapped). Therefore, it can suppress that the side wall member 55 bends with the weight of a ball | bowl.

  Furthermore, the protrusions 552b to 557b and the regulation grooves 551c to 556c are respectively provided so as to project or be recessed on the mating surfaces (upper surface or lower surface) of the divided bodies 551 to 557 that are superimposed one above the other. That is, since the projections 552b to 557b and the regulation grooves 551c to 556c are disposed using the mating surface (the internal space of each divided body 551) that becomes a dead space, the side wall member 55 can be reduced in size, and The capacity of the storage area can be secured.

  In particular, in the present embodiment, since the protrusions 552b to 557b and the restriction grooves 551c to 556c are formed on the first pieces 551X to 557X of the rotating bodies 551 to 557, the protrusions 552b to 557b and the restriction grooves 551c to 556c. Can function effectively. That is, since the first pieces 551X to 557X are parts operated by the player (push-in operation and pull-out operation) when the storage area is enlarged or reduced, the operation force is applied to the protrusions 552b to 557b and the restriction groove 551c. It can be received directly by the engagement of ˜556c. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the divided bodies 551 to 557 from being separated from each other by the operation force, and to operate the divided bodies 551 to 557 in an integrally maintained state, thereby improving the player's operational feeling. Can be achieved.

  Here, since the 1st piece 551X-557X is a site | part expanded in the step shape projected outward as the upper side (refer FIG.10 (b)), it is easy to bend with the weight of a ball | bowl. On the other hand, in the present embodiment, since the protrusions 552b to 557b and the regulation grooves 551c to 556c are formed on the first pieces 551X to 557X of the respective rotating bodies 551 to 557, the rigidity of the first pieces 551X to 557X. Can be intensively improved. Therefore, in the state expanded in the step shape, it can suppress that it bends with the weight of a ball | bowl.

  In this case, the protrusions 552b to 557b and the regulation grooves 551c to 556c are formed as ridges and grooves that continuously extend along the longitudinal direction of the first pieces 551X to 557X (FIGS. 11 to 11). 19), ensuring the engagement area between the protrusions 552b to 557b and the inner wall surfaces of the restriction grooves 551c to 556c, and improving the rigidity of the side wall member 55 (the structure in which the divided bodies 551 to 557 are overlapped) as a whole. Can be achieved.

  In particular, the first pieces 551X to 557X whose ends are pivotally supported by the pivot pin 57 (see FIG. 9) are provided for the protrusions 552b to 557b and the restriction grooves 551c to 556c that are continuously extended as the ridges and the grooves. Therefore, the direction of the load due to the player's operation and the weight of the ball can be made orthogonal to the engagement regions of the ridges and the grooves (projections 552b to 557b and restriction grooves 551c to 556c). it can. Therefore, bending of the side wall member 55 (first pieces 551 to 557) with respect to such a load can be suppressed.

  Further, the protrusions 552b to 557b and the pair of inner wall surfaces facing each other of the restriction grooves 551c to 556c have the same shape in top view (viewed in the axial direction of the shaft support holes 551a to 557a), and Since it is formed to be curved in a convex arc shape in the same direction as the pieces 551X to 557X (that is, the outer side opposite to the storage area), the protrusions 552b to 557b and the restriction grooves 551c to 556c (inner wall surface) ) Can be maximized within the range (area) of the mating surfaces of the first pieces 551X to 557X. Therefore, the engagement area between the convex protrusions 552b to 557b and the inner wall surfaces of the restriction grooves 551c to 556c can be maximized, and as a result, the rigidity of the sidewall member 55 (first pieces 551X to 557X) as a whole is improved. In addition, the burden on the protrusions 552b to 557b and the restriction grooves 551c to 556c can be reduced, and the durability can be improved.

  Next, the relationship between the second pieces 551Y to 557Y in the first divided body 551 to the seventh divided body 557 of the side wall member 55 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 21 is a cross-sectional view of the side wall member 55 taken along the line XXI-XXI in FIG.

  As described above, in the side wall member 55, the second pieces 551 </ b> Y to 557 </ b> Y of the respective divided bodies 551 to 557 are arc-shaped with the same diameter centered on the shaft support holes 551 a to 557 a (see the shaft support pins 57, FIG. 9). Therefore, when the divided bodies 551 to 557 are rotated around the shaft support holes 551a to 557a, the trajectories of the second pieces 551Y to 557Y can be made to coincide with each other (see FIG. 10). . Therefore, since the second pieces 551Y to 557Y always overlap each other, the rigidity of the side wall member 55 (the structure in which the divided bodies 551 to 557 are overlapped) can be ensured, and bending due to the weight of the sphere can be suppressed.

  As shown in FIG. 21, in this case, the side wall member 55 includes the second horizontal portions 552Y to 555Y of the second divided body 552 to the fifth divided body 557, the first horizontal portions 552e to 555e, and the first horizontal portion 552e. And a second horizontal portion 552g to 555g extending from the standing tip of the standing portion 552f to 555f, and a sixth divided body 556 and a seventh divided portion. The second pieces 556Y and 557Y of the body 557 are provided with first horizontal portions 556e and 557e and standing portions 556f and 557f that are erected from the first horizontal portions 556e and 557e, and these first horizontal portions 552e to 557e. The standing portions 552f to 557f and the second horizontal portions 552g to 555g are overlapped with each other.

  Therefore, even when a large number of spheres are stored in the storage area, the weights of the spheres acting on the side wall members 55 (each of the divided bodies 551 to 557) are superposed on the first horizontal portions 552e to 557e and the standing portions 552f to 550f. It can support effectively by interaction of 557f and the 2nd horizontal part 552g-555g, As a result, the bending of the side wall member 55 can be suppressed.

  Specifically, in the second pieces 551Y to 557Y, the first horizontal portions 552e to 557e and the second horizontal portions 552g to 555g are overlapped in the vertical direction, and the standing portions 552f to 557f are arranged in the left-right direction (left and right in FIG. 31). A position where the extended tip of each of the second horizontal portions 552g to 555g overlaps with the standing portion 556f in the up and down direction (vertical direction in FIG. 21) (a position on the standing tip of the standing portion 556f). ).

  Thus, in a state where the side wall member 55 is enlarged (see FIG. 10B), when a large number of spheres are stored in the storage area, the side wall member 55 bends (falls down) in FIG. ) The first horizontal portions 552e to 557e, the standing portions 552f to 557f, and the second horizontal portions 552g to 555g are displaced upward (that is, displacement in a direction in which the side wall member 55 is bent downward). Can be regulated with respect to each other by means of those located above themselves. As a result, the downward bending of the side wall member 55 can be suppressed.

  Further, for the load in the horizontal direction received from the stored sphere (the direction in which the side wall member 55 is pushed outward, the left direction in FIG. 21), the standing portions 552f to 557f are arranged to extend the leading end side. When tilted obliquely so as to be displaced outward (left side in FIG. 21), such tilting can be regulated by the ones located outward from itself. In particular, the second horizontal portions 552g to 555g are connected to the standing portions 552f to 557f, and when the standing portions 552f to 555f are tilted outward, the second horizontal portions 552g to 555g are lower than themselves. When the one located on the side is to be pushed down, the pushing-down operation can be supported and restricted by the standing portions 552f to 557f. As a result, outward deflection of the side wall member 55 can be suppressed.

  The second piece 551Y extends to a position where the side wall portion 551h on the storage area side overlaps the first horizontal portion 552e in the vertical direction (a position where the lower end surface of the side wall portion 551h is placed on the first horizontal portion 552e). The rib portion 551i that is provided and overlapped with the standing portion 552f in the left-right direction and hangs down from the portion that forms the upper surface of the second piece 551Y overlaps the second horizontal portion 552g in the vertical direction (below the rib portion 551i). The end surface is extended to a position where the end surface is placed on the second horizontal portion 552g. Accordingly, the side wall portion 551h and the rib portion 551i of the second piece 551Y interact with the first horizontal portions 552e to 557e, the standing portions 552f to 557f, and the second horizontal portions 552g to 555g of the second pieces 552Y to 557Y. As described above, the side wall member 55 can be prevented from bending downward and outward.

  In particular, as described above, the restricting portion 56a of the inner wall member 56 is disposed on the upper surface of the second piece 551Y (see FIGS. 7 and 8), and the side wall member 55 receives the weight of the stored sphere, When trying to fall down, the restricting portion 56a presses the upper surface of the side wall member 55 (second piece 551Y), and can prevent the second piece 551Y from being lifted. Therefore, it is possible to provide the second piece 551Y with the side wall portion 551h and the rib portion 551i so as to overlap the first horizontal portion 552e and the second horizontal portion 552g of the second piece 552Y vertically. This is particularly effective for suppressing the bending to the right.

  In addition, since the second pieces 551Y to 557Y are arranged so as to overlap each other in this way, even if the side wall member 55 is bent by the weight of the sphere, the second pieces 551Y to 557Y serve as a guide. Thus, the side wall member 55 can be smoothly shifted from the enlarged state to the reduced state. Therefore, even when the front plate 14 is inadvertently opened while the lower plate 50 in which the balls are stored is left in an enlarged state, the lower plate 50 (side wall member 55) can be displaced in the reduction direction. Damage can be suppressed.

  In addition, the standing portions 552f to 557f are disposed at intervals having a predetermined gap between the left and right adjacent ones. Therefore, when a load in the horizontal direction (direction in which the side wall member 55 is pushed outward) is applied to the side wall member 55, the upright portions 552f to 557f are collapsed, so that the gap between adjacent ones is reduced. Are buried and contacted with each other, so that the fall can be regulated by the mutual action, while the side wall member 55 (each divided body 551 is operated by the player's operation in the direction of enlarging or reducing the storage area (lower pan 50). ˜557) can be rotated, the sliding resistance can be reduced by the amount of the gap between adjacent ones, and the operability can be improved.

  Here, as the second pieces 552Y to 557Y are located on the upper side (the upper side in FIG. 21), the width dimension (the dimension in the left-right direction in FIG. 21) of the first horizontal parts 552e to 557e is reduced and the second horizontal parts 552g to 552g. The width dimension of 555g is increased. Accordingly, even when the first horizontal portions 552e to 557e, the standing portions 552f to 557f, and the second horizontal portions 552g to 555g are overlapped with each other between the adjacent second pieces 552Y to 557Y, the second pieces 552Y to 557Y as a whole. The width dimension (dimension in the left-right direction in FIG. 21) can be suppressed. That is, the storage area can be secured by suppressing the width of the second pieces 552Y to 557Y as a whole while improving the rigidity of the second pieces 552Y to 557Y by overlapping. In addition, the second pieces 552Y to 557Y can be prevented from projecting outward, and the arrangement space for other members can be secured accordingly.

  In particular, in the second pieces 556Y and 557Y located on the outer side, the formation of the second horizontal portion is omitted, so that the side wall member 55 is restrained from bending outward and downward by the action of the standing portions 556f and 557f. The width dimension of the second pieces 552Y to 557Y as a whole can be suppressed while maintaining the effect of achieving the above.

  Next, referring to FIG. 22 to FIG. 30, when the side wall member 55 is operated by the player and the storage area of the lower plate 50 is enlarged or reduced, the order in which the divided bodies 551 to 557 are displaced (rotated). Will be described.

  FIG. 22A is a top view of the side wall member 55 in the reduced state, and FIGS. 22B to 22D are top views of the side wall member 55 in the first state to the third state. FIGS. 23A and 23B are top views of the side wall member 55 in the fourth state and the fifth state, and FIG. 23C is a top view of the side wall member 55 in the enlarged state.

  24 is a side sectional view of the side wall member 55 in the reduced state, FIGS. 25 to 29 are side sectional views of the side wall member 55 in the first state to the fifth state, and FIG. 30 is an enlarged state. It is a sectional side view of the side wall member 55 in FIG.

  24 to 30, in order to facilitate understanding of the state of restriction or release of the relative displacement between the divided bodies 551 to 557, the divided bodies 551 are arranged so that the engagement pieces 552 n to 556 n can be visually recognized. A state in which ˜557 is cut along a plurality of planes is illustrated.

  As shown in FIGS. 22A and 24, in the contracted state (the state in which the divided bodies 551 to 557 are pushed in and the storage area is minimized), the second divided portion is formed on the engagement wall 551j of the first divided body 551. The engagement pieces 552n (projections 552n1) of the body 552 are engaged, and the third divided body 553 and the fourth divided body are formed on the inner wall surfaces of the openings 552m and 553m of the second divided body 552 and the third divided body 553. 554 engagement pieces 553n and 554n (projections 553n1 and 554n1) are engaged with each other.

  The engagement pieces 552n, 553n of the second divided body 552 and the third divided body 553 are arranged on the lower surface side thereof by disposing the engagement pieces 553n, 554n of the third divided body 553 and the fourth divided body 554. The engagement piece 554n of the four-part body 554 has a second horizontal portion 555g of the fifth part 555 arranged on the lower surface side thereof, so that the lower part (that is, the direction in which the protrusions 552n1, 553n1, and 554n1 come out, FIG. The elastic deformation to the lower side of 24 is regulated.

  Thereby, the relative displacement of the second divided body 552, the third divided body 553, and the fourth divided body 554 with respect to the first divided body 551, the second divided body 552, and the third divided body 553 (centering on the pivot pin 57). Rotation) is regulated.

  Further, engagement pieces 555n, 556n (projections 555n1, 556n1) of the fifth divided body 555 and the sixth divided body 556 are formed on the inner wall surfaces of the engagement recesses 554t, 555t of the fourth divided body 554 and the fifth divided body 555. Each is engaged.

  The engagement pieces 554n and 555n of the fourth divided body 554 and the fifth divided body 555 are arranged with the restricting protrusions 556r and 557r of the fifth divided body 555 and the sixth divided body 556 on the lower surface side, respectively. Elastic deformation in the downward direction (that is, the direction in which the protrusions 554n1 and 555n1 come out, the lower side in FIG. 24) is restricted.

  Thereby, relative displacement (rotation around the pivot pin 57) of the fifth divided body 555 and the sixth divided body 5564 with respect to the fourth divided body 554 and the fifth divided body 555 is restricted.

  As described above, in the contracted state, the relative displacement (rotation) of the first divided body 551 to the sixth divided body 556 is restricted, and the first divided body 551 to the sixth divided body 556 are integrated. The body is formed.

  In this case, the integrated structure (first to sixth divided bodies 551 to 556) includes a lock piece 773a of the lock mechanism 77 disposed in the first divided body 551 as described later, as described later. By engaging with the upright portion 557f, the enlargement direction of the integrated structure (first to sixth divided bodies 551 to 556) with respect to the seventh divided body 557 (FIG. 22 (a) downward direction, FIG. 24 left) The relative displacement (rotation) in the direction) is restricted (see FIG. 33A). Further, as described above, the relative displacement (rotation) in the reduction direction is restricted by engaging the projection 557b of the seventh divided body 557 with the inner wall surface of the restriction groove 556c of the sixth divided body 556. (See FIG. 20 (a)).

  Accordingly, the engagement between the lock piece 773a of the first divided body 551 and the standing portion 557f of the seventh divided body 557 is released (see FIG. 33B), so that the integrated structure with respect to the seventh divided body 557 is achieved. The body (the first to sixth divided bodies 551 to 556) can be displaced (rotated) in the enlargement direction.

  That is, in a state where the lock mechanism 77 is released, the side wall member 55 (for example, the first divided body 551) is displaced in the enlargement direction (the lower side in FIG. 22A and the left side in FIG. 24) by the player's operation. 22 (b) and FIG. 25, an integrated structure (each divided body 551 to 556) is enlarged with respect to the seventh divided body 557 fixed to the bottom wall member 54 (see FIG. 9). The first state is formed by being displaced in the direction.

  In the first state, relative displacement (rotation) in the enlargement direction causes the protrusion 557b of the seventh divided body 557 to be engaged with the inner wall surface of the restriction groove 556c of the sixth divided body 556, as described above. Thus, it is regulated (see FIG. 20B).

  As shown in FIGS. 22B and 25, the structure (first to sixth divided bodies 551 to 556) integrated with the seventh divided body 557 is expanded (see the lower side of FIG. 22B). 25 (left side), the restricting protrusion 557r of the seventh divided body 557 is reduced from the lower surface of the engagement piece 556n of the sixth divided body 556 (right side in FIG. 25). Is evacuated. As a result, a space is formed below the engagement piece 556n of the sixth divided body 556, and the downward direction of the engagement piece 556n (that is, the direction in which the protrusion 556n1 comes out of the engagement recess 555t, the lower side in FIG. 25). Elastic deformation is possible.

  Therefore, from the state shown in FIGS. 22B and 25 (first state), the side wall member 55 (for example, the first divided body 551) is expanded by the player's operation (the lower side in FIG. 22B). 25 left side), the fifth divided body 555 (first horizontal portion 555e) pushes the protrusion 556n1 of the engaging piece 556n of the sixth divided body 556 downward on the inner wall surface of the engaging recess 555t. However, the second state is formed as shown in FIGS. 22 (c) and 26 by being displaced in the enlargement direction and the inner wall surface of the engaging recess 555t getting over the protrusion 556n1.

  In the second state, the relative displacement (rotation) in the enlargement direction is engaged with the protrusion 556b of the sixth divided body 556 on the inner wall surface of the restriction groove 555c of the fifth divided body 555 as described above. Thus, it is regulated (see FIG. 20B).

  In the second state, the protrusion 556n1 of the engagement piece 556n of the sixth divided body 556 is brought into contact with the lower surface of the first horizontal portion 555e of the fifth divided body 555, and the engagement piece 556n of the sixth divided body 556 is brought into contact. Is elastically deformed downward (lower side in FIG. 26). Thereby, the tip of the engagement piece 556n of the sixth divided body 556 is engaged with the outer wall surface of the restricting protrusion 557r of the seventh divided body 557, and the reduction direction of the sixth divided body 556 relative to the seventh divided body 557 ( The relative displacement (rotation) to the upper side of FIG. 22 (c) and the right side of FIG. 26 is restricted.

  As shown in FIG. 22C and FIG. 26, the structure (first to fifth divided bodies 551 to 555) integrated with the seventh divided body 557 and the sixth divided body 556 is expanded (see FIG. c) In a state (second state) displaced (rotated) downward (left side in FIG. 26), the restricting projection 556r of the sixth divided body 556 is reduced from the lower surface of the engagement piece 555n of the fifth divided body 555. It is retracted in the direction (right side in FIG. 26). Thus, a space is formed below the engagement piece 555n of the fifth divided body 555, and the downward direction of the engagement piece 555n (that is, the direction in which the protrusion 555n1 comes out of the engagement recess 554t, the lower side in FIG. 26). Elastic deformation is possible.

  Therefore, from the state shown in FIGS. 22C and 26 (second state), the side wall member 55 (for example, the first divided body 551) is expanded by the player's operation (FIG. 22C lower side, FIG. 26 left side), the fourth divided body 554 (first horizontal portion 554e) pushes down the protrusion 555n1 of the engagement piece 555n of the fifth divided body 555 on the inner wall surface of the engagement recess 554t. On the other hand, the third state is formed as shown in FIGS. 22D and 27 by being displaced in the enlargement direction and the inner wall surface of the engaging recess 554t getting over the protrusion 555n1.

  In the third state, relative displacement (rotation) in the enlargement direction causes the protrusion 555b of the fifth divided body 555 to be engaged with the inner wall surface of the restriction groove 554c of the fourth divided body 554 as described above. Thus, it is regulated (see FIG. 20B).

  Further, in the third state, the protrusion 555n1 of the engagement piece 555n of the fifth divided body 555 is brought into contact with the lower surface of the first horizontal portion 554e of the fourth divided body 554, and the engagement piece 555n of the fifth divided body 555. Is elastically deformed downward (lower side in FIG. 27). Thereby, the tip of the engagement piece 555n of the fifth divided body 555 is engaged with the outer wall surface of the restricting protrusion 556r of the sixth divided body 556, and the reduction direction of the fifth divided body 555 relative to the sixth divided body 556 ( The relative displacement (rotation) to the upper side of FIG. 22D and the right side of FIG. 27 is restricted.

  As shown in FIG. 22 (d) and FIG. 27, a structure (first to fourth divided bodies 551 to 554) integrated with the seventh divided body 557, the sixth divided body 556, and the fifth divided body 555 is provided. In the state (third state) displaced (rotated) in the enlargement direction (lower side in FIG. 22D, left side in FIG. 27), the second horizontal portion 555g of the fifth divided body 555 is engaged with the fourth divided body 554. It retracts from the lower surface of the mating piece 554n in the reduction direction (right side in FIG. 27). As a result, a space is formed below the engagement piece 554n of the fourth divided body 554, and elasticity below the engagement piece 554n (that is, the direction in which the protrusion 554n1 comes out of the opening 553m, the lower side in FIG. 27). Deformation is possible.

  Therefore, from the state shown in FIGS. 22D and 27 (third state), the side wall member 55 (for example, the first divided body 551) is expanded by the player's operation (FIG. 22D lower side, FIG. 27 left side), the third divided body 553 (second horizontal portion 553g) pushes the protrusion 554n1 of the engagement piece 554n of the fourth divided body 554 downward on the inner wall surface of the opening 553m. When the inner wall surface of the opening 553m gets over the protrusion 554n1, the fourth state is formed as shown in FIGS. 23 (a) and 28.

  In the fourth state, the relative displacement (rotation) in the enlargement direction is engaged with the protrusion 554b of the fourth divided body 554 on the inner wall surface of the restriction groove 553c of the third divided body 553 as described above. Thus, it is regulated (see FIG. 20B).

  In the fourth state, the protrusion 554n1 of the engagement piece 554n of the fourth divided body 554 is brought into contact with the lower surface of the second horizontal portion 553g of the third divided body 553, and the engagement piece 554n of the fourth divided body 554 is contacted. Is elastically deformed downward (lower side in FIG. 28). Thereby, the tip of the engagement piece 554n of the fourth divided body 554 is engaged with the outer wall surface of the second horizontal portion 555g of the fifth divided body 555, and the reduction direction of the fourth divided body 554 with respect to the fifth divided body 555 Relative displacement (rotation) to the upper side (FIG. 23 (a) upper side, FIG. 28 right side) is restricted.

  As shown in FIG. 23 (a) and FIG. 28, the seventh divided body 557, the sixth divided body 556, the fifth divided body 555, and the fourth divided body 554 are integrated with each other (first to third divided bodies). In the state (fourth state) in which the body 551-553) is displaced (rotated) in the enlargement direction (lower side in FIG. 23 (a), left side in FIG. 28), the second horizontal portion 554g of the fourth divided body 554 The three-part 553 is retracted from the lower surface of the engagement piece 553n in the reduction direction (right side in FIG. 28). As a result, a space is formed below the engagement piece 553n of the third divided body 553, and elasticity to the lower side of the engagement piece 553n (that is, the direction in which the protrusion 553n1 comes out of the opening 552m, the lower side in FIG. 28). Deformation is possible.

  Therefore, from the state shown in FIGS. 23A and 28 (fourth state), the side wall member 55 (for example, the first divided body 551) is expanded by the player's operation (the lower side in FIG. 23A). 28), the second divided body 552 (second horizontal portion 552g) pushes the protrusion 553n1 of the engagement piece 553n of the third divided body 553 downward on the inner wall surface of the opening 552m. When the inner wall surface of the opening 552m gets over the protrusion 553n1, the fifth state is formed as shown in FIGS. 23 (b) and 29.

  In the fifth state, the relative displacement (rotation) in the enlargement direction is engaged with the protrusion 553b of the third divided body 553 on the inner wall surface of the restriction groove 552c of the second divided body 552 as described above. Thus, it is regulated (see FIG. 20B).

  In the fifth state, the protrusion 553n1 of the engagement piece 553n of the third divided body 553 is brought into contact with the lower surface of the second horizontal portion 552g of the second divided body 552, and the engagement piece 553n of the third divided body 553 is contacted. Is elastically deformed downward (lower side in FIG. 29). Thereby, the tip of the engagement piece 553n of the third divided body 553 is engaged with the outer wall surface of the second horizontal portion 554g of the fourth divided body 554, and the reduction direction of the third divided body 553 with respect to the fourth divided body 554 Relative displacement (rotation) to the upper side (FIG. 23 (b) upper side, FIG. 29 right side) is restricted.

  As shown in FIG. 23B and FIG. 29, the seventh divided body 557, the sixth divided body 556, the fifth divided body 555, the fourth divided body 554, and the third divided body 553 are integrated with each other ( In the state (fifth state) in which the first and second divided bodies 551 and 552) are displaced (rotated) in the enlargement direction (the lower side in FIG. 23B and the left side in FIG. 29), The horizontal portion 553g is retracted in the reduction direction (right side in FIG. 29) from the lower surface of the engagement piece 552n of the second divided body 552. As a result, a space is formed below the engagement piece 552n of the second divided body 552, and the downward direction of the engagement piece 552n (that is, the direction in which the protrusion 552n1 comes out of the engagement wall 551j, the lower side in FIG. 29). Elastic deformation is possible.

  Therefore, from the state shown in FIGS. 23B and 29 (fifth state), the side wall member 55 (for example, the first divided body 551) is expanded by the player's operation (FIG. 23B lower side, FIG. 29 left side), the first divided body 551 is displaced in the enlargement direction while pushing down the protrusion 552n1 of the engagement piece 552n of the second divided body 552 with its engagement wall 551j. As the wall 551j gets over the protrusion 552n1, an enlarged state is formed as shown in FIG. 23 (c) and FIG.

  In the enlarged state, relative displacement (rotation) in the enlargement direction causes the protrusion 552b of the second divided body 552 to be engaged with the inner wall surface of the restriction groove 551c of the first divided body 551 as described above. Therefore, it is regulated (see FIG. 20B). At the same time, the stopper portion 551S1 of the first divided body 551 is brought into contact with the restriction portion 56a of the inner wall member 56, whereby relative displacement (rotation) in the enlargement direction is restricted (see FIG. 8).

  In the enlarged state, the protrusion 552n1 of the engagement piece 552n of the second divided body 552 is brought into contact with the lower surface of the first divided body 551, and the engagement piece 552n of the second divided body 552 is moved downward (the lower side in FIG. 30). ) To be elastically deformed. Thereby, the tip of the engagement piece 552n of the second divided body 552 is engaged with the outer wall surface of the second horizontal portion 553g of the third divided body 553, and the reduction direction of the second divided body 552 with respect to the third divided body 553. Relative displacement (rotation) to the upper side (FIG. 23 (c) upper side, FIG. 30 right side) is restricted.

  A structure in which relative displacement (rotation) of the first divided body 551 relative to the second divided body 552 in the reduction direction (upper side in FIG. 23 (c), right side in FIG. 30) in the enlarged state is restricted will be described later (FIG. 34).

  On the other hand, from the state shown in FIGS. 23C and 30 (enlarged state), the side wall member 55 (first divided body 551) is reduced in the direction of reduction (upper side of FIG. 23C, right side of FIG. 30) by the player's operation. When the engagement wall 551j is displaced and passes through the protrusion 552n1 of the engagement piece 552n of the second divided body 552, the engagement piece 552n of the second divided body 552 causes the protrusion 552n1 to engage with the engagement wall 551j by elastic recovery force. It returns to the state engaged. That is, the fifth state shown in FIGS. 23B and 29 is formed.

  From the state shown in FIG. 23B and FIG. 29 (fifth state), the side wall member 55 (for example, the first divided body 551) is reduced by the player's operation (upper side in FIG. 23B, right side in FIG. 29). When the opening 552m of the second divided body 552 (second horizontal portion 552g) is disposed above the protrusion 553n1 of the engagement piece 553n of the third divided body 553, the engagement of the third divided body 553 occurs. The combined piece 553n is returned to the state in which the protrusion 553n1 is engaged with the opening 552m by the elastic recovery force. That is, the fourth state shown in FIGS. 23A and 28 is formed.

  Similarly, from the state shown in FIGS. 23A and 28 (fourth state), the side wall member 55 (for example, the first divided body 551) is reduced by the player's operation (upper side in FIG. 23A), FIG. 28 right side), and each time the opening 553m and the engagement recesses 554t and 555t are arranged above the protrusions 554n1 to 556n1 of the engagement pieces 554n to 556n, the fourth to sixth divided bodies 554 to 556 The engagement pieces 554n to 556n are sequentially returned to the state in which the protrusions 554n1 to 556n1 are engaged with the opening 553m and the engagement recesses 554t and 555t by the elastic recovery force. That is, the third state (see FIGS. 22D and 27), the second state (see FIGS. 22C and 26), and the first state (FIGS. 22B and 25) are sequentially formed. .

  When the first state is formed, as shown in FIG. 25, the engagement between the engaging piece 556n of the sixth divided body 556 and the outer wall surface of the restricting protrusion 557r of the seventh divided body 557 is released. The side wall member 55 (for example, the 1st division body 551) is displaced to a reduction | decrease direction by operation of a player, and the reduction state shown to Fig.22 (a) and FIG. 24 is formed.

  Next, a lock structure that maintains the lower plate 50 in a contracted state will be described with reference to FIGS. 31 to 34.

  FIG. 31 is an exploded front perspective view of the first divided body 551. As shown in FIG. 31, the first divided body 551 closes the outer shell member 551S formed in a U-shaped cross-section with the lower surface open and the open surface corresponding to the first piece 551X of the outer shell member 551S. Bottom wall member 551U, and a lock mechanism 77 disposed in an internal space formed between the outer shell member 551S and the bottom wall member 551U.

  An opening 551S1 is opened on the upper surface of the outer shell 551S, and a stopper 551S2 is projected. A pair of shaft support portions 551U1 is disposed on the upper surface of the bottom wall member 551U. The opening portion 551S1 is an opening for allowing the player to perform a pressing operation by inserting the pressing operation portion 774 of the lock mechanism 77, and the stopper portion 551S2 is in contact with the restriction portion 56a of the inner wall member 56 and is the first. It is a wall part for regulating the displacement (rotation) of the division body 551 in the expansion direction. The shaft support portion 551U1 is a portion for rotatably supporting the shaft 772 of the lock mechanism 77.

  Here, since the 1st piece 551X of the 1st division body 551 is a site | part located in the forefront in the expansion state (refer FIG. 8), the front frame 14 is inadequate with the lower plate | plate 50 still expanded. If it is opened, the contact with the adjacent pachinko machine 10 is likely to break. In this case, in this embodiment, the first piece 551X of the first divided body 551 is formed in a box shape in which the bottom surface of the outer shell member 551S is closed with the bottom wall member 551U, and the rigidity is increased. Damage can be prevented. In addition, when the player operates the lower plate 50 (side wall member 55) in the expansion direction or the reduction direction, the first divided body 551 becomes a portion to be pushed and pulled, and thus the portion (first division). It is particularly effective that the rigidity of the first piece 551X) of the body 551 is increased.

  On the other hand, the second piece 551X of the first divided body 551 has a box shape in which the bottom wall member 551U is not disposed on the lower surface of the outer shell member 551S and the lower surface is opened (see FIG. 17A). The second pieces 552Y to 557Y of the second to seventh divided bodies 552 to 557 can be received from the box-shaped lower surface and accommodated in the internal space (see FIG. 21). Thereby, size reduction of the side wall member 55 (lower pan 50) can be achieved.

  The lock mechanism 77 includes a base portion 771 disposed in the first piece 551X, and a pair of shafts 772 that protrude from both side surfaces of the base portion 771 and are rotatably supported by the shaft support portions 551U1 of the bottom wall member 551U. And a lock piece 773 protruding from the shaft 772 forming portion side of the base portion 771 and having a distal end side disposed in the second piece 551Y, and a pressing operation portion 774 protruding from the upper surface on the base end 771 side. Prepare.

  The lock mechanism 77 is urged in a rotational direction in which the lock piece 773 is lowered and the pressing operation portion 774 is raised by an urging force of an urging spring (not shown) (a torsion coil spring in the present embodiment). The lock piece 773 can be raised by the player pressing down the pressing operation portion 774 protruding from the opening 551S1 of the outer shell member 551S. When the player's pressing operation is released, the player can be returned to the initial state (the state in which the lock piece 773 is lowered) by the biasing force of the biasing spring.

  FIG. 32 is a top view of the side wall member 55 in the contracted state, and shows a state where the outer shell member 551S is removed. 33 (a) and 33 (b) are side views of the side wall member 55 as viewed in the direction of arrow XXXIII in FIG. 33A shows a state before the pressing operation unit 774 is pressed down, and FIG. 33B shows a state where the pressing operation unit 774 is pressed down.

  As shown in FIGS. 32 and 33 (a), in the contracted state (the divided bodies 551 to 557 are pushed in and the storage area is minimized, see FIGS. 22 (a) and 24), the pressing operation In a state where the part 774 is not pushed down by the player, the lock piece 773 of the first divided body 551 (lock mechanism 77) has its engaging surface 773a as the side surface of the standing part 557f of the seventh divided body 557. It arrange | positions in the position which faces.

  That is, the engagement surface 773a of the lock piece 773 of the first divided body 551 (locking mechanism 77) is engaged with the side surface of the standing portion 557f of the seventh divided body 557, thereby the above-described integrated structure ( The first to sixth divided bodies 551 to 556) are displaced (rotated) in the enlargement direction (the left direction in FIGS. 32 and 33A) with respect to the seventh divided body 557 (that is, from the reduced state to the first state). Transition to (see FIG. 22B and FIG. 25) can be regulated.

  On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 33 (b), when the pressing operation unit 774 is pressed down by the player in the contracted state, the locking piece 773 of the first divided body 551 (locking mechanism 77) is raised, and this is applied. As a result of the ascent, the engagement surface 773a of the lock piece 773 is made non-facing to the side surface of the standing portion 557f of the seventh divided body 557. That is, the lock piece 773 of the first divided body 551 (locking mechanism 77) passes above the standing portion 557f of the seventh divided body 557 and can be displaced in the enlargement direction. Therefore, it is possible to displace (rotate) the above-described integrated structure (first to sixth divided bodies 551 to 556) in the enlargement direction (left direction in FIG. 33 (b)) with respect to the seventh divided body 557. As a result, it is possible to transition from the reduced state to the first state (see FIGS. 22B and 25).

  As described above, in this embodiment, unless the pressing operation unit 774 is pressed down by the player, the lock piece 773 of the first divided body 551 (lock mechanism 77) and the standing portion 557f of the seventh divided body 557 are arranged. Since the engagement can be maintained, for example, the lower plate 50 can be prevented from being inadvertently enlarged during the transport of the pachinko machine 10 or the opening operation of the front frame 14. As a result, it is possible to prevent the lower plate 50 and surrounding members from being damaged during transportation or when the front frame 14 is opened.

  Further, as described above, the restriction of the displacement of the side wall member 55 by the lock mechanism 77 in the enlargement direction is such that the integral structure (first to sixth divided bodies 551 to 556) expands with respect to the seventh divided body 557. Restrict displacement in the direction. That is, only the first displacement in the enlargement direction (transition from the reduced state to the first state) is restricted, and the subsequent displacement (transition from the first state to each state from the enlarged state) is not restricted. (See FIGS. 22 to 30).

  Thus, the side wall member 55 can be prevented from being inadvertently enlarged at the time of conveyance, while the restriction of the displacement of the side wall member 55 in the expansion direction by the lock mechanism 77 is released, and the first displacement is performed. After that, since it is not necessary to push down the push-down operation unit 774 of the lock mechanism 77 with respect to the subsequent displacement, it is possible to improve the operability of the player when adjusting the size of the storage area.

  Note that, from the state shown in FIG. 33B, the above-described integrated structure (first to sixth divided bodies 551 to 556) is enlarged with respect to the seventh divided body 557 (left direction in FIG. 33B). Is moved (rotated) to the first state (see FIG. 22B and FIG. 25), the lock piece 773 of the first divided body 551 (lock mechanism 77) has its inclined surface 773b changed to the first It is made to face the inclined surface 557f1 of the upright portion 557f of the seven-divided body 557.

  Therefore, when making a transition from the first state to the reduced state, the player displaces the integral structures (first to sixth divided bodies 551 to 556) in the reduction direction so that the inclined surfaces 773b and 557f1 are in contact with each other. As a result, the lock piece 773 can be raised and passed over the standing portion 557f. That is, since the operation of the pressing operation unit 773 can be made unnecessary, it is possible to improve the player's operability when forming the reduced state.

  FIG. 34A is a top view of the side wall member 55 in an enlarged state, and illustrates a state in which the outer shell member 551S is removed. FIG. 34 (b) is a side view of the side wall member 55 as viewed in the direction of arrow XXXIVb in FIG. 34 (a). Note that FIG. 34B shows a state where the pressing operation unit 774 is not pressed down.

  As shown in FIG. 34 (a) and FIG. 34 (b), it is an enlarged state (a state where the divided bodies 551 to 557 are pulled out and the storage area is maximized, see FIG. 23 (c) and FIG. 30). In a state where the pressing operation unit 774 is not pressed down by the player, the lock piece 773 of the first divided body 551 (locking mechanism 77) has its inclined surface 773b as the second horizontal portion of the second divided body 552. It arrange | positions in the position which faces the side surface (end surface) of 552g.

  In other words, the inclined surface 773b of the lock piece 773 of the first divided body 551 (locking mechanism 77) is engaged with the side surface (end surface) of the second horizontal portion 552g of the second divided body 552, and thereby the first divided body. 551 is displaced (rotated) in the reduction direction (right direction in FIGS. 34A and 34B) with respect to the second divided body 552 (ie, transition from the enlarged state to the fifth state), FIG. (B) and FIG. 29) can be regulated.

  Thereby, it can suppress that the side wall member 55 (lower pan 50) is reduced inadvertently from an enlarged state. Further, since the lock mechanism 77 (lock piece 773) serves as both a means for prohibiting enlargement from the reduced state and a means for prohibiting reduction from the enlarged state, the number of parts is reduced correspondingly, and the product cost is reduced. Can be reduced.

  In this case, in the present embodiment, the inclined surface 773b of the lock piece 773 of the lock mechanism 77 is engaged with the side surface (end surface) of the second horizontal portion 552g of the second divided body 552, whereby the first divided body 551 is engaged. Displacement (rotation) in the reduction direction (right direction in FIGS. 34A and 34B) with respect to the second divided body 552 is restricted. Therefore, even when the pressing operation unit 773 is not pressed down, the first divided body 551 is reduced in the contraction direction (right side in FIGS. 34A and 34B) with respect to the second divided body 552. When displaced by a force greater than the reference, the action of the inclined surface 773 can raise the lock piece 773 against the urging force of the urging spring and get over the side surface (end surface) of the second horizontal portion 552g. .

  That is, if the force is below the reference, the engagement between the lock piece 773 and the second horizontal portion 552g is not released even if the first divided body 551 is displaced in the reduction direction with respect to the second divided body 552. The side wall member 55 can be maintained in an enlarged state, and can be prevented from being inadvertently reduced (transitioned to the fifth state). On the other hand, if the first divided body 551 is displaced in the shrinking direction with respect to the second divided body 552 with a force exceeding the reference, the lock piece 773 and the second horizontal portion are not required to be depressed. The engagement with 552g can be released and the state can be shifted from the enlarged state to the fifth state, and the operability of the player can be improved.

  In particular, the configuration in which the engagement between the lock piece 773 and the second horizontal portion 552g can be released and the transition from the enlarged state to the fifth state can be performed without the pressing operation portion 773 being pushed down as described above. Even if the front frame 14 is inadvertently opened while the lower plate 50 is in an enlarged state (enlarged state), the lower plate 50 (side wall member 55) can be displaced in the reduction direction, and therefore the breakage is caused. It is particularly effective for suppressing the above.

  As described above, according to the lower plate 50 of the present embodiment, the defining means (for example, the engaging portions 552n to 556n and the engaging portions 552n to 556n) that define the relative displacement between the divided bodies 551 to 557 to be overlaid. Engagement walls 551j, openings 552m and 553m, engagement recesses 554e and 555e, and a locking mechanism 77) are disposed, and the side wall member 55 (divided bodies 551 to 557) is stored by the player's operation. When the region is displaced (rotated) in the direction of enlarging or reducing the region, the order allowing the relative movement of the divided bodies 551 to 557 to be superimposed can be defined by the defining means. Thereby, the order of displacement (rotation) of each of the divided bodies 551 to 557 becomes constant, and the expansion or reduction of the storage area can be made unique (see FIGS. 22 and 23).

  In this case, in the present embodiment, when the side wall member 55 (divided bodies 551 to 557) is displaced (rotated) in the enlargement direction, the relative movement of the divided bodies 551 to 557 that are stacked one above the other is changed to the lower side. Therefore, the size of the storage area can be rapidly increased.

  In other words, if the relative movement in the enlargement direction is allowed in order from the lower division body, the division body superimposed above the division body in which the relative movement is allowed is also integrally displaced in the enlargement direction. Since it can be (rotated), the increase in the size of the storage area can be speeded up as compared with a mode in which relative movement is allowed in order from the upper divided body.

  For example, in the enlargement from the reduced state (see FIG. 22A and FIG. 24) to the first state (see FIG. 22B and FIG. 25), the seventh divided body 557 is fixed, and the first divided body 551- Since the sixth divided body 556 is simultaneously displaced in the enlargement direction as an integral structure, for example, the seventh divided body 557 is fixed from the second divided body 552, and only the first divided body 551 is displaced in the enlargement direction. As compared with the above, even if the operation amount of the player in the expansion direction is the same, the expansion amount of the size of the storage area for the operation can be increased. As a result, the size of the storage area can be quickly increased.

  On the other hand, in this embodiment, when the side wall member 55 (divided bodies 551 to 557) is displaced (rotated) in the reduction direction, the relative movement between the divided bodies 551 to 557 that are superimposed one above the other is Since it is permitted in order from the divided body, the divided bodies 551 to 557 can be smoothly displaced (rotated) according to the state of the sphere stored in the storage member.

  For example, in a form in which relative movement in the reduction direction is allowed in order from the lower divided body, if a sphere is stored up to a predetermined height position in the storage area, it is below the predetermined height position. It is necessary to displace (rotate) the positioned divided body in the reduction direction while flowing (pushing) the stored sphere, and the operation of the divided body is hindered.

  Specifically, for example, when the sphere is stored up to the height position of the fourth divided body 554 in the enlarged state (see FIGS. 23C and 30), the side wall member 55 (divided bodies 551 to 557). ) Is displaced (rotated) in the reduction direction when the sixth divided body 556 is displaced in the reduction direction with respect to the seventh divided body 557 (when transitioning from the enlarged state to the fifth state, FIG. In b) and FIG. 29), the fourth divided body 554 to the sixth divided body 556 need to be displaced while flowing (pushing) the sphere, and the operation is hindered by the flow resistance.

  On the other hand, if the relative movement is allowed in order from the upper divided body, each divided body is smoothly displaced without being blocked by the sphere until it interferes with the sphere stored in the storage area. The size of the storage area can be reduced. In the above example, when the first divided body 551 to the third divided body 553 are displaced in the reduction direction (that is, until transition from the enlarged state to the fourth state is performed), FIG. 23 (a) to FIG. 23 (c) and FIG. 28 to 27) can be smoothly displaced in the reduction direction without being obstructed by the sphere.

  Further, if the divided body is displaced to a position where it interferes with the sphere, then (ie, from the fourth state, see FIGS. 23A and 27), the displacement of the divided body is hindered by the sphere. Is interfering (that is, the storage area has been reduced to the required size), the player can be made aware by the increase in operating force. Therefore, the player can interrupt the operation without visually recognizing the state of the lower plate 50. As a result, the divided body can be smoothly rotated (reduction of the size of the storage area) according to the state of the sphere stored in the storage area, and the operability of the player can be improved.

  In the present embodiment, the engagement pieces 552n to 556n are formed as cantilevered elastic pieces having protrusions 552n1 to 556n1 projecting from the upper surface of the tip, and are divided on the upper side (the first divided body 551 to the first divided body 551n). By engaging the protrusions 552n1 to 556n1 with respect to the five-divided body 555), the divided body (third divided body 553 to the seventh divided body 557) stacked on the lower side is itself Since the engagement is performed by elastic deformation, each of the engagement pieces 552n to 556n can have both a function of restricting the relative displacement in the enlargement direction and a function of restricting the relative displacement in the reduction direction. That is, there is no need to separately provide an engagement piece for restricting the relative displacement in the enlargement direction and an engagement piece for restricting the relative displacement in the reduction direction. As a result, by reducing the number of parts, the structure can be simplified, and the product cost can be reduced accordingly. Further, since the opening area of the opening for forming the engagement piece can be reduced, the rigidity of each of the divided bodies 552 to 556 can be improved accordingly.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the engagement pieces 552n to 556n are formed from the second pieces 552Y to 556Y that are formed to be curved in an arc shape with the shaft support holes 551a to 557a (the shaft support pins 57) as the center. Therefore, a space for disposing the engagement pieces 552n to 556n can be secured along the circumferential direction of the second pieces 552Y to 556Y. Therefore, since the engagement pieces 552n to 556n can be enlarged and the rigidity thereof can be increased, it is possible to ensure relative displacement restriction and improve durability.

  Next, the lower plate 2050 in the second embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 35 to 46. First, the overall configuration of the lower plate 2050 will be described with reference to FIGS.

  FIG. 35 is a front perspective view of the lower plate 2050 in the reduced state, which is the lower plate in the second embodiment, and FIG. 36 is a front perspective view of the lower plate 2050 in the enlarged state. FIG. 37 is an exploded front perspective view of the lower plate 2050, and FIG. 38 is a rear perspective view of the inner wall member 2056. In FIG. 37, the disassembled state of the lower plate 2050 in the reduced state is shown. In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as 1st Embodiment, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

  As shown in FIGS. 35 to 38, the lower dish 2050 includes a bottom wall member 2054 that forms the bottom surface of the storage area, and a side wall member 2055 and an inner wall member that stand from the bottom wall member 2054 and form the side surface of the storage area. 2056, and a shaft support pin 2057 and a shaft support plate 2058 for rotatably supporting the side wall member 2055 on the bottom wall member 2054 are mainly provided.

  The bottom wall member 2054 includes a ball hole 2054a that is an opening for discharging a ball from the storage area of the lower plate 2050, and a ball lever 2054b that is operated by a player when the ball hole 2054a is opened. Is provided. The ball removal hole 2054a is disposed to be biased to the right side of the storage area of the lower tray 2050 (opposite the payout port 23, see FIG. 6) in the top view of the bottom wall member 2054. The upper surface of the bottom wall member 2054 is It is formed in a form that inclines downward from the four sides toward the ball extraction hole 2054a.

  Here, in the configuration in which the ball removal lever 2054a is disposed on the front surface of the lower plate 2050, when the lower plate 2050 is in an enlarged state, the ball removal lever 2054a is hidden by the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 that protrude toward the front. The player cannot visually recognize the extraction lever 2054a, and is obstructed by the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 protruding toward the front, so that it is difficult for the player to enter the ball extraction lever 2054a. Therefore, the operability is deteriorated.

  On the other hand, in this embodiment, the ball removal lever 2054a is disposed on the right side surface of the lower plate 2050 when viewed from the front. Thereby, even when the lower plate 2050 is in an enlarged state, it is possible to prevent the ball removal lever 2054a from being hidden by the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 that protrude to the front. Therefore, the player can always be visually recognized regardless of the enlarged state of the lower plate 2050, so that the operability can be improved.

  Further, the ball release lever 2054a is urged to the front side (player side) by an urging spring (not shown), and is pushed to the opposite side (inner frame 12 side) to the ball release hole 2054a. To release. In this case, the ball removal lever 2054a is disposed on the left side of the operation handle 51 (see FIG. 47) in a front view and substantially at the same height position. Thus, the player can easily push in the ball removal lever 2054a by operating the operation handle 51 with the right hand and using a finger (for example, the right thumb) unnecessary for the operation handle 51. Can do. As a result, the operability of the ball removal lever 2054a can be improved.

  The side wall member 2055 includes a plurality (four in this embodiment) of divided bodies (first divided body 2551 to fourth divided body 2554, FIG. 39 to FIG. 42) in the axial direction of the rotation shaft (axial support pin 2057). Are formed by being overlapped with each other. When each of these divided bodies 2551 to 2554 is rotated around the pivot pin 2057 as the center of rotation, the divided body on the upper layer side is greatly displaced outward to form a staircase shape, and the storage area of the lower plate 2050 To enlarge. Therefore, as in the case of the first embodiment, it is possible to ensure the degree of freedom of the arrangement of the ball hole 2054a in the bottom wall member 2054.

  Further, the side wall member 2055 is enlarged in a staircase shape by being largely displaced outward as the divided body on the upper layer side (see FIG. 36). Therefore, as in the case of the first embodiment, the storage area can be expanded without narrowing the space between the upper plate 17 and the front opening being widened. It is possible to easily put the player's hand into the lower plate 2050. In other words, the upper plate 17 can be enlarged accordingly.

  The inner wall member 2056 includes an upper wall portion 2056a fixed to the bottom wall member 2054, and a measuring wall portion 2056b suspended from the edge of the upper wall portion 2056a. The upper wall portion 2056a and the side wall portion 2056b are respectively disposed on the upper surface side and the inner side (reservation region side) of the short side portion (second pieces 551Y to 557Y) of the side wall member 2055 that is substantially L-shaped when viewed from above. As a result, the bottom wall member 2054 and the inner wall member 2056 surround the short side portion of the side wall member 2055 that is substantially L-shaped when viewed from above.

  Similarly to the case of the first embodiment, the inner wall member 2056 forms part of the side surface in the storage region of the lower dish 2050 by the side wall portion 2056b. That is, the side surface in the storage region of the lower plate 2050 includes the inner frame 12, a long side portion (first pieces 2551X to 2554X) of the side wall member 2055 as viewed from above, and the inner wall member 2056 (side wall). In the enlarged state, a short side portion (second pieces 2551Y to 2554Y) having a substantially L shape in a top view of the side wall member 2055 is added to the portion 2056b).

  Thus, in this embodiment, the inner wall member 2056 (side wall portion 2056a) forms a part of the inner wall of the storage region, and in the contracted state shown in FIG. 35, the substantially L-shaped short of each of the divided bodies 2551 to 2554. The side portions (second pieces 2551Y to 2554Y) are housed in the inner wall member 2056, and in the enlarged state shown in FIG. 36, the substantially L-shaped short side portions of the respective divided bodies 2551 to 2554 are projected from the inner wall member 2056. A part of the inner wall of the storage region is formed by both the substantially L-shaped short side portion (second pieces 551Y to 557Y) and the inner wall member 2056 (side wall portion 2056a). Accordingly, as in the case of the first embodiment, the length dimension of the substantially L-shaped short side portion is shortened, and accordingly, a space necessary for the movement of the substantially L-shaped short side portion is provided. Can be suppressed.

  A restricting portion 2056c protrudes from the lower surface of one end side (enlargement direction side) of the upper surface wall 2056a of the inner wall member 2056, and the restricting portion 2056c is a short side portion (first shape) of the side wall member 2055 as viewed from above. Overlapping the upper surface of the two pieces 2551Y). Therefore, when the side wall member 2055 that has received the weight of the sphere tries to fall downward, the restricting portion 2056c presses the upper surface of the side wall member 2055 (short side portion) and can suppress its lifting, so that the side wall member 2055 The downward fall can be suppressed.

  Further, the restricting portion 2056c can be brought into contact with the stopper portion 2551S2 of the side wall member 2055, so that the rotation of the side wall member 2055 in the expanding direction can be restricted and held at the overhanging position (see FIG. 36). . That is, the restricting portion 2056c not only plays a role of supporting the upper surface of the substantially L-shaped short side portion (second piece 2551Y) of the side wall member 2055 and suppressing the bending, but also in the expanding direction of each of the divided bodies 2551 to 2554. Since it also serves as a stopper that regulates the rotation of the motor, the number of parts can be reduced accordingly, and the product cost can be reduced.

  A rotating shaft (support pin 2057) of the lower plate 2050 is parallel to a shaft (not shown) that supports the front frame 14 so as to be openable and closable, and is disposed on the same side in the width direction (left side in front view). Therefore, the front frame 14 is opened while the lower plate 2050 is enlarged, and even if the lower plate 2050 comes into contact with the pachinko machine 10 installed next to it, the side wall member 2055 can be rotated in the reduction direction. It is possible to suppress the lower plate 2050 from being damaged.

  Here, the bottom wall member 2054 has a protrusion 2555b on the upper surface of the region where the first piece 2554X of the fourth divided body 2554 is overlapped in the reduced state, and a pair of upper surfaces of the region where the second piece 2554Y is overlapped. A rail portion 2555w and a restriction projection 2555r are provided to project.

  The protrusion 2555b is provided as a protrusion having a rectangular cross section, and is disposed (stored) in the restriction groove 2554c of the fourth divided body 2554. When the fourth divided body 2552 is rotated about the pivot pin 2057, the protrusion 2555b is brought into contact with the inner wall surface of the restriction groove 2554c, so that the fourth divided body 2554 can move relative to the bottom wall member 2054. A (rotation) range can be defined.

  In a state where the respective divided bodies 2551 to 2554 are overlapped, the rigidity of the side wall member 2055 as a whole is improved by fitting the rail portion 2555w between a pair of side walls of the second piece 2554Y of the fourth divided body 2554. (See FIG. 43). When the engaging piece 2554n of the fourth divided body 2554 is elastically deformed, the restricting protrusion 2555r abuts on the tip of the engaging piece 2554n so that the fourth divided body 2554 is displaced (rotated) in the reduction direction. ) Is regulated (see FIG. 45).

  The bottom wall member 2054 is formed with restriction walls 2555k1 and 2555k2 on the side of the rail portion 2555w (opposite to the storage region), and the inner wall member 2056 is latched with the restriction wall 2555k3 from the lower surface of the upper wall portion 2056a. An engagement portion 2555p is formed. The restriction walls 2555k1 to 2555k3 project from the side surfaces of the second pieces 2552Y to 2554Y of the second divided body 2552, the third divided body 2553, and the fourth divided body 2554 when the side wall member 2055 is in an expanded state. It faces so that it can contact | abut on the upper surface of wall 2522z-2554z, and the upward movement of overhang | projection wall 2552z-2554z is controlled. Thereby, the downward fall of the side wall member 2054 can be suppressed (see FIG. 43).

  The latch engaging portion 2555p is formed as a recess with which the latch portion 2551p protruding from the side of the first divided body 2551 is engaged. When the side wall member 2055 is in the contracted state, the latch portion 2551p of the first divided body 2551 is engaged with the latch engaging portion 2555p, so that the relative movement of the first divided body 2551 with respect to the inner wall member 2056 is restricted. . That is, the displacement (rotation) of the side wall member 2055 (first divided body 2551) in the expansion direction can be restricted.

  Next, the detailed configuration of the lower plate 2050 will be described with reference to FIGS. 39 to 46. 39 and 40 are exploded front perspective views of the side wall member 2055, and FIGS. 41 and 42 are exploded bottom perspective views of the side wall member 2055.

  39 (a) and 41 (a), the first divided body 2551, and FIGS. 39 (b) and 41 (b), the second divided body 2552, are shown in FIGS. 40 (a) and 42. FIG. 40A shows a third divided body 2553, and FIGS. 40B and 42B show a fourth divided body 2554.

  Here, in the present embodiment, the second divided body 2552 to the fourth divided body 2554 are formed in the same shape (that is, as a common component). Therefore, the number of parts can be reduced, and the product cost can be reduced. However, for convenience of explanation, each of the configurations of the second divided body 2552 to the fourth divided body 2554 will be described with different names and symbols.

  As shown in FIGS. 39 to 42, the first divided body 2551 to the fourth divided body 2554 are provided with shaft support holes 2551 a to 2554 a on one end side, and form a long side portion that is substantially L-shaped when viewed from above. The first piece 2551X to 2554X and the second piece 2551Y to 2554Y that are connected to the other end side of the first piece 2551X to 2554X and form a short side portion that is substantially L-shaped when viewed from above.

  The first pieces 2551X to 2557X are formed in a substantially square shape in which the storage region side is concave (that is, protrudes outward), and the second pieces 2551Y to 2554Y are centered on the shaft support holes 2551a to 2554a and are substantially A top view shape (axial view shape of the shaft support holes 2551a to 2554a) is formed in an arc shape having the same diameter.

  The first pieces 2551X to 2554X are formed to be bent in a substantially U-shape that protrudes outward, so that not only the size of the storage region can be secured, but also a linear portion is formed. When the member 2055 (first piece 2551X) is enlarged or reduced by the player's operation, the straight portion can be easily grasped by hand, and the side wall member 2055 (first piece 2551X) can be pushed or pulled out. The operability can be improved.

  Projections that extend along the longitudinal direction of the first pieces 2552X to 2554X and project as rectangular projections on the upper surfaces of the first pieces 2552X to 2554X of the second divided body 2552 to the fourth divided body 2554 2552b to 2554b are disposed (see FIGS. 39 and 40). On the other hand, on the lower surfaces of the first pieces 2551X to 2554X of the first divided body 2551 to the fourth divided body 2554, the first pieces 2551X to 2554X are extended along the longitudinal direction of the first pieces 2551X to 2554X, and are formed as grooves having a concave cross section. Restriction grooves 2551c to 2554c are disposed (see FIGS. 41 and 42).

  When the respective divided bodies 2551 to 2554 are stacked one above the other, the protrusions 2552b to 2554b of the second divided body 2552 to the fourth divided body 2554 are in the restriction grooves 2551c to 2553c of the third divided body 2553 from the first divided body 2551. In addition, the protrusions 2555b (see FIG. 37) of the bottom wall member 2054 are respectively disposed (contained) in the restriction grooves 2551c of the fourth divided body 2553. As a result, when each of the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 is rotated around the pivot pin 2057, the protrusions 2552b to 2555b are brought into contact with the inner wall surfaces of the restriction grooves 2551c to 2554c, thereby each divided body 2551. A movable (rotating) range of ~ 2554 is defined.

  The pair of inner wall surfaces of the regulation grooves 2551c to 2554c facing each other are formed so that the bottom view shape is the same as the projections 2552b to 2555b and the top view shape, and one of the inner wall surfaces is the first on the storage region side. The other inner wall surface is disposed along the edge of the pieces 2552X to 2554X, and the other inner wall surface is located on the opposite side (outward side) from the storage region toward the second pieces 2551Y to 2554Y from the shaft support holes 2551a to 2554a. It is arranged with the posture to do. That is, the groove widths of the restriction grooves 2551c to 2554c are gradually enlarged from the shaft support holes 2551a to 2554a toward the second pieces 2551Y to 2554Y.

  In the second piece 2551Y of the first divided body 2551, an opening 2551m having a rectangular shape in front view is formed on the lower surface, and a latch portion 2551p is disposed on the side surface so as to be able to appear and retract. The latch portion 2551p is urged in the protruding direction by the urging spring, and is engaged with the latch engagement portion 2555p (see FIG. 38) of the inner wall member 2056 when the side wall member 2055 is in the contracted state. When the side wall member 2055 (first divided body 2551) in the reduced state is displaced (rotated) in the enlargement direction by the player's operation, the latch portion 2551p is immersed in the first divided body 2551, and the latch engaging portion 2555p. Is disengaged.

  The second pieces 2552Y to 2554Y of the second divided body 2552 to the fourth divided body 2554 are formed with openings 2552m to 2554m having a rectangular shape when viewed from the front, and positions corresponding to the openings 2552m to 2554m (upper surface). Engagement pieces 2552n to 2554n extending along the longitudinal direction of the second pieces 2552Y to 2554Y are formed in a manner raised from the upper surface at a position overlapping in view).

  The engagement pieces 2552n to 2554n are formed as cantilevered elastic pieces having a free end at the tip, and are located on the upper surface side from the openings 2552m to 2554m, and have a semicircular cross section on the top surface of the tip. Projecting portions 2552n1 to 2554n1 are provided. Further, rib-shaped ribs 2552n2 to 2554n2 are suspended from the lower surfaces of the engagement pieces 2552n to 2554n.

  A pair of rail portions 2552w to 2554w are erected from the upper surface to the second pieces 2552Y to 2554Y of the second divided body 2552 to the fourth divided body 2554, and overhanging walls 2552z to 2554z are horizontally projected from the side surface. Is done.

  In the pair of rail portions 2552w to 2554w, the distance between the outer surfaces of the pair of rail portions 2552w to 2554w is set to a size that is equal to or slightly smaller than the facing distance between the pair of side walls of the second pieces 2551Y to 2553Y of the first divided body 2552 to the third divided body 2553. Is done. Therefore, when each of the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 is overlaid, the rail portions 2552w to 2554w are fitted between the opposing sides of the pair of side walls of the second pieces 2551Y to 2554Y, thereby improving the rigidity of the side wall member 2055 as a whole. (See FIG. 43).

  The overhanging walls 2552z to 2554z face the lower surfaces of the restriction walls 2555k1 and 2555k2 of the bottom wall member 2054 and the restriction wall 2555k3 of the inner wall member 2056 when the side wall member 2055 is in the expanded state. The upward movement of the walls 2552z to 2554z is restricted (see FIG. 43).

  The engagement pieces 2552n to 2554n (projections 2552n1 to 2554n1) of the second divided body 2552 to the fourth divided body 2554 are formed so as to be engageable with the openings 2551m to 2553m of the third divided body 2553 from the first divided body 2551. Thus, the relative displacement in one direction from the second divided body 2552 to the fourth divided body 2554 with respect to the third divided body 2553 from the first divided body 2551 can be restricted, and the engagement pieces 553n and 554n. Since the engagement with the openings 552m and 553m is released by elastic deformation of the lens, relative displacement in one direction can be allowed and relative displacement in the other direction can be restricted (FIGS. 45 and 46).

  That is, the engagement pieces 2552n to 2554n and the like are portions that function as a defining unit that regulates relative movement between the overlapped divided bodies 2551 to 2554, and the side wall member 2055 is enlarged or reduced by an operation of the player. In this case, the order in which the rotation of each of the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 is allowed is defined. Thereby, as will be described later, it is possible to make the form of expansion or contraction of the storage area unique while keeping the order of rotation of each of the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 constant (see FIG. 44).

  Next, the relationship between the second pieces 2551Y to 2554Y in the first divided body 2551 to the fourth divided body 2554 of the side wall member 2055 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 43 is a rear perspective view of the lower plate 2050 in the enlarged state, and shows a state where the inner wall member 2056 is removed.

  As described above, in the side wall member 2055, the second pieces 2551Y to 2554Y of the respective divided bodies 2551 to 2554 are arc-shaped with the same diameter centered on the shaft support holes 2551a to 2554a (the shaft support pins 2057, see FIG. 37). Therefore, when the divided bodies 2551 to 2554Y are rotated around the shaft support holes 2551a to 2554a, the trajectories of the second pieces 2551Y to 2554Y can be made to coincide with each other (see FIG. 44). . Therefore, since the second pieces 2551Y to 2554Y always overlap each other, the rigidity of the side wall member 2055 (the structure in which the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 are overlapped) can be ensured, and bending due to the weight of the sphere can be suppressed.

  As shown in FIG. 43, in this case, the side wall member 2055 has a second side from the lower surface side between a pair of side walls in the second pieces 2551Y to 2554Y of the first divided body 2551 to the second piece 2554Y. The rail portions 2552w to 2554w and the rail portion 2555w of the bottom wall member 2054 in the second pieces 2552Y to 2554Y of the divided body 2552 to the second pieces 2552Y to 2554Y are fitted and overlapped with each other.

  Therefore, the second pieces 2551Y to 2554Y fall outward due to the load in the horizontal direction (the direction in which the second pieces 2551Y to 2554Y of the side wall member 2055 are pushed outward) received from the stored spheres. By fitting the rail portions 2552w to 2555w between the opposing sides of the pair of side walls, they can be regulated with each other. In particular, in the present embodiment, since the lowermost rail portion 2555w is erected from the bottom wall member 2054, the fall of the first divided body 2551 to the fourth divided body 2554 is utilized using the rigidity of the side wall member 2055. Can be supported firmly.

  In addition, overhanging walls 2552z to 2554z are formed to project from the side of the second pieces 2551Y to 2554Y of the fourth divided body 2554 from the second divided body 2552, and in the enlarged state, the side wall member 2055 is overhanged walls 2552z to 2554z. The upper surface of the inner wall member 2054 faces the restriction walls 2555k1, 2555k2 of the bottom wall member 2054 and the restriction wall 2555k3 (see FIG. 38) of the inner wall member 2056.

  Here, when a large number of spheres are stored in the storage region in the enlarged state, the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 protruding in a staircase shape bend in a direction that causes the first pieces 2551X to 2554X to fall down. According to the present embodiment, the upward movement of the overhanging walls 2552z to 2554z can be restricted by the restriction walls 2555k1 to 2555k3, so that the second pieces 2552Y to 2554Y in the divided bodies 2552 to 2554 are moved upward. It can suppress floating. As a result, the side wall member 55 can be prevented from falling down.

  In this case, the restricting portion 2056c of the inner wall member 2056 is brought into contact with the upper surface of the second piece 2551 of the first divided body 2551 (see FIGS. 36 and 38). The upward lifting of the two pieces 2551Y can be suppressed. Therefore, also by this, the downward fall of the side wall member 55 can be suppressed.

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 44 to 46, when the side wall member 2055 is operated by the player and the storage area of the lower plate 2050 is expanded or reduced, the order in which the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 are displaced (rotated). Will be described.

  44 (a) is a top view of the lower plate 2050 in the contracted state, and FIGS. 44 (b) to 44 (d) are top views of the lower plate 2050 in the first state to the third state. 44 (e) is a top view of the lower plate 2050 in the enlarged state.

  45 (a) is a side sectional view of the lower plate 2050 in the reduced state, and FIGS. 45 (b) and 45 (c) are side sectional views of the lower plate 2050 in the first state and the second state. It is. FIG. 46A is a side sectional view of the lower plate 2050 in the third state, and FIG. 46B is a side sectional view of the lower plate 2050 in the enlarged state.

  As shown in FIGS. 44 (a) and 45 (a), in the contracted state (the state in which the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 are pushed in and the storage area is minimized), the first divided body 2551 to the third divided body 2553 are used. Engagement pieces 2552n to 2554n (projections 2552n1 to 2554n1) of the second divided body 2552 to the fourth divided body 2554 are engaged with the inner wall surfaces of the openings 2551m to 2553m.

  The engagement pieces 2552n and 2553n of the second divided body 2552 and the third divided body 2553 are arranged on the lower surface side thereof by disposing the engagement pieces 2553n and 2554n of the fourth divided body 2554. The engagement piece 2554n of the quadrant 2554 has a restriction projection 2555r of the bottom wall member 2054 disposed on the lower surface side thereof, so that each of the engagement pieces 2554n is downward (ie, the direction in which the projections 2552n1, 2553n1, and 2554n1 come out, FIG. a) Elastic deformation to the lower side) is restricted.

  Note that the ribs 2552n2 to 2554n2 suspended from the lower surface of the engagement pieces 2552n to 2554n are brought into contact with the upper surfaces of the engagement pieces 2553n and 2554n or the restriction protrusions 2555r, so that downward elastic deformation is restricted. Is done.

  As a result, relative displacement of the second divided body 2552, the third divided body 2553, and the fourth divided body 2554 with respect to the first divided body 2551, the second divided body 2552, and the third divided body 2553 (centering on the pivot pin 2057). Rotation) is regulated. That is, in the contracted state, the relative displacement (rotation) of the first divided body 2551 to the fourth divided body 2554 is restricted, and a structure in which the first divided body 2551 and the fourth divided body 2554 are integrated is formed. Is done.

  In this case, such an integral structure (first to fourth divided bodies 2551 to 2554) has an inner wall provided as a latch portion 2551p (see FIG. 39A) disposed on the first divided body 2551, as described above. Engaging with the latch engaging portion 2555p (see FIG. 38) of the member 2056, the enlargement direction (FIG. 44 (a) of the integrated structure (first to fourth divided bodies 25551 to 2554) with respect to the bottom wall member 2054). ) The relative displacement (rotation) in the downward direction (left direction in FIG. 45A) is restricted. Further, the relative displacement (rotation) in the reduction direction is regulated by engaging the protrusion 2555b of the bottom wall member 2054 with the inner wall surface of the regulation groove 2556c of the fourth divided body 2554.

  Therefore, the side wall member 2055 (an integrated structure by the first to fourth divided bodies 25551 to 2554) is displaced (rotated) in the enlargement direction by the player's operation, and the first divided body 2551 is operated by the operation force. The latch portion 2551p of the inner wall member 2056 is disengaged from the latch engaging portion 2555p of the inner wall member 2056, and the integral structure (first to sixth divided bodies 551 to 556) with respect to the bottom wall member 2054 is displaced in the expansion direction ( Rotation). As a result, the first state shown in FIGS. 44B and 45B is formed.

  In the first state, relative displacement (rotation) in the enlargement direction is restricted by engaging the protrusion 2555b of the bottom wall member 2054 with the inner wall surface of the restriction groove 2554c of the fourth divided body 2554. (See FIGS. 37 and 42 (b)).

  As shown in FIGS. 44 (b) and 45 (b), in the first state, the restricting projection 2555r of the bottom wall member 2054 is reduced from the lower surface of the engagement piece 2554n of the fourth divided body 2554 (FIG. 45). (B) Retreat to the right side. As a result, a space is formed below the engagement piece 2554n of the fourth divided body 2554, and below the engagement piece 2554n (ie, the direction in which the protrusion 2554n1 comes out of the opening 2553m, the lower side in FIG. 45B). It will be in the state which can be elastically deformed.

  Therefore, from the state (first state) shown in FIGS. 44 (b) and 45 (b), the side wall member 2055 (for example, the first divided body 551) is expanded by the player's operation (downward in FIG. 44 (b)). Side, FIG. 45 (b) left side), the third divided body 2553 pushes the projection 2554n1 of the engagement piece 2554n of the fourth divided body 2554 downward with the inner wall surface of the opening 2553m, As shown in FIGS. 44 (c) and 45 (c), the second state is formed by the displacement in the enlargement direction and the inner wall surface of the opening 2553m getting over the protrusion 2554n1.

  In the second state, relative displacement (rotation) in the enlargement direction is restricted by engaging the projection 2554b of the fourth divided body 2554 with the inner wall surface of the restriction groove 2553c of the third divided body 2553. (See FIGS. 40B and 42A).

  In the second state, the protrusion 2554n1 of the engagement piece 2554n of the fourth divided body 2554 is brought into contact with the lower surface of the second piece 2553Y of the third divided body 2553, and the engagement piece 2554n of the fourth divided body 2554 is contacted. The state is elastically deformed downward (lower side in FIG. 45 (c)). As a result, the tip of the engagement piece 2554n of the fourth divided body 2554 (the end surface of the rib 2554n2) is engaged with the outer wall surface of the restricting protrusion 2555r of the bottom wall member 2054, and the fourth divided body 2554 with respect to the bottom wall member 2054. Relative displacement (rotation) in the reduction direction (upper side in FIG. 44 (c), right side in FIG. 45 (c)) is restricted.

  44 (c) and 45 (c), in the second state, the engagement piece 2554n of the fourth divided body 2554 is reduced from the lower surface of the engagement piece 2553n of the third divided body 2553 (see FIG. 44). 45 (c) right side). Thus, a space is formed below the engagement piece 2553n of the third divided body 2553, and below the engagement piece 2553n (that is, the direction in which the protruding portion 2553n1 comes out of the opening 2552m, the lower side in FIG. 45C). It will be in the state which can be elastically deformed.

  Therefore, from the state shown in FIGS. 44 (c) and 45 (c) (second state), the side wall member 2055 (for example, the first divided body 551) is expanded by the player's operation (downward in FIG. 44 (c)). When the second divided body 2552 is displaced to the side, FIG. 45 (c) left side), the protrusion 2553n1 of the engaging piece 2553n of the third divided body 2553 is pushed downward by the inner wall surface of the opening 2552m, As shown in FIGS. 44 (d) and 46 (a), the third state is formed by the displacement in the enlargement direction and the inner wall surface of the opening 2552m getting over the protrusion 2553n1.

  In the third state, relative displacement (rotation) in the enlargement direction is restricted by engaging the protrusion 2553b of the third divided body 2553 with the inner wall surface of the restriction groove 2552c of the second divided body 2552. (See FIG. 40 (a) and FIG. 41 (b)).

  In the third state, the protrusion 2553n1 of the engagement piece 2553n of the third divided body 2553 is brought into contact with the lower surface of the second piece 2552Y of the second divided body 2552, and the engagement piece 2553n of the third divided body 2553 is The state is elastically deformed downward (lower side in FIG. 46A). As a result, the front end (end surface of the rib 2553r) of the engagement piece 2553n of the third divided body 2553 is engaged with the rear end surface of the engagement piece 2554n of the fourth divided body 2554, and the third divided body 2554 is divided into the third divided portion. The relative displacement (rotation) of the body 2553 in the reduction direction (upper side in FIG. 44 (d), right side in FIG. 46 (a)) is restricted.

  As shown in FIGS. 44D and 46A, in the third state, the engagement piece 2553n of the third divided body 2553 is reduced from the lower surface of the engagement piece 2552n of the second divided body 2552 (see FIG. 44). 46 (a) right side). As a result, a space is formed below the engagement piece 2552n of the second divided body 2552, and below this engagement piece 2552n (ie, the direction in which the protrusion 2552n1 comes out of the opening 2551m, the lower side of FIG. 46A). ) To be elastically deformable.

  Therefore, from the state shown in FIGS. 44D and 46A (the third state), the side wall member 2055 (for example, the first divided body 551) is expanded by the player's operation (downward in FIG. 44D). When the first divided body 2551 is displaced to the side, FIG. 46 (a) left side), the protrusion 2552n1 of the engagement piece 2552n of the second divided body 2551 is pushed downward by the inner wall surface of the opening 2551m, As the inner wall surface of the opening 2551m gets over the protrusion 1551n1, the enlarged state is formed as shown in FIG. 44 (e) and FIG. 28 (b) by 46 (b).

  In the enlarged state, relative displacement (rotation) in the enlargement direction is restricted by engaging the protrusion 2552b of the second divided body 2552 with the inner wall surface of the restriction groove 2551c of the first divided body 2551. (See FIG. 39 (b) and FIG. 41 (a)). At the same time, the stopper portion 2551S2 of the first divided body 2551 is brought into contact with the restricting portion 2056c of the inner wall member 2056, thereby restricting relative displacement (rotation) in the enlargement direction.

  In the enlarged state, the protrusion 2552n1 of the engagement piece 2552n of the second divided body 2552 is brought into contact with the lower surface of the second piece 2552Y of the first divided body 551, and the engagement piece 2552n of the second divided body 2552 is below. The state is elastically deformed (lower side in FIG. 46B). As a result, the front end (end surface of the rib 2552n2) of the engagement piece 2552n of the second divided body 2552 is engaged with the rear end surface of the engagement piece 2553n of the third divided body 2553, and the second divided body 2553 is divided. The relative displacement (rotation) of the body 2552 in the reduction direction (upper side in FIG. 44 (e), right side in FIG. 46 (b)) is restricted.

  On the other hand, in the present embodiment, in the enlarged state, relative displacement (rotation) of the first divided body 2551 in the reduction direction (upper side in FIG. 44 (e), right side in FIG. 46 (b)) with respect to the second divided body 2552 is not restricted. . That is, the player can displace (rotate) the first divided body 2551 in the reduction direction without performing, for example, an operation of releasing the lock mechanism, so that the operability at the time of reduction is improved.

  From the state shown in FIGS. 44 (e) and 46 (enlarged state), the side wall member 2055 (first divided body 2551) is reduced by the player's operation (upper side in FIG. 44 (e), right side in FIG. 46 (b)). When the opening 2551m passes through the protrusion 2552n1 of the engagement piece 2552n of the second divided body 2552, the engagement piece 2552n of the second divided body 2552 becomes the opening 2551m by the elastic recovery force. The engaged state is restored. That is, the third state shown in FIGS. 44D and 46A is formed.

  From the state shown in FIG. 44D and FIG. 46A (third state), the side wall member 2055 (for example, the first divided body 2551) is reduced by the player's operation (upper side in FIG. 44D). 46 (a) right side), and the opening 2552m of the second divided body 2552 is disposed above the protrusion 2553n1 of the engagement piece 2553n of the third divided body 2553, the engagement of the third divided body 2553. The piece 2553n is returned to the state in which the protrusion 2553n1 is engaged with the opening 2552m by the elastic recovery force. That is, the second state shown in FIGS. 44C and 45C is formed.

  Similarly, from the state shown in FIGS. 44C and 45C (second state), the side wall member 2055 (for example, the first divided body 551) is reduced by the player's operation (FIG. 44C). When the opening 2553m of the third divided body 2553 is disposed above the protrusion 2554n1 of the engagement piece 2554n of the fourth divided body 2554, the upper portion of the fourth divided body 2554 is displaced. The engagement pieces 2554n are sequentially returned to the state where the protrusions 2554n1 are engaged with the openings 2553m by the elastic recovery force. That is, the first state shown in FIGS. 44B and 45B is formed.

  When the first state is formed, the engagement between the engagement piece 2554n of the fourth divided body 2554 and the outer wall surface of the restriction projection 2555r of the bottom wall member 2054 is released as shown in FIG. 45 (b). Therefore, when the side wall member 2055 (for example, the first divided body 551) is displaced in the reduction direction by the player's operation, the reduced state shown in FIGS. 44 (a) and 45 (a) is formed.

  As described above, also in the present embodiment, as in the case of the first embodiment, the order of displacement (rotation) of each of the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 is made constant, and the expansion or reduction of the storage area is made unique. (See FIGS. 44 to 46).

  In this case, the displacement (rotation) of the side wall member 2055 (divided bodies 2551 to 2554) in the enlargement direction is allowed in order from the lower divided body in the same manner as in the first embodiment. The scale can be expanded quickly. On the other hand, since displacement (rotation) in the reduction direction is allowed in order from the upper divided body, the displacement (rotation) of each divided body 2551 to 2554 is smoothly performed according to the state of the sphere stored in the storage member. It can be carried out.

  Next, the inner frame 3012 in the third embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 47 to 50.

  FIG. 47 is a front perspective view of the inner frame 3012 and the lower plate 2050 in the third embodiment. 48A is a top view of the inner frame 3012 and the lower plate 2050, and FIG. 48B is a cross-sectional view of the inner frame 3012 and the lower plate 2050 taken along the line XLVIIIb-XLVIIIb of FIG. 48A. It is. In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as each said embodiment, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

  As shown in FIGS. 47 and 48, a first detour 3300 and a second detour 3400 are formed in front of the inner frame 3012 in the third embodiment. The first detour 3300 and the second detour 3400 are sphere paths for detouring the sphere paid out from the payout outlet 23 and sending the sphere to an area away from the payout outlet 23 of the lower plate 2050. It is formed in the front surface of the inner frame 3012 as a groove having a substantially rectangular shape when viewed from the front.

  The first detour path 3300 and the second detour path 3400 are respectively extended from the payout opening 23 toward the left side in the front view and the right side in the front view, and the lower surface of the concave groove (the lower surface in FIG. 48B) is rolled. The moving surfaces 3310 and 3410 are used. The rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410 are portions for rolling the sphere, and are one end at a height position (FIG. 48 (b) vertical position) that is substantially flush with the lower surface 23a of the payout opening 23 in a front view. And is inclined downward from one end to the other end.

  Note that one end of each of the rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410 of each of the detours 3300 and 3400 is substantially flush with the lower surface 23a of the payout port 23, so that a mountain is formed by a sphere stored in the vicinity of the payout port 23 and The sphere can flow into the detours 3300 and 3400 after the height of the mountain exceeds at least the lower surface 23a of the outlet 23 (see FIGS. 49 and 50). That is, after a mountain having a certain height is formed in the vicinity of the payout opening 23, the sphere can be detoured to an area away from the mountain by the respective detours 3300 and 3400, so that the entire storage area of the lower plate 2050 can be obtained. The spheres can be easily dispersed uniformly.

  Further, the rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410 are also inclined downward from the inner frame 3012 toward the lower plate 2050, and the inclination angle of the downward inclination is increased toward the other end side. Thereby, when the sphere detoured by the detours 3300 and 3400 flows down to the lower plate 2050 (see FIG. 50), the sphere that flows down from the other end side can give momentum to the flow. The ball can be sent to a farther area in the lower plate 2050. Therefore, it is possible to easily distribute the spheres uniformly throughout the lower dish 2050.

  In addition, the lower surface 23a of the discharge port 23 is formed in a shape in which the width dimension (dimension in the left-right direction in FIG. 48 (b)) increases toward the lower plate 2050 (that is, a divergent shape in which the width increases along the descending inclination direction). The Thereby, it is possible to make it easier to feed a ball from the lower surface 23 a of the payout opening 23 to the rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410 of the detours 3300 and 3400.

  Further, the lower surface 23a of the discharge outlet 23 is inclined downward from the inner frame 3012 toward the lower plate 2050, and both side portions thereof (that is, the side continuous with the rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410) are directed to the rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410. It is inclined downward. Therefore, the ball that has flowed down from the upper plate 17 to the lower surface 23a of the payout port 23 rolls on the lower surface 23a and is sent (flowed down) to the lower plate 2050. A ball whose ball feeding from the lower surface 23a to the lower plate 2050 is blocked by a pile of balls stacked on the lower plate 2050 is sent to one end of the rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410 by the downward inclination of both side portions of the lower surface 23a. Rolled on the moving surfaces 3310 and 3410 toward the other end.

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 49 and 50, the detouring of the sphere by the first detour 3300 and the second detour 3400 will be described. 49 (a) and 50 (a) are top views of the inner frame 3012 and the lower plate 2050, and FIGS. 49 (b) and 50 (b) are sectional views of the inner frame 3012 and the lower plate 2050. is there. 49 (b) and 50 (b) correspond to FIG. 48 (b).

  As shown in FIG. 49, the balls paid out from the payout opening 23 to the lower plate 2050 are easily stored in the vicinity of the payout opening 23, and a mountain is formed by the gradually accumulated balls. Therefore, it is difficult to uniformly disperse the spheres in the entire storage area of the lower plate 2050, and in the conventional product, it is necessary for the player to level and flatten the mountain by hand. Moreover, even if it comprises so that the storage area | region of the lower dish 2050 can be expanded like this embodiment, it is difficult to utilize the whole expanded storage area effectively.

  As shown in FIG. 50, in the present embodiment, when the inflow of the sphere from the payout port 23 to the storage area is hindered by the pile of spheres stacked near the payout opening 23, the inflow to the storage area is caused by the mountain. Spheres that are blocked are caused to flow into the detours 3300 and 3400, and the rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410 of the detours 3300 and 3400 roll from one end to the other end, thereby detouring the spheres. Can do.

  Thereby, a sphere can be sent to the area | region away from the payout opening 23, ie, the area | region away from the mountain, and it can be made easy to disperse | distribute a sphere uniformly to the whole storage area | region. As a result, for example, the player does not need to work to level and flatten the mountains stored in a part of the storage area, and can concentrate on the game. In addition, the entire expanded storage area can be used effectively.

  In particular, in the present embodiment, since the first bypass 3300 and the second bypass 3400 are provided in opposite directions on both the left and right sides of the payout opening 23, for the mountain formed by the spheres stacked near the payout opening 23, The sphere can be detoured to the left and right sides. That is, not only can the sphere be sent by the second bypass 3400 to the region (the right side in FIG. 50 (b)) beyond the sphere hole 2054a as viewed from the payout port 23 (the far side from the sphere hole 2054a). Also, the region on the opposite side (the region opposite to the direction from the payout port 23 toward the ball removal hole 2054a and the rising inclination side of the bottom wall member 2054 is difficult to store the sphere, the left side in FIG. 50 (b)). A ball can be sent by one detour 3300. As a result, the entire expanded storage area can be used effectively.

  Here, the width dimension of the rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410 is preferably larger than the diameter of the sphere. In this embodiment, the width dimension is set to be twice the diameter of the sphere. As a result, of the spheres that are stacked in the lower plate 2050 to form a mountain, the sphere is located beyond the height position of the rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410 and is located on the outermost side on the detours 3300 and 3400 side. However, even when entering the space of each detour 3300, 3400 (that is, when a part of the outermost sphere overlaps with the rolling surfaces 3310, 3410 in a top view), the rolling surfaces 3310, It is possible to secure a space for the ball to roll on 3410 and continue the detouring of the ball.

  The state shown in FIG. 50 corresponds to the initial stage where the detouring of the spheres by the detours 3300 and 3400 is started. As the detouring of the sphere progresses, the spheres stored in the lower plate 2050 are Further increased. Since the same applies to each of the following embodiments, the description thereof is omitted.

  Next, the inner frame 4012 in the fourth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 51 to 54.

  FIG. 51A is a cross-sectional view of the inner frame 4012 and the lower plate 2050 in the fourth embodiment, and FIG. 51B is an inner frame 4012 and the lower plate 2050 taken along the line LIb-LIb in FIG. FIG. FIG. 51 (a) corresponds to FIG. 47 (b). Also, the same parts as those in the above embodiments are denoted by the same reference numerals, and description thereof is omitted.

  As shown in FIG. 51, in the inner frame 4012 in the fourth embodiment, in addition to the first detour 3300 and the second detour 3400, the inner frame 4012 has a lower position than the detours 3300 and 3400. A third bypass 4500 and a fourth bypass 4600 are further formed respectively.

  The third detour 4500 and the fourth detour 4600 are arranged at a position one step down from the payout outlet 23, the first detour 3300, and the second detour 3400 (downward in FIG. 51A). It is formed as a concave groove having a substantially rectangular shape when viewed laterally, and the lower surface (the lower surface in FIG. 51A) of the concave groove is used as rolling surfaces 4510 and 4610. The rolling surfaces 4510 and 4610 communicate with each other at one end in a front view, and the communicated portion is disposed below the payout port 23 and descends from the communicated portion (one end) toward the other end. Inclined.

  The rolling surfaces 4510 and 4610 are also inclined downward from the inner frame 4012 toward the lower plate 2050, and the inclination angle of the downward inclination is increased toward the other end side. Thus, as in the case of the first detour 3300 and the second detour 3400, when the sphere detoured by the detours 4500 and 4600 flows down to the lower plate 2050 (see FIG. 53), the other end Since the sphere that flows down from the side can increase the flow, the ball can be sent to a farther area in the lower plate 2050. Therefore, it is possible to easily distribute the spheres uniformly throughout the lower dish 2050.

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 52 to 54, the detour of the sphere by the first detour 3300 to the fourth detour 4600 will be described. 52 (a), 53 (a) and 54 (a) are cross-sectional views of the inner frame 4012 and the lower plate 2050, and FIGS. 52 (b), 53 (b) and 54 (b) are shown. FIG. 10 is a cross-sectional view of the inner frame 4012 and the lower plate 2050. 52 (a), 53 (a), and 54 (a) correspond to FIG. 51 (a), and FIGS. 52 (b), 53 (b), and 54 (b) are diagrams. This corresponds to 51 (b).

  As shown in FIG. 52, after the ball discharged from the payout port 23 flows down to the third bypass 4500 and the fourth bypass 4600 (rolling surfaces 4510, 4610), the rolling surfaces 4510, 4610 thereof. A mountain is formed by the balls that have flowed down to the lower plate 2050 and gradually stacked. As shown in FIG. 53, when the inflow of the spheres from the rolling surfaces 4510 and 4610 of the third and fourth detours 4500 and 4600 to the storage area is hindered by the piles of the spheres stacked near the payout port 23, The sphere whose flow into the storage area is blocked by the mountain is caused to flow into the third detour 4500 and the fourth detour 4600, and the rolling surfaces 4510 and 4610 of these detours 4500 and 4600 are directed from one end to the other. The ball can be detoured by rolling.

  Thereafter, when the third detour 4500 and the fourth detour 4600 are filled with the piles of the accumulated balls, as shown in FIG. 54, the inflow to the storage area (the third and fourth detours 4500, 4600) is performed. Is caused to flow into the first detour 3300 and the second detour 3400, and the rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410 of the detours 3300 and 3400 are rolled from one end to the other end, The ball can be bypassed.

  Thus, in this embodiment, since a plurality of detours (first to fourth detours 3300 to 4600) are formed at different height positions, a mountain is formed by a sphere stored in the vicinity of the payout port 23. Then, first, a sphere can be caused to flow by detouring into a detour with a low height (the third detour 4500 and the fourth detour 4600), and the detour (the third detour 4500 and the fourth detour 4). When the 4 detour 4600) is buried in the sphere, the sphere can flow into the detour having a high height and can be detoured. In other words, the spheres can be detoured stepwise in different detours according to the degree of mountain growth (the degree of sphere stacking) formed in the vicinity of the payout opening 23, and evenly over the entire storage area of the lower plate 2050. The sphere can be easily dispersed.

  In particular, in this embodiment, the position where the other ends of the third rolling surface 4510 and the fourth rolling surface 4610 are closer to the payout port 23 than the other ends of the first rolling surface 3310 and the second rolling surface 3410. Therefore, as the mountain formed in the vicinity of the payout opening 23 grows, the sphere can be detoured stepwise to a region far from the payout opening 23 (that is, around the mountain). As a result, it is possible to easily distribute the spheres uniformly throughout the storage area of the lower dish 2050.

  Next, an inner frame 5012 in the fifth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 55 and 56.

  FIGS. 55 (a) and 56 (a) are cross-sectional views of the inner frame 5012 and the lower plate 2050 in the fifth embodiment, and FIGS. 55 (b) and 56 (b) are shown in FIG. 55 (a). It is sectional drawing of the inner frame 5012 and the lower plate 2050 in the LVb-LVb line. FIG. 55 (a) corresponds to FIG. 47 (b). Also, the same parts as those in the above embodiments are denoted by the same reference numerals, and description thereof is omitted.

  As shown in FIG. 55, the inner frame 5012 in the fifth embodiment has vertical walls 3311 from the edge on the lower plate 2050 (storage area) side of the rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410 of the first bypass 3300 and the second bypass 3400. 3411 is erected. The standing walls 3311 and 3411 are within a predetermined range from one end on the payout port 23 side of the edges of the rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410 (in this embodiment, a range that is substantially half the length of the rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410 in the rolling direction). And is not disposed on the other end side.

  Therefore, as shown in FIG. 56, when a ball is paid out from the payout opening 23 to the lower plate 2050 and a mountain is formed by the gradually stacked balls, the rolling surface of the balls forming such a mountain A sphere located beyond the height position of 3310, 3410 and positioned on the outermost side on each detour 3300, 3400 side enters the space of each detour 3300, 3400 (ie, the outermost sphere It can be avoided that a part thereof overlaps the rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410 in a top view. Thereby, it can suppress that the rolling of the ball | bowl on the rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410 is inhibited by the ball | bowl which entered each detour 3300 and 3400. As a result, the detours 3300 and 3400 can be effectively functioned, and the spheres can be easily dispersed uniformly throughout the storage region of the lower dish 2050.

  Further, even when the first detour 3300 and the second detour 3400 are provided, more balls can be stacked near the payout opening 23 to increase the height of the mountain. Therefore, more spheres can be stored in the storage area of the lower plate 2050 accordingly.

  Next, an inner frame 6012 in the sixth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 57 to 60.

  57A is a cross-sectional view of the inner frame 6012 and the lower plate 2050 in the sixth embodiment, and FIG. 57B is an inner frame 6012 and the lower plate 2050 taken along the line LVIIb-LVIIb in FIG. 57A. FIG. FIG. 57 (a) corresponds to FIG. 47 (b). Also, the same parts as those in the above embodiments are denoted by the same reference numerals, and description thereof is omitted.

  As shown in FIG. 57, in the inner frame 6012 in the sixth embodiment, a first detour 3300 and a fifth detour 6700 are formed in front thereof. The fifth detour 6700 is a ball path for detouring the ball dispensed from the dispensing outlet 23 and sending the ball in stages to the two locations away from the dispensing outlet 23 of the lower plate 2050. Is formed as a concave groove having a substantially rectangular shape when viewed from the front.

  The fifth detour 6700 extends from the payout opening 23 toward the right side when viewed from the front, and the lower surface of the concave groove (the lower surface in FIG. 57A) serves as a rolling surface 6710. The rolling surface 6710 is a part for rolling the sphere, and one end is arranged at a height position (a vertical position in FIG. 57 (a)) that is substantially flush with the lower surface 23a of the payout opening 23 in a front view. At the same time, it is formed so as to be inclined downward from one end to the other end (right side of FIG. 57 (a)).

  In the rolling surface 6710 in the present embodiment, there are a plurality (two in the present embodiment) of flow sections 6711 and 6712 with a predetermined interval in the extending direction of the fifth bypass 6700 (FIG. 57 (a) left and right direction). As a result, the rolling surface 6710 is divided into an upstream rolling surface 6710a and a downstream rolling surface 6710b.

  The flow lower portions 6711 and 6712 are portions for causing a ball rolling on the rolling surface 6710 to flow down to the lower plate 2050, and are located at a height position in front view with respect to the rolling surface 6710 (FIG. 57A, vertical position). ) Is lowered, and is formed to be inclined downward from the inner frame 6012 toward the lower plate 2050.

  In this case, the height direction between the upper surface on the inner frame 6012 side (FIG. 57 (a) back side of the paper surface) of the flow lower portion 6711 and the upper surface of the downstream end (right side of FIG. 57 (a)) of the upstream rolling surface 6710a. The amount of separation in the vertical direction (FIG. 57 (a)) is set to a size larger than the diameter of the sphere (in this embodiment, approximately twice the diameter of the sphere), and the lower plate 2050 side of the lower part 6711 (see FIG. 57). The distance in the height direction (FIG. 57 (a) vertical direction) between the upper surface of 57 (a) the front side of the paper surface and the upper surface of the upstream end (FIG. 57 (a) left side) of the downstream rolling surface 6710b is , A dimension equal to or smaller than the diameter of the sphere (equal dimension in this embodiment).

  That is, when a plurality of spheres stay in the lower flow 6711, the virtual plane formed by connecting the tops of the spheres is located at a height position below the downstream end of the upstream rolling surface 6710a, And it is located in the height position equivalent to the upstream end of the downstream rolling surface 6710b, or the height position (the height position equivalent in this embodiment) which becomes upper (refer FIG.60 (c)).

  Therefore, as described later, in a state where a plurality of spheres stay in the lower part 6711 (see FIG. 60 (c)), the sphere that has flowed down from the upstream rolling surface 6710a to the lower part 6711 has a momentum during the flow. Can be passed over the heads of a plurality of spheres staying in the flow part 6711 to reach the downstream rolling surface 6710b. As a result, the sphere that has rolled on the downstream rolling surface 6710 b and reached the lower part 6712 can flow down from the lower part 6712 to the lower plate 2050.

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 58 to 60, the detour of the sphere by the fifth detour 6700 will be described. 58 (a), 59 (a), and 60 (a) are cross-sectional views of the inner frame 6012 and the lower plate 2050, and FIGS. 58 (b), 59 (b), and 60 (b) are illustrated. FIG. 10 is a cross-sectional view of the inner frame 6012 and the lower plate 2050. FIG. 60C is a cross-sectional view of the inner frame 6012 taken along the line LXc-LXc in FIG. 58 (a), 59 (a), and 60 (a) correspond to FIG. 57 (a), and FIGS. 58 (b), 59 (b), and 60 (b) are diagrams. This corresponds to 57 (b).

  As shown in FIG. 58, when a ball is paid out from the payout opening 23 to the lower plate 2050, a mountain is formed by the gradually piled up balls. When the inflow of the sphere from the discharge outlet 23 to the lower plate 2050 is inhibited by the piles of the spheres stacked in the vicinity of the discharge outlet 23, as shown in FIG. Then, after flowing into the fifth detour 6700 and rolling the upstream rolling surface 6710a, it is possible to first flow down from the lower portion 6711 on the side close to the payout port 23 to the lower plate 2050.

  After that, a hill was formed by the spheres that flowed down from the lower part 6711 and accumulated, and when the hills prevented the flow of the spheres from the lower part 6711 to the lower plate 2050, they were rolled from the upstream rolling surface 6710a. The sphere stays in the lower part 6711, and the lower part 6711 is filled with the staying spheres (see FIGS. 60B and 60C).

  As a result, as shown in FIG. 60, a plurality of spheres that have flowed into the fifth detour 6700 and that have been rolled from the upstream rolling surface 6710a to the flow lower portion 6711 are retained in the flow lower portion 6711. It is possible to pass over the head and reach the downstream rolling surface 6710b. Thereby, it is possible to flow down from the flow lower part 6712 on the side far from the payout port 23 to the lower plate 2050.

  As described above, in this embodiment, the sphere that has flowed into the fifth bypass 6700 is first caused to flow from the lower part 6711 on the side close to the payout port 23 to the lower plate 2050, and at the same time, the mountain formed at the lowering point. If the flow from the lower part 6711 to the lower dish 2050 is inhibited by the above, the lower part 6712 on the side farther from the discharge outlet 23 can be made to flow down to the lower dish 2050. As a result, as the mountain formed in the vicinity of the payout port 23 grows, the sphere can be detoured stepwise to a region far from the payout port 23 (that is, around the mountain). As a result, it is possible to easily distribute the spheres uniformly throughout the storage area of the lower dish 2050.

  In the present embodiment, the upstream rolling surface 6710a and the downstream rolling surface 6710b are not inclined downward from the inner frame 6012 toward the lower plate 2050. However, at least one of these rolling surfaces 6710a and 6710b may be inclined downward from the inner frame 6012 toward the lower plate 2050. In this case, the inclination angle of the downward inclination from the inner frame 6012 toward the lower plate 2050 is set to be smaller than the inclination angle of the flow sections 6711 and 6712. As a result, the sphere that has flowed into the fifth bypass 6700 mainly flows down from the flow lower portions 6711 and 6712 to the lower plate 2050, and can also flow down from the rolling surfaces 6710a and 6710b to the lower plate 2050. Therefore, it is possible to easily distribute the spheres uniformly throughout the storage region of the lower dish 2050.

  Next, an inner frame 7012 in the seventh embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 61 to 63.

  FIG. 61A is a top view of the inner frame 7012 and the lower plate 2050 in the seventh embodiment, and FIG. 61B is an inner frame 7012 and the lower plate 2050 in the LXIb-LXIb line of FIG. 61C is a cross-sectional view of the inner frame 7012 taken along the line LXIc-LXIc in FIG. In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as each said embodiment, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

  As shown in FIG. 61, in the inner frame 7012 in the seventh embodiment, a second payout opening formed as a rectangular opening on the side of the payout opening 23 (right side in the width direction, right side in FIG. 61 (b)). 7023 is disposed. In the present embodiment, the payout port 23 and the second payout port 7023 are formed to have the same shape in front view and are arranged at the same height position (up and down position in FIG. 61 (b)).

  Inside the inner frame 7012, a ball feeding path 7024 for sending a ball that could not be stored in the upper plate 17 (see FIG. 1) to the payout outlet 23, and one end (upstream end) in the middle of the feeding path 7024 And the other end (downstream end 7025a) communicates with the second payout port 7023, and a sixth detour 7025 that is inclined downward from one end to the other end is formed.

  The ball feeding path 7024 is suspended from the upstream end on the upper plate 17 side while being curved in a substantially S shape, and the downstream end 7024a is communicated with the payout port 23 at a position where it can be seen from the payout port 23 in a front view. Therefore, the sphere that has flowed down the feeding path 7024 and reached the downstream end 7024a is flowed down from the discharge outlet 23 to the lower plate 2050. In the present embodiment, the distance from the downstream end 7024a of the pitching path 7024 to the lower edge of one end (upstream end) of the sixth detour path 7025 is approximately three times the diameter of the sphere.

  The sixth detour route 7025 has one end (upstream end) communicating with the ball path 7024 at a position that is a predetermined distance above the downstream end 7024a of the ball path 7024, and the downstream end 7025a is second in the front view. At a position visually recognized from the payout opening 7023, the second payout opening 7023 is communicated. Therefore, the sphere that has flowed into the sixth detour 7025 and reached the downstream end 7025a flows down from the second payout outlet 7023 to the lower plate 2050.

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 62 to 63, the detouring of the sphere by the sixth detour 7025 will be described. 62 (a) and 63 (a) are top views of the inner frame 7012 and the lower plate 2050, and FIGS. 62 (b) and 63 (b) are sectional views of the inner frame 7012 and the lower plate 2050. FIG. 62 (c) and FIG. 63 (c) are cross-sectional views of the inner frame 7012. 62 (a) and 63 (a) correspond to FIG. 61 (a), and FIG. 62 (b) and FIG. 63 (b) correspond to FIG. 61 (b). ) And FIG. 63 (c) correspond to FIG. 61 (c).

  When a ball is paid out from the payout opening 23 to the lower plate 2050, a mountain is formed by the gradually piled up balls. When the inflow of the ball from the payout port 23 to the lower plate 2050 is hindered by the piles of the balls stacked in the vicinity of the payout port 23, as shown in FIG. 62, the ball flowing down the ball feed path 7024 has its downstream end 7024a. The downstream end 7024a side of the pitching path 7024 is filled with the staying balls (see FIG. 62C).

  Thereby, as shown in FIG. 63, the sphere flowing down the pitching path 7024 can be caused to flow into the sixth detour route 7025. As a result, the ball that has flowed into the sixth bypass route 7024 and rolled to the downstream end 7025 a can be caused to flow down from the second discharge outlet 7023 that is spaced apart from the discharge outlet 23 in the width direction to the lower plate 2050.

  Thus, in this embodiment, when the inflow of the sphere from the payout port 23 to the lower plate 2050 is hindered by the mountains formed in the vicinity of the payout port 23, the sphere that flows down from the pitching path 2024 is It is possible to make a detour to the second payout outlet 7023 through the detour path 7025 and to flow into the lower plate 2050 from the second payout outlet 7023. As a result, the sphere can be caused to flow (send) from the second payout port 7025 toward the region away from the mountain formed by the sphere that has flowed in from the payout port 23, and as a result, the lower plate 2050 can be stored. It is possible to easily distribute the spheres uniformly over the entire area.

  That is, for example, since the lower plate 2050 side is open in the detour formed by recessing the front surface of the inner frame 7012, the ball is rolled from one end to the other end of the detour to be detoured ( Between one end and the other end), the sphere flows down to the lower pan 2050. That is, all of the spheres flowing into the detour cannot be detoured to the other end, and a sphere that flows down to the lower plate 2050 is generated before reaching the other end.

  On the other hand, according to the present embodiment, the sixth bypass path 7025 is disposed in the inner frame 7012 and is formed as a closed passage, so that the ball flows down to the lower plate 2050 during the detour. In other words, all of the spheres that have flowed into the sixth bypass route 7025 can roll (detour) to the other end (downstream end 7025a) (that is, can flow down from the second discharge outlet 7023 to the lower plate 2050). it can).

  Thereby, with respect to the mountain formed by the sphere that has flowed down from the payout opening 23 to the lower plate 2050, the ball is made to flow down to the lower plate 2050 only from a position sufficiently separated from the mountain (second payout port 7023). As a result, the spheres can be easily dispersed uniformly throughout the storage area of the lower dish 2050.

  Here, in the present embodiment, a first lower pan full tank switch (not shown) is disposed on the downstream end 7024a side of the pitching path 7024, and the sixth bypass path 7025 has a downstream side thereof. A second lower pan full tank switch (not shown) is disposed on the end 7025a side. In both of the lower tray full tank switches, the balls are stored in the ball feeding path 7024 or the sixth bypass route 7025 (the ball cannot be fed from the payout outlet 23 or the second payout outlet 7023 to the lower dish 2050). Turns on when is detected.

  In this case, when the first lower pan full tank switch is turned on and the second lower pan full tank switch and the reduced state detection sensor are turned off, it can be estimated that a sphere crest is formed in the vicinity of the payout opening 23. Therefore, the player is informed that “the ball of the lower plate 2050 is leveled”. Thereby, pitching can be restarted from the payout port 23 by leveling the mountain, and the storage area of the lower tray 2050 can be efficiently used to store more balls.

  When both the first lower plate full tank switch and the second lower plate full tank switch are turned on, a ball mountain is formed in the vicinity of the payout opening 23 and the detour of the ball by the sixth detour route 7025 is also completed. Since it can be estimated that the lower plate 2050 is full of balls, the player is informed that “the ball removal lever 2054a is operated”.

  Here, the lower plate 2050 is further provided with a reduced state detection sensor (not shown) that is turned on when the side wall member 2055 is in the reduced state, and the first lower plate full switch and the second lower plate full tank are placed. When both the switches are turned on and the reduced state detection sensor is turned on, “enlarge the lower plate 2050” before informing the player that “the ball removal lever 2054a is operated”. May be notified. The lower plate 2050 formed to be expandable can be used effectively.

  Examples of the notification method include display on the third symbol display device 81 and output by sound from the sound output device. Alternatively, the first lower pan full switch and the second lower pan full switch may be omitted, and only one lower pan full switch may be provided. In this case, the pitching path 7024 is provided on the upstream side (the side opposite to the downstream end 7024a) from the branch to the sixth bypass route 7025. Even when the payout port 23 and the second payout port 2023 are formed by such arrangement, it is possible to detect that the lower plate 2050 is full of balls by using the 1 lower plate full tank switch.

  Next, the inner frame 8012 and the lower plate 8050 in the eighth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 64 is a front perspective view of the inner frame 8012 and the lower plate 8050 in the eighth embodiment. In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as each said embodiment, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

  As shown in FIG. 64, in the eighth embodiment, a seventh bypass 8400 is formed in front of the inner frame 8012, and an extended bypass 8800 is connected to the seventh bypass 8400. The seventh detour 8400 is formed as a concave groove extending from the payout opening 23 toward the right side when viewed from the front, and the lower surface of the concave groove is a rolling surface 8410. The seventh alternative route 8400 is substantially the same as the second alternative route 3400 except that the extended length is longer than the extended length of the second alternative route 3400 in the third embodiment. The description thereof will be omitted.

  On the inner wall member 2056 of the lower plate 2050, an overhanging wall 8056h is formed to project from the side wall portion 2056b toward the storage area. The overhanging wall 8056h is formed as a plate-like body that bends in a U-shape when viewed from the front, and its upper surface serves as a rolling surface 8810 of the extension detour 8800. The overhang wall 8056h connects one end (upstream end) of the rolling surface 8810 to the other end (downstream end) of the eighth detour 8400, and the rolling surface 8810 descends toward the other end (downstream end). It is arranged in an inclined posture.

  In the present embodiment, the overhanging wall 8056h is disposed at a position spaced upward from the bottom wall member 2054, and a space (storage area) in which a sphere can be stored between the lower surface of the overhanging wall 8056h and the upper surface of the bottom wall member 2054. ) Is formed. In addition, the other end of the overhanging wall 8056h (the side opposite to the one end connected to the inner frame 12) is disposed at a height position substantially equal to the upper surface of the first piece 2554X of the fourth divided body 2554 of the side wall member 2055. Is done.

  As described above, according to the present embodiment, in addition to forming the eighth detour 8400 in the inner frame 12, the extended detour 8800 is also formed in the lower plate 2050 (inner wall member 2056). When the inflow to the storage area is hindered by the piles of spheres stacked in the vicinity and the spheres flow into the eighth detours 8400 (see FIGS. 49 and 50), the rolling surface 8410 of the eighth detour 8400 Using the rolling surface 8810 of the extension detour 8800, the ball rolled to the end is positioned farthest from the payout opening 23 (the first pieces 2551X to 2554X and the first pieces 2551X to 2554X and the first pieces in the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 of the side wall member 2055). The ball can be sent out (detoured) to the two pieces 2551Y to 2554Y. Thereby, a sphere can be sent to the area | region away from the mountain, and it can be made easy to distribute a sphere uniformly to the whole storage area | region.

  In particular, in the present embodiment, the other end of the overhanging wall 8056h (that is, the terminal end (downstream end) of the rolling surface 8810 of the extension bypass 8800) is the first piece 2554X of the fourth divided body 2554 of the side wall member 2055. It is arranged at a height position substantially equal to the upper surface.

  Therefore, when the lower plate 2050 is in the expanded state (that is, when the storage area is expanded and it is required to use the storage area effectively), the end of the rolling surface 8810 of the extension detour 8800 is obtained. Spheres flowing down from the first divided body 2551 to the fourth divided body 2554 on each side surface on the inner frame 12 side of the first pieces 2551X to 2554X (that is, each member forming a stepwise enlarged region). It is possible to further roll along the direction opposite to the rolling direction of the sphere in the eighth detour 8400 (the left direction in FIG. 64).

  That is, the sphere can be detoured to the back side of the mountain formed by the spheres stacked in the storage area (on the side opposite to the outlet 23 and on the side wall member 2055), and the spheres are uniformly distributed throughout the storage area. It can be made easy.

  Further, the overhanging wall 8056h is formed to be bent in a U-shape when viewed from the front, and the angle of descending inclination of the rolling surface 8810 formed on the upper surface thereof is larger at the other end side (side wall member 2055 side). Therefore, when the lower plate 2050 is contracted, a space is formed between the upper surface on the other end side of the overhanging wall 5056h and the inner wall surface of the side wall member 2055 (second pieces 2551X to 2554X). Can be formed.

  Accordingly, when the player performs an operation of reducing the lower plate 2050 from the enlarged state to the reduced state, the player's fingers are placed between the overhanging wall 8056h and the inner wall surface of the side wall member 2055 (second pieces 2551X to 2554X). It can suppress being pinched | interposed between them. That is, the operation of reducing the lower plate 2050 is performed by putting a finger of the left hand on the inner wall surface side of the second pieces 2551X to 2554X of the side wall member 2055, and using the palm and thumb of the left hand to place the second piece 2551X of the side wall member 2055 in the inner frame 12. Performing with the operation method of pushing toward the side has good operability, but according to the present embodiment, even with this operation method, the player can hardly hold the finger.

  Here, when forming the extended bypass 8800 by forming a concave groove in the side wall portion 256b of the inner wall member 2056, the inner wall member 2056 has an operation handle because it is necessary to secure an accommodation space for each of the divided bodies 2551 to 2554. Since it arrange | positions at 51 side and the space | interval of both becomes narrow, the operativity of the operation handle 51 deteriorates.

  On the other hand, according to the present embodiment, the extended detour 8800 is formed by projecting the projecting wall 8056h from the side wall portion 256b of the inner wall member 2056, so that the interval between the inner wall member 2056 and the operation handle 51 is secured. Thus, the operability of the operation handle 51 can be improved. On the other hand, even if the overhanging wall 8056h projects from the side wall portion 2056b of the inner wall member 2056, according to the present embodiment, the overhanging wall 8056h is formed in a plate shape, and the bottom surface and the bottom wall of the overhanging wall 8056h Since a space (storage area) in which a sphere can be stored is formed between the upper surface of the member 2054, the size of the storage area can be ensured.

  The present invention has been described based on the above embodiment, but the present invention is not limited to the above embodiment, and various modifications can be easily made without departing from the spirit of the present invention. It can be guessed.

  In each of the above embodiments, a gaming machine may be configured by replacing or combining part or all of one embodiment with part or all of another one or more embodiments.

  Although explanation is omitted in each of the above embodiments, a driving means (for example, an electric motor) for applying a driving force to the side wall members 55 and 2055 is provided, and the side walls 52 and 2055 are displaced by the driving force applied from the driving means. By rotating (rotating), the lower plates 50 and 2050 may be enlarged and reduced.

  In this case, for example, a sensor device that detects the storage amount of the sphere stored in the lower plate 50 is provided, and the side wall member 55, with a displacement amount (rotation amount) corresponding to the storage amount of the sphere detected by the sensor device. The lower plates 50 and 2050 may be enlarged and reduced by displacing (rotating) 2055 by the driving means (see, for example, FIGS. 22 and 23). The lower plates 50, 2050, which are unnecessarily enlarged and protrude forward, are prevented from interfering with the player, and the lower plates 50, 2050 can be enlarged if necessary. It is possible to concentrate on the game by suppressing the discharge frequency.

  Alternatively, the lower plates 50 and 2050 may be enlarged and reduced according to the gaming state. For example, a means for detecting the occurrence of a hit is provided, and when the hit is detected by the means, the side wall members 55 and 2055 are displaced (rotated) in the enlargement direction by the driving means, and the lower dishes 50 and 2050 are detected. May be expanded in advance. Further, for example, the lower plates 50 and 2050 may be enlarged during a predetermined performance. By expanding the lower plates 50 and 2050, the player can have a sense of expectation.

  Alternatively, the lower plates 50 and 2050 may be enlarged and reduced according to the state of the front frame 14. For example, a sensor device that detects the state of the front frame 14 is provided, and when the operation of opening the front frame 14 is detected by the sensor device, the side wall members 55 and 2055 are displaced (rotated) in the reduction direction by the driving means. The lower dishes 50 and 2050 may be reduced. Further, for example, a sensor device that detects the state of the cylinder lock 20 that locks the front frame 14 is provided, and when the unlocking of the cylinder lock 20 is detected by the sensor device, the side wall members 55 and 2055 are reduced by the driving means. The lower dishes 50 and 2050 may be reduced by being displaced (rotated) in the direction. When the front frame 14 is inadvertently opened while the lower plate 50 is in an enlarged state, the enlarged lower plate 50 can be prevented from coming into contact with the adjacent pachinko machine 10 and being damaged.

  In each of the embodiments described above, the lower dishes 50 and 2050 have been described as examples of targets for enlarging or reducing the storage area. However, the present invention is not necessarily limited to this, and instead of or in addition to this, The dish 17 may be the target.

  In each of the above-described embodiments, the side wall members 55 and 2055 can be rotated to the bottom wall members 54 and 2054 by the shaft support pins 57 and 2057 on the same side as the side on which the front frame 14 is rotatably supported. Although the case where it is axially supported has been described, the present invention is not necessarily limited to this, and the end on the side opposite to the side where the front frame 14 is rotatably supported is supported by the axially supporting pins 57, 2057 on the bottom wall member 54. , 2054 may be rotatably supported.

  In each of the above embodiments, as an example of the case where the elastic deformation of the engagement pieces 552n to 556n and 2552n to 2554n is used as the defining means for defining the relative movement between the respective divided bodies 551 to 557 and 2551 to 2554 superimposed. Although described, the present invention is not necessarily limited to this, and other defining means may be adopted. As other defining means, for example, the friction coefficients between the divided bodies 551 to 557 and 2551 to 2554 are made different from each other, and the divided bodies 551 to 557 and 2551 to 2554 What defines the order in which rotation is allowed is illustrated. Alternatively, a plurality of actuators (for example, solenoids) for engaging and releasing the divided bodies 551 to 557 and 2551 to 2554 are provided, and the divided bodies 551 to 557 and 2551 are driven by driving the actuators. What defines the order in which 2554 rotations are allowed is illustrated.

  Although explanation is omitted in each of the above embodiments, the first sensor device for detecting that the lower plates 50 and 2050 are in an enlarged state (or at least not in a reduced state) and that the front frame 14 is opened. When the second sensor device to be detected and the first and second sensor devices detect that the lower plates 50 and 2050 are in an enlarged state and the opening of the front frame 14 is detected, a notification is given. And a notifying means (for example, means for generating sound) may be provided. By leaving the notification means, it is possible to prevent the front frame 14 from being opened while the lower plates 50 and 2050 are in the enlarged state. As a result, it is possible to prevent the lower dishes 50 and 2050 from colliding with the adjacent pachinko machine 10 or the like and being damaged.

  In the fourth embodiment, the case where the first and second bypass routes 3300 and 3400 and the third and fourth bypass routes 4500 and 4600 are provided in two stages in the vertical direction has been described. However, the present invention is not necessarily limited to this. Alternatively, three or more detours may be provided.

  In the sixth embodiment, the case where the flow lower portions 6711 and 6712 are formed at two locations on the rolling surface 6710 of the fifth bypass 6700 has been described. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the flow flows down to three or more locations. A part may be provided.

  In the seventh embodiment, the case where the payout ports (the payout port 23 and the second payout port 7023) are provided at two locations has been described. However, the present invention is not necessarily limited to this, and there may be provided payout ports at three or more locations. good.

  In the eighth embodiment, the other end of the overhanging wall 8056h (the terminal end (downstream end) of the rolling surface 8810) is substantially the same height as the upper surface of the first piece 2554X in the fourth divided body 2554 of the side wall member 2055. Although the case where it arrange | positions to the position was demonstrated, it is not necessarily restricted to this, You may set this height position lower than the upper surface of the 1st piece 2554X, or from the upper surface of the 1st piece 2554X. May be set higher.

  You may implement this invention in the pachinko machine etc. of a different type from said each embodiment. For example, once a big hit, a pachinko machine that raises the expected value of the big hit until a big hit state occurs (for example, two times or three times) including that (for example, a two-time right item, a three-time right item) May also be implemented. Further, after the jackpot symbol is displayed, it may be implemented as a pachinko machine that generates a special game that gives a player a predetermined game value on the condition that a ball is won in a predetermined area. Further, the present invention may be implemented in a pachinko machine that has a special area such as a V zone and has a special gaming state as a necessary condition that a special ball is awarded to the special area. Further, in addition to the pachinko machine, the game machine may be implemented as various game machines such as an alepatchi, a sparrow ball, a slot machine, a game machine in which a so-called pachinko machine and a slot machine are integrated.

  In the slot machine, for example, a symbol is changed by operating a control lever in a state where a symbol effective line is determined by inserting coins, and a symbol is stopped and confirmed by operating a stop button. Is. Accordingly, the basic concept of the slot machine is that it is provided with a display device for confirming and displaying the identification information after variably displaying the identification information string composed of a plurality of identification information, and resulting from the operation of the starting operation means (for example, the operation lever). The variation display of the identification information is started, and the variation display of the identification information is stopped and fixedly displayed due to the operation of the operation means for stop (for example, the stop button) or when a predetermined time elapses. It is a slot machine that generates a special game that gives a player a predetermined game value on the condition that the combination of identification information at the time is a specific condition. In this case, the game medium is typically a coin, medal, etc. Take as an example.

  In addition, as a specific example of a gaming machine in which a pachinko machine and a slot machine are fused, a display device is provided that displays a symbol after a symbol string composed of a plurality of symbols is variably displayed, and has a handle for launching a ball. What is not. In this case, after throwing a predetermined amount of spheres based on a predetermined operation (button operation), for example, the change of the symbol is started due to the operation of the operation lever, for example, due to the operation of the stop button, or With the passage of time, the variation of the symbol is stopped, and a special game that gives a predetermined game value to the player is generated on the condition that the determined symbol at the time of stoppage is a so-called jackpot symbol. In this case, a large amount of balls are paid out to the lower tray. If such a gaming machine is used in place of a slot machine, only a ball can be handled as a gaming value in the gaming hall. Therefore, the gaming value seen in the current gaming hall in which pachinko machines and slot machines are mixed is used. Problems such as the burden on equipment due to the separate handling of medals and balls and restrictions on the location of the gaming machine can be solved.

  The concept of various inventions included in the above-described embodiment in addition to the gaming machine of the present invention is shown below.

<About the concept of the invention taking the lower plate 50 as an example>
In a gaming machine comprising a front frame formed to be openable and closable and a storage member that is disposed in front of the front frame and forms a storage area for storing a ball, the storage member is a player's When the operation is formed so that the size of the storage area can be displaced in the direction in which the size of the storage area is enlarged or reduced, and a pressing force is applied to the storage member from the outside as the front frame is opened, the size of the storage area is increased. The gaming machine A1 is characterized in that the storage member is formed to be displaceable in a direction in which the height is reduced.

  Here, a front frame that is formed to be openable and closable, an upper plate that is disposed on the front frame and stores a ball that is launched into the game area, and that is disposed below the upper plate and does not fit into the upper plate. A gaming machine having a lower plate for receiving a ball is known. In this case, in order to enlarge the storage area | region of a lower plate, if a side wall part is made high, the clearance gap between upper plates will decrease by that much. For this reason, for example, when the spheres that are biased and stored in the lower plate are leveled and flattened, it is difficult to put the player's hand into the lower plate. In view of this, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2007-136095 discloses a storage area for the lower plate while making it easier for the player to put in the hand by sliding the bottom and side walls of the lower plate back and forth by the player's operation. A structure for enlarging or reducing is disclosed. However, in the above gaming machine, there is a problem that when the front frame is opened while the lower plate is enlarged, the enlarged lower plate comes into contact with the adjacent gaming machine and is damaged.

  On the other hand, according to the gaming machine A1, the storage member is formed so as to be displaceable in the direction of expanding or reducing the size of the storage area by the player's operation. When the pressing force is applied, the storage member is formed so as to be displaceable in the direction in which the size of the storage region is reduced, so that the damage can be suppressed.

  Examples of the storage member include an upper plate that stores a ball to be launched into the game area, and a lower plate that is disposed below the upper plate and receives a ball that does not fit in the upper plate.

  In addition, when the front frame is opened, a pressing force is applied to the storage member from the outside. For example, the storage member comes into contact with an adjacent gaming machine and the pressing force is applied to the storage member from the adjacent gaming machine. For example, a case where a pressing force is applied to the storage member from a human hand by opening the front frame while the person holds the storage member is exemplified.

  In the gaming machine A1, the front frame opens and closes by rotating around a rotation shaft provided on one side in the width direction, and the storage member is on the same side as the rotation shaft of the front frame when viewed from the front. The game machine A2 is formed so that the size of the storage area is enlarged or reduced by rotating about a rotation shaft provided on one side in the width direction.

  According to the gaming machine A2, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine A1, the storage member rotates about a rotation shaft provided on one side in the width direction so that the size of the storage area is expanded or reduced. Yes, since the rotation axis of the storage member is the same side as the rotation axis of the front frame, when the front frame is opened and a pressing force is applied to the storage member from the outside, the storage member is stored. It is possible to facilitate displacement in the direction in which the size of the region is reduced. As a result, the storage member can be prevented from being damaged.

  In the gaming machine A2, the storage member includes a bottom wall portion and a side wall portion erected from the bottom wall portion, and the side wall portion is formed by overlapping a plurality of divided bodies vertically, and the plurality of divided portions The gaming machine A3 is characterized in that the size of the storage area is enlarged or reduced by rotating the body in the direction approaching or separating from the front frame about the rotation axis.

  According to the gaming machine A3, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine A2, it is possible to increase or decrease the size of the storage area and to secure the degree of freedom of the arrangement of the ball holes. For example, in a structure that expands or reduces the storage area by sliding the bottom wall and the side wall back and forth by the player's operation, the overlapping portion of the bottom wall on the fixed side and the bottom wall on the slide side Cannot place a ball hole, and the degree of freedom of its placement is reduced.

  On the other hand, according to the gaming machine A3, the side wall portion is formed from a plurality of divided bodies that are stacked one above the other, and the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in a direction toward or away from the front frame. The size of the can be enlarged or reduced, but since there is no overlap margin between the bottom wall part and the part (divided body) that is displaced for expansion or reduction of the storage area, it can be placed at any position on the bottom wall part. Ball holes can be arranged, and the degree of freedom of the arrangement can be secured.

  In the gaming machine A3, the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in a direction away from the front frame around the rotation axis, and when the storage area is enlarged, the upper divided body projects outward. The gaming machine A4 is characterized in that each of the divided bodies overlaps when viewed in the axial direction of the rotating shaft when rotated in a direction approaching the front frame about the rotating shaft and the storage area is reduced.

  According to the gaming machine A4, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine A3, when the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in a direction away from the front frame, the upper divided body projects outward, so that the player's The storage area can be expanded in a form that allows easy access. On the other hand, when rotated in the direction approaching the front frame, the divided bodies overlap in the axial direction of the rotating shaft, so that the rigidity of the storage member can be ensured in a state where the storage area is reduced.

  Moreover, in the state which expanded the storage area | region, since a some division body is projected outward, it can make it easy for a player to recognize that a lower plate is in an enlarged state.

  In the gaming machine A3 or A4, the divided body is substantially L-shaped in a top view from a first piece whose one end is pivotally supported by the rotating shaft and a second piece extending from the other end of the first piece. The gaming machine A5 is characterized in that the second piece is curved in an arc shape with the rotation axis as a center.

  According to the gaming machine A5, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine A3 or A4, the divided body has a first piece whose one end is pivotally supported on the rotating shaft, and a second piece extending from the other end of the first piece. Since the second piece is formed in an arc shape with the rotation axis as the center, the second body is formed in a substantially L shape when viewed from the top. The trajectories of the second piece of the divided body can be matched. That is, since the state where the second pieces of the respective divided bodies always overlap each other can be formed, the rigidity of the side wall (a plurality of divided bodies) can be ensured.

  In the gaming machine A5, the second piece of the divided body includes a horizontal portion connected to the first piece, a standing portion standing from an end of the horizontal portion, and a standing portion of the standing portion from the standing end. Each divided body includes the horizontal portion, the standing portion, and the extending portion, and the horizontal portion, the standing portion, and the extending portion of the adjacent divided body. A gaming machine A6 that is arranged in a state of being overlapped with a portion.

  According to the gaming machine A6, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine A5, the second piece of the divided body includes a horizontal portion that continues to the first piece, a standing portion that is erected from the end of the horizontal portion, An extending portion extending from the standing end of the standing portion to the opposite side of the horizontal portion, and each divided body includes a horizontal portion, a standing portion and an extending portion, the horizontal portion of the adjacent divided body, Since it is arranged in a state of being overlapped with the standing portion and the extending portion, when a large number of balls are stored in the storage region, the weight of the sphere acting on the side wall portion (each divided body) is determined as each divided body. Can be effectively supported by the interaction between the horizontal portion, the standing portion, and the extending portion between them, and as a result, the bending of the side wall portion (each divided body) can be suppressed.

  Further, since the second pieces are overlapped with each other, even when the side wall portion is bent due to the weight of the sphere, the second piece serves as a guide and smoothly moves the side wall portion from the enlarged state to the reduced state. Can be migrated. Therefore, even when the lower plate in which the balls are stored is in an enlarged state and the front frame is inadvertently opened, the lower plate (side wall portion) can be displaced in the reduction direction, so that the breakage can be suppressed. .

  In the gaming machine A6, in the plurality of divided bodies, the upper divided body has a width of one of the horizontal portion or the extended portion being reduced and a width of the other being increased. .

  According to the gaming machine A7, in addition to the effects achieved by the gaming machine A6, the width of one of the horizontal portion or the extending portion of the plurality of divided bodies is reduced and the width of the other divided portion is increased. Therefore, even when each divided body has the horizontal portion, the standing portion, and the extending portion of the second piece overlapped with each other, the width dimension of the second piece can be suppressed. That is, the storage area can be secured by suppressing the width dimension of the second piece while improving the rigidity of the second piece by overlapping. Moreover, the protrusion to the outer side of a 2nd piece (side wall part) can be suppressed, and the arrangement | positioning space of another member can be ensured by that much.

  In any one of the gaming machines A5 to A7, comprising an inner wall member that forms a part of the inner wall of the storage area, the plurality of divided bodies are rotated around the rotation axis in a direction approaching the front frame, In a state where the storage area is reduced, the second piece is disposed on the back side of the inner wall member, and the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in a direction away from the front frame about the rotation axis, and the storage area In an expanded state, the second piece is juxtaposed to the side of the inner wall member, and a part of the inner wall of the storage area is formed by the second piece and the inner wall member. A8.

  According to the gaming machine A8, in addition to the effects produced by any of the gaming machines A5 to A7, the second piece is provided with the inner wall member that forms a part of the inner wall of the storage area, and the storage area is reduced. Are arranged on the back side of the inner wall member and the storage area is enlarged, the second piece is arranged side by side on the side of the inner wall member, and a part of the inner wall of the storage area is formed by the second piece and the inner wall member. Therefore, the length dimension of the 2nd piece can be shortened, and the space required for the movement of the 2nd piece can be suppressed by that much.

  That is, when the inner wall member is not provided, the second piece needs to be the inner wall of the storage area not only in the state in which the storage area is reduced but also in the state in which the storage area is expanded. As a length dimension of the piece, a dimension obtained by adding a length dimension corresponding to the inner wall member and a length dimension corresponding to the enlarged portion is required. Therefore, a space required for the movement of the second piece is increased (the space needs to be secured on the side of the inner wall member on the side opposite to the direction in which the storage region expands). On the other hand, when the inner wall member is provided, the second piece only needs to be the inner wall of the storage region only in a state where the storage region is enlarged. The length dimension can be made (the length dimension corresponding to the inner wall member can be omitted). As a result, the space necessary for the movement of the second piece can be suppressed (the space is sufficient only on the back side of the inner wall member, and is secured on the side of the inner wall member opposite to the direction in which the storage area expands). No need).

  In the gaming machine A8, in the plurality of divided bodies, the length of the second piece is increased as the upper divided body is rotated in a direction away from the front frame around the rotation axis, and the storage area When the size of the game machine A9 is increased, the upper divided body projects outward, and the end faces of the second pieces of the divided bodies are arranged flush with each other.

  According to the gaming machine A9, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine A8, the plurality of divided bodies have a larger length of the second piece toward the upper divided body, and in a direction away from the front frame around the rotation axis. When the storage area is rotated and the storage area is enlarged, the upper divided body projects outward and the end surface of the second piece of each divided body is arranged flush with each other. The part cost is suppressed by securing the overlap margin between the second pieces of the body and suppressing the bending of the side wall (second piece) with respect to the weight of the sphere, while suppressing the length of the second piece in each divided body. Can be suppressed. That is, when the storage area is enlarged, even if the end surface of the second piece in the lower divided body is protruded from the upper divided body, the protruding portion cannot support the upper second piece and is bent. Does not contribute to suppression. On the other hand, when the storage area is reduced, the overlap margin between the second pieces of each divided body is reduced, but the weight of the sphere acts on the inner wall member and does not act directly on the second piece. Therefore, this configuration is effective.

  In any of the gaming machines A5 to A9, a contact member formed so as to be able to contact the upper surface of the second piece of the uppermost divided body is provided. A gaming machine A10, wherein the gaming machine A10 is arranged at a position overlapping with a second piece of the divided body located on the lower side when viewed in the axial direction of the divided body.

  According to the gaming machine A10, in addition to the effects of any of the gaming machines A5 to A9, the gaming machine A10 includes a contact member formed so as to be able to contact the upper surface of the second piece of the uppermost divided body. Since the support rigidity of the second piece can be increased with the contact member as a fulcrum, the side wall (each divided body) can be prevented from being bent when supporting the weight of the sphere. In particular, since the contact member is disposed at a position overlapping the second piece of the lowermost divided body when viewed in the axial direction of the divided body when the storage area is expanded, the degree of expansion of the storage area (plurality) The second piece of each divided body can be supported at the optimum fulcrum position regardless of which of the divided bodies is displaced in the enlargement direction, and the side wall (each divided body) is prevented from being bent. it can.

  In the gaming machine A10, the uppermost divided body includes an engaging portion formed on an upper surface of the second piece, and the uppermost divided body is separated from the front frame about the rotation axis. When the game machine A11 is rotated to a predetermined position in the separating direction, the engagement portion is engaged with the contact member and the rotation is restricted.

  According to the gaming machine A11, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine A10, the engaging portion is formed on the upper surface of the second piece of the uppermost divided body, and the engaging portion abuts against the abutting member. The rotation in the direction away from the front frame of the uppermost divided body can be restricted at a predetermined position. That is, the abutting member serves not only to support the upper surface of the divided body (second piece) and suppress the deflection, but also to serve as a stopper that restricts the rotation of the divided body. This can reduce the product cost.

  In any one of the gaming machines A3 to A11, the divided body is formed with a convex portion on one mating surface of the divided body that is vertically stacked, and a concave portion that receives the convex portion on the other mating surface, When the storage area is enlarged, the convex part is brought into contact with the inner wall on one side of the concave part, and when the storage area is reduced, the convex part is brought into contact with the inner wall on the other side of the concave part. A gaming machine A12 that is configured to be capable of restricting the relative displacement of the divided bodies that are superimposed on each other.

  According to the gaming machine A12, in addition to the effects of any one of the gaming machines A3 to A11, the split body that is stacked one above the other has a convex portion on one mating surface and a concave portion on the other mating surface. When the storage area is enlarged, the convex part is brought into contact with the inner wall on one side of the concave part, and when the storage area is reduced, the convex part is brought into contact with the inner wall on the other side of the concave part so that they are superposed vertically. Since the relative displacement of the divided bodies can be regulated, the relative positions of the divided bodies can be defined. In this case, since each of the divided bodies is engaged with the overlapping divided bodies by the convex portion and the inner wall of the concave portion, the side wall portion (the overlapped divided portion) is in a state where the storage region is expanded and contracted. The body) can secure the rigidity as a whole, and can be prevented from bending due to the weight of the sphere. In this case, the convex portion and the concave portion are respectively formed on the mating surfaces of the divided bodies that are superimposed one above the other. That is, since the convex portion and the concave portion are arranged using the mating surface that becomes a dead space, the side wall portion (divided body) can be miniaturized and the capacity of the storage region can be secured.

  In the gaming machine A12, the divided body is formed in a substantially L shape in a top view from a first piece whose one end is pivotally supported on the rotating shaft and a second piece extending from the other end of the first piece. The convex portions and the concave portions are respectively formed as convex strips and concave grooves extending continuously along the longitudinal direction of the first pieces on the mating surfaces of the first pieces. Game machine A13.

  According to the gaming machine A13, in addition to the effects achieved by the gaming machine A12, the divided body includes a first piece whose one end is pivotally supported on the rotation shaft, and a second piece extending from the other end of the first piece. Since the convex portion and the concave portion are formed on the mating surfaces of the first pieces, the convex portion and the concave portion can function effectively. That is, since the first piece is a part operated by the player when expanding or reducing the storage area, the operation force can be directly received by the engagement between the convex portion and the inner wall of the concave portion, The operational feeling can be improved. In addition, the portion where the first piece is overlapped is easy to bend due to the weight of the sphere when the storage area is enlarged, and the rigidity of the portion can be intensively improved.

  In this case, since the convex portion and the concave portion are formed as a convex strip and a concave groove continuously extending along the longitudinal direction of the first piece, an engagement area between the convex portion and the inner wall of the concave portion is ensured. Thus, it is possible to improve the rigidity of the side wall portion (the overlapped divided body) as a whole. In particular, since the protrusions and recesses formed as protrusions and grooves are formed along the first piece, one end of which is pivotally supported by the rotation shaft, the direction of the load due to the player's operation and the weight of the ball, Since it can be made orthogonal with respect to the engagement area | region of a protruding item | line and a ditch | groove, the bending of the side wall part (overlapped 1st piece) with respect to this load can be suppressed.

  In the gaming machine A13, the first piece is formed to be curved in an outwardly convex arc shape when viewed in the axial direction of the rotation shaft, and the convex strip and the inner wall of the concave groove have the same radius. A gaming machine A14 that is curved in a convex arc shape in the same direction as the first piece.

  According to the gaming machine A14, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine A13, the first piece is formed to be curved outwardly in a circular arc shape when viewed in the axial direction of the rotary shaft, so the capacity of the storage area is expanded. be able to. In this case, since the ridge and the inner wall of the groove are formed in an arc shape that is convex in the same direction as the first piece with the same radius, their extension length is set to the mating surface of the first piece. Can be maximized within the range. Therefore, the engagement area between the convex portion and the inner wall of the concave portion can be maximized, the rigidity of the side wall portion (the first overlapped piece) as a whole can be improved, and the burden on the convex portion and the concave portion can be reduced. Durability can be improved.

<About the concept of the invention taking the first detour 3300 as an example>
A front frame formed to be openable and closable, a storage member that is disposed in front of the front frame and that forms a storage region for storing the sphere, and an inlet that allows the sphere to flow into the storage region of the storage member A gaming machine B1 comprising a detour extending as a path through which a ball can be sent from one end to the other end on the inflow side.

  Here, a front frame that is formed to be openable and closable, an upper plate that is disposed on the front frame and stores a ball that is launched into the game area, and that is disposed below the upper plate and does not fit into the upper plate. A gaming machine having a lower plate for receiving a ball is known. Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication No. 2007-136095 discloses a structure in which the storage area of the lower plate is expanded by sliding the bottom wall and side walls of the lower plate back and forth by the player's operation. However, in the above-described gaming machine, the sphere tends to be biased to a part of the storage area of the lower dish (for example, in the vicinity of the inflow port through which the sphere flows into the lower dish), and uniformly in the entire storage area of the expanded lower dish. There was a problem that it was difficult to disperse the spheres.

  On the other hand, according to the gaming machine B1, the detour is provided as a path through which a ball can be sent from one end on the inflow side to the other end. When a mountain is formed by being biased and stored near the entrance, a sphere whose inflow to the storage area is blocked by the mountain flows into the detour and rolls from one end of the detour toward the other. By moving it, the ball can be detoured. Thereby, a sphere can be sent to the area | region away from the inflow port, ie, the area | region away from the mountain, and it can be made easy to distribute a sphere uniformly to the whole storage area | region. As a result, for example, the player does not need to work to level and flatten the mountains stored in a part of the storage area, and can concentrate on the game.

  In the gaming machine B1, the bypass route is inclined downward from the one end to the other end.

  According to the gaming machine B2, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine B1, the detour is inclined downward from one end to the other end, so that the ball can be reliably sent to the other end of the detour. In particular, even when a ball collides with a mountain that is stored in the vicinity of the inflow and the momentum of the ball is lost when it flows into the detour, the sphere rolls to the other end of the detour. Can do. In addition, since the ball can be momentum up to the other end of the detour, the initial speed when the ball is sent from the other end of the detour to the storage area can be increased. As a result, it is possible to easily distribute the spheres uniformly throughout the storage area.

  In the gaming machine B1 or B2, one end of the bypass is connected to the lower surface of the inflow port, the gaming machine B3.

  According to the gaming machine B3, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine B1 or B2, one end of the detour is connected to the lower surface of the inflow port, so that a mountain is formed by the sphere stored in the vicinity of the inflow port and the mountain When the height of the sphere exceeds the lower surface of the inlet, the sphere can surely flow into the detour. In other words, after a mountain with a certain height is formed in the vicinity of the inflow port, the sphere can be diverted to an area away from the mountain by a detour, so that the sphere can be easily distributed uniformly throughout the storage area. Can do.

  In any of the gaming machines B1 to B3, a plurality of the detours are formed at different height positions.

  According to the gaming machine B4, in addition to the effects of any of the gaming machines B1 to B3, a plurality of detours are formed at different height positions, so that a mountain is formed by the balls stored in the vicinity of the inlet. First, a sphere is flown into a detour with a low height and detoured. When the detour is buried in the sphere, the sphere is flowed into a detour with a low height and detoured. In other words, the sphere can be detoured stepwise to the area away from the mountain by each detour according to the degree of growth of the mountain formed in the vicinity of the inlet, so that the sphere is evenly distributed throughout the storage area. It can be made easy.

  In the gaming machine B4, the plurality of detours having different height positions are set to have different separation distances from the inflow port to the other end.

  According to the gaming machine B5, the plurality of detours having different height positions are set to have different distances from the inlet to the other end, so that the growth degree of the mountain formed in the vicinity of the inlet is increased. Accordingly, when the sphere is detoured in stages by different detours, the sphere can be detoured to an appropriate area (detour destination) according to each stage. As a result, it is possible to easily distribute the spheres uniformly throughout the storage area.

  In the gaming machine B5, the gaming machine B6 is characterized in that the distance from the inflow port to the other end is set to be longer as the detour has a higher height position.

  According to the gaming machine B6, in addition to the effect achieved by the gaming machine B5, the higher the detour, the longer the distance from the inlet to the other end, the longer the distance is set. As the mountain grows, the sphere can be diverted stepwise to a region far from the inlet (ie, a region far from the mountain). As a result, it is possible to easily distribute the spheres uniformly throughout the storage area.

  In any one of the gaming machines B1 to B6, the detour is formed as a rolling surface that is connected to an inner wall that defines the storage area and that is open on the side opposite to the connected portion and is capable of rolling a ball. A gaming machine B7, wherein a standing wall is erected on an edge of the opened surface on the rolling surface.

  According to the gaming machine B7, in any of the gaming machines B1 to B6, it is connected to the inner wall that partitions the storage area, and is formed as a rolling surface on which the side opposite to the connecting part is opened and the ball can roll. Therefore, for example, as compared with the case where the detour is formed inside the storage member, the structure of the detour can be simplified and the product cost can be reduced. In this case, since a standing wall is erected on the edge of the rolling surface on the rolling surface, a part of the sphere stored in the storage area enters the detour and the sphere on the rolling surface rolls. It can suppress that a movement is inhibited. As a result, the detour can be effectively functioned, and the spheres can be easily dispersed uniformly throughout the storage area.

  The standing wall may be formed only near one end (inlet) of the detour. Further, the height of the standing wall may be increased on the side (one end) close to the inflow port and continuously or stepwise decreased toward the other end. This is because the height of the mountain becomes higher near the inflow, and the sphere easily enters the detour. In addition, no standing wall is formed near the other end of the detour. This is because the ball is sent from the detour to the storage area.

  In any one of the gaming machines B1 to B7, the detour is formed as a rolling surface that is connected to an inner wall that defines the storage area, and that is open on the side opposite to the connected portion so that the ball can roll. A gaming machine B8, characterized in that a plurality of lower portions are formed on the rolling surface at a predetermined interval in the rolling direction of the sphere to flow the sphere down to the opened side.

  According to the gaming machine B8, in any of the gaming machines B1 to B7, it is connected to the inner wall that divides the storage area, and the opposite side of the connecting part is opened to form a rolling surface on which the ball can roll. Therefore, for example, as compared with the case where the detour is formed inside the storage member, the structure of the detour can be simplified and the product cost can be reduced. In this case, on the rolling surface, a plurality of lower portions that flow down the sphere toward the opened side are formed at predetermined intervals in the rolling direction of the sphere, so that it is easy to uniformly distribute the sphere over the entire storage area. can do. That is, the sphere that has flowed into the detour flows down from the first lower part of the plurality of lower parts to the storage area, and a mountain is formed at the lower part. If the mountain hinders the flow from the lower part to the storage area, the sphere that has flowed into the detour is rolled to the next lower part, and then flows down from the lower part to the storage area. A mountain is formed. By repeating this, the positions of the mountains formed in the storage area can be sequentially shifted along the detour, and as a result, the spheres can be easily dispersed uniformly throughout the storage area.

  In any one of the gaming machines B1 to B8, a ball feeding path for sending a ball to be introduced from the inflow port to the storage region of the storage member to the inflow port, and a second inflow port that is located apart from the first inflow port The detour has a first end communicating with the pitching path and a second end communicating with the second inflow port.

  According to the gaming machine B9, in addition to the effects exerted by any of the gaming machines B1 to B8, the feeding path for feeding the ball that flows into the storage area from the inflow port to the inflow port and the first inflow port are spaced apart from each other. The detour has one end communicating with the pitching path and the other end communicating with the second inflow port, so that it is easy to disperse the sphere uniformly throughout the storage area. it can.

  In other words, when a ball sent from the pitching path flows into the storage area from the inflow port, a mountain is formed by the balls that flowed in from the inflow port. In this case, when the inflow of the sphere from the inlet to the storage area is hindered by the mountain, the ball sent from the pitching path is detoured to the second inlet through the communication path, and the storage area from the second inlet to the storage area. Can flow into. As a result, the sphere can be introduced from the second inlet to a region away from the mountain formed by the spheres introduced from the inlet, and as a result, the spheres can be easily dispersed uniformly throughout the storage region. Can do.

<Concept of Invention Taking Engagement Piece 552n as an Example>
A gaming machine comprising a front frame formed to be openable and closable, and a storage member that is disposed in front of the front frame and forms a storage region for storing a sphere, wherein the storage member is a bottom wall portion And a side wall portion erected from the bottom wall portion, wherein the side wall portion is formed by superimposing a plurality of divided bodies on top and bottom, and each of the plurality of divided bodies approaches or moves away from the front frame. By rotating, the size of the storage area is enlarged or reduced, and each of the divided bodies is provided with a defining means for defining an order in which relative movement between the divided bodies is allowed. Game machine C1.

  Here, a front frame that is formed to be openable and closable, an upper plate that is disposed on the front frame and stores a ball that is launched into the game area, and that is disposed below the upper plate and does not fit into the upper plate. A gaming machine having a lower plate for receiving a ball is known. Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication No. 2007-136095 discloses a structure in which the storage area of the lower plate is expanded or reduced by sliding the bottom wall and side walls of the lower plate back and forth by the player's operation. However, in the above-described gaming machine, the ball hole cannot be arranged in the overlapping portion of the bottom wall portion on the fixed side and the bottom wall portion on the slide side, and the degree of freedom of the arrangement is reduced.

  As a result of diligent study, the applicant of the present application formed a plurality of divided bodies in which the side wall portions are stacked one above the other and rotated the plurality of divided bodies in a direction approaching or separating from the front frame by the player's operation. The inventors have come up with a structure that enlarges or reduces the size of the storage area (unknown at the time of this application). According to this structure, an overlap margin between the bottom wall portion and a portion (divided body) that is displaced due to expansion or contraction of the storage area is not formed, so that a ball hole is arranged at an arbitrary position of the bottom wall portion. And the degree of freedom of the arrangement can be secured. However, the inventors of the present application have found a problem that the order of rotation of each of the plurality of divided bodies is not determined, and the expansion or contraction of the storage area is not unique.

  On the other hand, according to the gaming machine C1, since each divided body is provided with a defining means for defining the relative movement of the stacked divided bodies, the divided bodies are brought close to or separated from the front frame by the player's operation. When the rotation direction is rotated, the order in which the relative movement of the overlapped divided bodies is allowed is defined by the defining means, so that the rotation order of the divided bodies becomes constant. The enlargement or reduction can be unique.

  In the gaming machine C1, when the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in a direction away from the front frame, the defining means moves the relative movement between the vertically stacked divided bodies from the lower divided body. A gaming machine C2 characterized by allowing in order.

  According to the gaming machine C2, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine C1, the defining means is when the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in a direction away from the front frame (that is, when the size of the storage area is enlarged). In this case, the relative movement of the divided bodies stacked one above the other is allowed in order from the lower divided body, so that the size of the storage area can be rapidly increased. That is, in the form in which relative movement is allowed in order from the lower divided body, the divided body that is superimposed on the upper side of the divided body that is allowed to move relatively also moves together (rotates in a direction away from the front frame). Therefore, the entire side wall portion can be moved in a direction in which the size of the storage region is enlarged. Therefore, for example, the size of the storage region can be rapidly increased as compared with a mode in which relative movement is allowed in order from the upper divided body.

  In the gaming machine C1 or C2, when the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in a direction approaching the front frame, the defining means is configured to perform relative movement between the upper and lower divided bodies on the upper divided body. A gaming machine C3 characterized by allowing in order.

  According to the gaming machine C3, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine C1 or C2, the defining means is configured such that the size of the storage area is reduced when the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in the direction approaching the front frame. In the case), the relative movement between the upper and lower divided bodies is allowed in order from the upper divided body. Therefore, the rotation of the divided bodies (the size of the storage area is determined according to the state of the spheres stored in the storage member). (Reduction) can be performed smoothly.

  That is, for example, in a form in which relative movement is allowed in order from the lower divided body, even if the storage area has a relatively small number of spheres and the size of the storage area is reduced, If the sphere is stored to the extent that it interferes with the divided body, it is necessary to rotate the divided body while flowing the sphere, and the operation of the divided body is hindered.

  On the other hand, if the relative movement is allowed in order from the upper divided body, the divided body is smoothly rotated without being obstructed by the sphere until it interferes with the sphere stored in the storage member. (Reducing the size of the storage area). In addition, when the divided body is rotated to a position where it interferes with the sphere (the size of the storage region is reduced), the rotation is inhibited, so that the interference (that is, the storage region is reduced to the required size). The operation can be interrupted. As a result, rotation of the divided body (reduction of the size of the storage area) can be performed smoothly according to the state of the sphere stored in the storage member.

  In any one of the gaming machines C1 to C3, the defining means includes a first engagement claw formed on the divided body so as to be elastically deformable, and the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in a direction approaching the front frame. In the state where the first and second divided claws are vertically moved, the first engaging claws are engaged with the upper and lower divided bodies, and the lower and lower divided bodies are relatively moved. A space allowing elastic deformation of the first engagement claw is formed between the divided body superimposed on the lower side and the engagement between the divided body superimposed on the upper side and the first engagement claw. The game machine C4 is characterized in that the relative movement with respect to the divided body superimposed on the upper side is allowed by enabling the release.

  According to the gaming machine C4, in addition to the effect of any of the gaming machines C1 to C3, the defining means has the first engaging claw engaged with the divided body that is superimposed on the upper side, and is superimposed on the lower side. When the divided body is relatively moved, a space that allows elastic deformation of the first engagement claw is formed between the divided body and the divided body that is overlaid on the lower side. Since the engagement with the claws can be released, relative movement with respect to the upper part of the divided body is allowed, so that the rotation in the direction away from the front frame of the upper and lower part of the divided body is performed on the lower side. It is permissible in order from the divided body. That is, a player's operation of rotating a plurality of divided bodies in a direction away from the front frame allows a relative movement one step at a time from the lower divided body and forms a state in which the size of the storage area is enlarged. can do.

  In the gaming machine C4, the defining means includes a second engagement claw formed on the divided body so as to be elastically deformable, and in a state where the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in a direction away from the front frame, The divided bodies stacked one above the other are engaged with the second engaging claws on the divided bodies stacked on the lower side, and when the divided bodies stacked on the upper side are relatively moved, they are superimposed on the upper side. A space that allows elastic deformation of the second engagement claw is formed between the divided body and the second engagement claw, and the engagement between the divided body and the second engagement claw can be released. Accordingly, the gaming machine C5 is characterized in that relative movement with respect to the divided body superimposed on the lower side is allowed.

  According to the gaming machine C5, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine C4, the defining means is configured such that when the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in a direction away from the front frame, the divided bodies stacked one above the other are The second engaging claw is engaged with the divided body that is overlaid on the upper side, and when the divided body that is overlaid on the upper side is relatively moved, the second engaging claw is placed between the divided body that is overlaid on the upper side. A space allowing elastic deformation is formed, and it is possible to disengage the divided body superimposed on the lower side and the second engaging claw, thereby allowing relative movement with respect to the divided body superimposed on the lower side. Therefore, it is possible to allow rotation in the direction of approaching the front frame of the divided bodies stacked one above the other in order from the upper divided body. That is, a player's operation of rotating a plurality of divided bodies in the direction approaching the front frame allows relative movement one step at a time from the upper divided body to form a state in which the size of the storage area is reduced. be able to.

  In the gaming machine C5, the first engagement claw and the second engagement claw have a shape including a plate portion whose proximal end is fixed to the divided body and a protrusion projecting from the tip of the plate portion. The protrusion is engaged with one of the divided body that is formed and stacked on the upper side or the divided body that is stacked on the lower side, and the divided body that is stacked on the lower side or the divided body that is stacked on the lower side. The gaming machine C6 is characterized in that the plate portion is elastically deformed by the protrusion being brought into contact with the one divided body.

  According to the gaming machine C6, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine C5, the first engaging claw and the second engaging claw project from the plate portion whose base end side is fixed to the divided body and the tip of the plate portion. The protrusions are engaged with each other and the upper or lower divided body or lower side is formed on the upper or lower divided body. With respect to the other of the divided bodies superimposed on each other, the projection is brought into contact with the one divided body, so that the plate portion is elastically deformed. Therefore, the first engaging claw and the second engaging claw are It can be made common (it can also be used as an engagement piece composed of a plate portion and a protrusion). Therefore, by reducing the number of parts, the structure can be simplified and the product cost can be reduced accordingly.

  In any one of the gaming machines C1 to C6, the divided body has a first piece whose one end is pivotally supported on the rotation shaft, and extends from the other end of the first piece and is centered on the rotation shaft. A gaming machine C7, which is formed in a substantially L shape in top view from a second piece curved in an arc shape, and the defining means is formed in the second piece.

  According to the gaming machine c7, in addition to the effects produced by any of the gaming machines C1 to C6, the divided body is extended from the first piece whose one end is pivotally supported on the rotating shaft and the other end of the first piece. In addition, the second piece that is curved in an arc shape centered on the rotation axis is formed in a substantially L shape in top view, and the defining means is formed on the second piece, so that the defining means can be enlarged and its rigidity can be increased. Therefore, it is possible to ensure the regulation of relative displacement and improve the durability. That is, since the second piece is formed in a circular arc shape with the rotation axis as the center, and the second piece of each divided body can be formed to always overlap, a space for disposing the defining means is provided in the second piece. Can be ensured along the circumferential direction, and the size of the defining means can be increased accordingly.

<Concept of Invention with Lock Mechanism 77 as an Example>
A front frame formed to be openable and closable, and a storage member disposed on the front surface of the front frame and forming a storage area for storing a sphere, wherein the storage member is operated by a player, In a gaming machine formed to be displaceable in a direction in which the size of the storage area is enlarged or reduced, the gaming machine includes at least prohibiting means for prohibiting displacement of the storage member in a direction in which the size of the storage area is enlarged. A gaming machine D1 characterized by that.

  Here, a front frame that is formed to be openable and closable, an upper plate that is disposed on the front frame and stores a ball that is launched into the game area, and that is disposed below the upper plate and does not fit into the upper plate. A gaming machine having a lower plate for receiving a ball is known. Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication No. 2007-136095 discloses a structure in which the storage area of the lower plate is expanded or reduced by sliding the bottom wall and side walls of the lower plate back and forth by the player's operation. However, the above gaming machine has a problem in that the lower plate is inadvertently enlarged. That is, for example, if the lower pan is inadvertently enlarged during product transportation or during the opening operation of the front frame, damage is caused due to rattling during transportation or collision with surrounding members. On the other hand, according to the gaming machine D1, since the storage member is prohibited at least in the direction in which the size of the storage area is enlarged, the storage member is prevented from being inadvertently enlarged. can do. As a result, for example, it is possible to suppress damage during product transportation or during the opening operation of the front frame.

  In the gaming machine D1, the storage member includes a bottom wall portion and a side wall portion erected from the bottom wall portion, and the side wall portion is formed by overlapping a plurality of divided bodies vertically, When the size is reduced from the reduced state, the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in a predetermined order in a direction away from the front frame, and the prohibiting unit is rotated in the predetermined order. The gaming machine D2 is characterized by prohibiting the rotation of the divided body that is first rotated in the direction away from the front frame.

  According to the gaming machine D2, in addition to the effects achieved by the gaming machine D1, the side wall portion is formed by superimposing a plurality of divided bodies on top of each other, and is expanded from a state in which the size of the storage area is reduced by the player's operation. When the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in a direction away from the front frame in a predetermined order, the prohibiting means is the first of the plurality of divided bodies rotated in the predetermined order from the front frame. Since the rotation of the divided body rotated in the separating direction is prohibited, it is possible to reliably prevent the storage member from being inadvertently enlarged, while the division that is first rotated after releasing the prohibition means After the body is rotated, the remaining divided bodies can be arbitrarily rotated, so that the operability for adjusting the size of the storage area can be improved.

  In the gaming machine D2, the prohibition means includes an operation element that can be arranged at a prohibition position and a release position by a player's operation, and the operation element is arranged at the prohibition position, so that in the predetermined order The rotation of the divided body that is first rotated in the direction away from the front frame among the plurality of rotated divided bodies is prohibited, and the operation element is disposed at the release position, so that the predetermined order is achieved. The gaming machine D3 is characterized in that the prohibition of the rotation of the divided body that is rotated in the direction away from the front frame first among the plurality of divided bodies that are rotated in the above is released.

  According to the gaming machine D3, in addition to the effects played by the gaming machine D2, when the operating element is placed at the prohibited position by the player, the rotation of the divided body that is rotated first is prohibited, and the operating element becomes the player. Since the prohibition of the rotation of the divided body that is rotated first is released, the storage member can be prevented from being expanded regardless of the player's intention, and the storage member can be expanded. It can be arbitrarily prohibited.

  In the gaming machine D3, when the size of the storage area is reduced from the enlarged state, the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in a predetermined order toward the front frame, and in the predetermined order. The gaming machine D4 is characterized in that the operating member of the prohibiting means is configured to prohibit the rotation of the divided body that is first rotated in the direction approaching the front frame among the plurality of rotated divided bodies. .

  According to the gaming machine D4, in addition to the effect played by the gaming machine D3, when the size of the storage area is reduced, the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in a predetermined order toward the front frame, Of the plurality of divided bodies that are rotated in a predetermined order, the rotation of the divided body that is first rotated in the direction of approaching the front frame is formed so that the operator of the prohibiting means can be prohibited. It is possible to suppress a reduction in preparation. In addition, since the operation element of the prohibiting means serves as both a means for prohibiting the expansion of the storage member and a means for prohibiting the reduction of the storage member, the number of parts can be reduced and the product cost can be reduced accordingly. Can do.

  In the gaming machine D4, the prohibition by the operation means of the prohibiting means is that the divided body that is first rotated in the direction approaching the front frame is rotated in the direction approaching the front frame by the player's operation. A gaming machine D5, which can be released.

  According to the gaming machine D5, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine D4, the prohibition by the operating means of the prohibiting means is that the divided body that is first rotated in the direction approaching the front frame approaches the front frame by the player's operation. Since it can be released by being rotated in the direction to make it, if it is possible to suppress the storage member from being inadvertently reduced, while pushing the divided body in the direction close to the front frame (if rotated), Since the storage member can be reduced, the operability of the player can be improved. Further, even when the storage member comes into contact with an adjacent gaming machine as the front frame is opened, the storage member can be reduced, and the breakage thereof can be suppressed.

  A gaming machine K1, wherein in any one of the gaming machines A1 to A14, B1 to B9, C1 to C7, and D1 to D5, the gaming machine is a slot machine. Above all, the basic configuration of the slot machine is “equipped with variable display means for confirming and displaying the identification information after dynamically displaying an identification information string composed of a plurality of identification information, and for operating the starting operation means (for example, an operation lever). As a result, the dynamic display of the identification information is started, and the dynamic display of the identification information is stopped due to the operation of the stop operation means (stop button) or after a predetermined time has elapsed. The game machine is provided with special game state generating means for generating a special game state advantageous to the player on the condition that the confirmed identification information is specific identification information. In this case, examples of the game media include coins and medals.

  One of the gaming machines 1 to A14, B1 to B9, C1 to C7, and D1 to D5, wherein the gaming machine is a pachinko gaming machine. Above all, the basic configuration of a pachinko gaming machine is provided with an operation handle, and a ball is launched into a predetermined game area according to the operation of the operation handle, and the ball is placed in an operation port disposed at a predetermined position in the game area. As a necessary condition for winning (or passing through the operating port), the identification information dynamically displayed on the display means is determined and stopped after a predetermined time. In addition, when a special gaming state occurs, a variable winning device (specific winning opening) disposed at a predetermined position in the gaming area is opened in a predetermined manner so that a ball can be won, and a value corresponding to the number of winnings is obtained. Examples include those to which values (including data written on magnetic cards as well as premium balls) are given.

One of the gaming machines 1 to A14, B1 to B9, C1 to C7, and D1 to D5, the gaming machine is a combination of a pachinko gaming machine and a slot machine. Among them, the basic configuration of the merged gaming machine includes “a variable display means for confirming and displaying the identification information after dynamically displaying an identification information string composed of a plurality of identification information, and a starting operation means (for example, an operation lever). Due to the operation of the identification information, the change of the identification information is started, and the dynamic display of the identification information is stopped due to the operation of the operation means for stop (for example, the stop button) or when a predetermined time elapses. Special game state generating means for generating a special game state advantageous to the player on the condition that the fixed identification information at the time of stoppage is specific identification information, and using a ball as a game medium, and the identification information The game machine is configured such that a predetermined number of balls are required at the start of the dynamic display, and a large number of balls are paid out when the special gaming state occurs.
<Others>
2. Description of the Related Art A gaming machine such as a pachinko machine is known that includes a front frame that can be opened and closed and a storage member that is disposed on the front frame and stores a ball. Patent Document 1 (Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2007-136095) discloses a structure that can enlarge or reduce the storage region of the storage member (lower plate).
Here, the applicant of the present application has arrived at a structure that enlarges or reduces the size of the storage area by rotating a plurality of divided bodies stacked one above the other in the direction of approaching or separating from the front frame by the player's operation. (Not known at the time of this application). However, in this case, a problem has been found that the expansion or reduction of the storage area is not unique.
This technical idea was made in order to solve the above-described problems, and an object thereof is to provide a gaming machine capable of uniquely expanding or reducing a storage area.
<Means>
In order to achieve this object, the gaming machine described in the technical idea 1 includes a front frame that can be opened and closed, and a storage that is disposed on the front surface of the front frame and that stores a storage area for storing a ball. The storage member includes a bottom wall portion and a side wall portion standing from the bottom wall portion, and the side wall portion is formed by overlapping a plurality of divided bodies vertically, By rotating the plurality of divided bodies in the direction of approaching or separating from the front frame, the size of the storage area is enlarged or reduced, and the divided bodies are moved relative to each other. A defining means for defining the allowable order is provided.
The gaming machine described in the technical idea 2 is the gaming machine described in the technical idea 1, in which the defining means overlaps the top and bottom when the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in a direction away from the front frame. The relative movement of the divided bodies to be performed is allowed in order from the lower divided body.
The gaming machine described in the technical idea 3 is the gaming machine described in the technical idea 1 or 2, wherein when the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in a direction approaching the front frame, The relative movement of the divided bodies stacked one above the other is allowed in order from the upper divided body.
According to the gaming machine described in the technical idea 1, the expansion or reduction of the storage area can be made unique.
According to the gaming machine described in the technical idea 2, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine described in the technical idea 1, the size of the storage area can be quickly expanded.
According to the gaming machine described in the technical idea 3, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine described in the technical idea 1 or 2, the size of the storage area can be reduced smoothly.

10 Pachinko machines (game machines)
12,3012 inner frame (front frame)
14 Front frame 23 Discharge outlet (inlet, first inlet)
23a lower surface 50, 2050 lower plate (storage member)
54, 2054 Bottom wall member (bottom wall)
55, 2055 Side wall member (side wall part)
551, 251 1st division body (division body)
552, 2552 Second division (division)
553, 2553 Third division (division)
554, 2554 Fourth division (division)
555 5th division (division)
556 Sixth division (division)
557 Seventh division (division)
551X to 557X 1st piece 2551X to 2554X 1st piece 551Y to 557Y 2nd piece 2551Y to 2554Y 2nd piece 552b to 557b Protruding part (convex part)
551c-556c Restriction groove (recess)
2552b to 2554b Projection (convex)
2551c to 2554c Restriction groove (recess)
552e-557e 1st horizontal part (horizontal part)
552f to 557f Standing portion 552g to 555g Second horizontal portion (extending portion)
552m to 556m opening (regulating means)
2551m to 2554m opening (regulating means)
552n to 556n engagement pieces (regulating means, first engagement claws, second engagement claws)
552n1 to 556n1 protrusions 2552n to 2554n engagement pieces (regulating means, first engagement claws, second engagement claws)
2552n1 to 2554n1 protrusions 556r, 557r restriction protrusions (regulating means)
551S2, 2551S2 Stopper part (engagement part)
554t, 555t engaging recess (regulating means)
56, 2056 Inner wall member 56a Restricting portion (contact member)
57, 2057 Shaft support pin (rotary shaft)
77 Locking mechanism (regulating means, prohibiting means)
3300 First bypass ( communication path )
3400 Second detour ( communication path )
4500 3rd detour ( communication path )
4600 4th detour ( communication path )
3310-4610 Rolling surfaces 3311, 3411 Standing wall 6700 Fifth detour (communication path )
6710 Rolling surface 6711, 6712 Lower part 7025 6th detour (communication path )
8400 7th detour ( communication path )
8400 Rolling surface 8800 Extended detour ( communication path )
8810 Rolling surface 7023 Second outlet (second inlet)
7024 Path

Claims (3)

In a gaming machine comprising a front frame formed to be openable and closable, and a storage member that is disposed on the front surface of the front frame and that forms a storage region for storing a ball,
The storage member includes a bottom wall portion and a side wall portion erected from the bottom wall portion, and the side wall portion is formed by overlapping a plurality of divided bodies vertically, and each of the plurality of divided bodies is the front surface. Rotating in a direction toward or away from the frame, the size of the storage area is enlarged or reduced, and the division means for defining the order in which the divided bodies are allowed to move relative to each other. A gaming machine characterized by that.   In the case where the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in a direction away from the front frame, the defining means allows relative movement of the vertically stacked divided bodies in order from the lower divided body. The gaming machine according to claim 1, characterized in that:   When the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in a direction approaching the front frame, the defining means allows relative movement of the vertically stacked divided bodies in order from the upper divided body. The gaming machine according to claim 1 or 2.

Images